Hyundai IX35 2014 Owner'S Manual Download Page 511

Page: 511 / 1534

4 21

Features of your vehicle

(1) Driver’s door power window switch
(2) Front passenger’s door power win-

dow switch

(3) Rear door (left) power window switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch

(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window up*/down*
(7) Power window lock switch

*: if equipped

✽

NOTICE

In cold and wet climates, power win-
dows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.

WINDOWS

OLM049020

EL(FL) Eng 4A.QXP 7/11/2013 11:30 AM Page 21

procarmanuals.com

Summary of Contents for IX35 2014

Page 1: ...al 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 3 Petrol engine 1 3 Diesel engine 1 4 Vehicle handling instructions 1 6 Vehicle run in process 1 6 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 1 EL FL Aust 1 QXP 7 26 2013 2 00 PM Page 1 procarmanuals com ...

Page 2: ...tical listing of all information in your manual Sections This manual has eight sections plus an index Each section begins with a brief list of contents so you can tell at a glance if that section has the information you want You ll find various WARNINGS CAU TIONS and NOTICES in this manual These were prepared to enhance your personal safety You should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and r...

Page 3: ...f driveability problems occur Vehicle damage or driveability problems may not be covered by the manufactur er s warranty if they result from the use of 1 Petrol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Petrol or ethanol containing methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded ethanol FUEL REQUIREMENTS CAUTION NEVER USE LEADED FUEL The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the en...

Page 4: ...gulations regarding reg istration and insurance Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able Diesel engine Diesel fuel Diesel engine must be operated only on commercially available diesel fuel that complies with EN 590 or comparable standard EN stands for European Norm Do not use marine diesel fuel heating oils or non approved fuel addi tives as this will increase wear and cause damage to the engi...

Page 5: ...d wear or damage to the engine and fuel system Repair or replacement of worn or damaged components due to the use of non approved fuels will not be covered by the manufacturers warranty CAUTION Do not let any petrol or water enter the tank This would make it neces sary to drain it out and to bleed the lines to avoid jamming the injection pump and damaging the engine CAUTION Diesel Fuel It is recom...

Page 6: ...over driving guide lines in section 5 of this manual No special run in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle Do not race the engine Whilst driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of tim...

Page 7: ...ning light Charging system warning light Door ajar warning light Glow indicator Diesel only Fuel filter warning light Diesel only Cruise indicator ESC indicator ESC OFF indicator Immobiliser indicator Shift pattern indicator Front fog light indicator Rear fog light indicator Low beam indicator Electric power steering EPS system warning light Key out warning KEY OUT DBC indicator Tailgate open warn...

Page 8: ...ction 8 1 ECO indicator ECO if equipped For more detailed explanations refer to section 4 Instrument cluster Engine coolant temperature warning light EL FL Aust 1 QXP 7 26 2013 2 00 PM Page 8 procarmanuals com ...

Page 9: ...Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 2 EL FL Aust 2 QXP 7 26 2013 2 01 PM Page 1 procarmanuals com ...

Page 10: ...ton 4 45 7 Fuel filler lid release lever 4 27 8 Instrument panel illumination control switch 4 47 9 4WD Lock button 5 24 10 Heated steering wheel button 4 35 11 DBC button 5 41 12 ESC OFF button 5 36 13 Fuse box 7 51 14 Steering wheel 4 34 15 Seat 3 2 16 Brake pedal 5 31 17 Accelerator pedal 18 Bonnet release lever 4 25 if equipped OEL013001R 3 The actual shape may differ from the illustration EL ...

Page 11: ...al clock and Audio AVN 4 129 11 Hazard warning flasher switch 4 87 12 Climate control system 4 104 4 113 13 Seat warmer 3 10 14 4WD Lock button 5 25 15 Parking assist system ON OFF button 4 82 16 Rear parking assist system OFF button 4 79 17 Cigarette lighter 4 126 18 AUX USB 4 129 19 Power outlet 4 128 20 Shift lever 5 15 5 18 21 Passenger s front air bag 3 45 22 Glove box 4 123 if equipped OEL01...

Page 12: ... 4 Air cleaner 7 30 5 Fuse box 7 51 6 Negative battery terminal 7 37 7 Positive battery terminal 7 37 8 Radiator cap 7 25 9 Engine oil dipstick 7 22 10 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 7 27 if equipped Petrol Engine 2 0L GDI The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Aust 2 QXP 7 26 2013 2 02 PM Page 4 procarmanuals com ...

Page 13: ... cap 7 22 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 26 7 Air cleaner 7 30 8 Negative battery terminal 7 37 9 Positive battery terminal 7 37 10 Radiator cap 7 25 11 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 7 27 if equipped Diesel Engine 2 0L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Aust 2 QXP 7 26 2013 2 02 PM Page 5 procarmanuals com ...

Page 14: ...erate 3 40 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger seat 3 41 Air bag warning and indicator 3 42 SRS components and functions 3 43 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 45 Side air bag 3 48 Curtain air bag 3 49 Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non inflation conditions of the air bag 3 52 SRS Care 3 57 Additional safety precautions 3 58 Adding equipment to...

Page 15: ...ward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height Driver s seat 4 Lumbar support Driver s seat 5 Seat warmer 6 Headrest Rear seat 7 Seatback folding 8 Headrest 9 Armrest 10 Seat warmer if equipped SEAT OEL039001R EL FL Aust 3 QXP 7 26 2013 2 03 PM Page 2 procarmanuals com ...

Page 16: ...re are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seat...

Page 17: ...ent of a sudden stop collision or rollover No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks whilst the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly whilst riding Continued WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without using the lo...

Page 18: ...y trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Adjusting the seatback recliner To recline the seatback rotate the knob forward or rearward to the desired angle Seat cushion height for driver s seat if equipped To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever upwards or downwards To lower the seat cushion push down the lever several ...

Page 19: ...ower seat is operable with the ignition OFF Therefore children should never be left unattended in the vehicle CAUTION The power seat is driven by an electric motor Stop operating once the adjustment is complet ed Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t adj...

Page 20: ...k angle Push the control switch forward or back ward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Seat height for driver s seat Pull the control switch up to raise or down to lower the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OLM039007 H OLM039008 H OLM039006 H EL FL Aust 3 QXP 7 26 2013 2 03 PM Page 7 pro...

Page 21: ...headrest is at the same height of the centre of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the centre of gravity of most peo ple s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed as ...

Page 22: ...that it properly supports the head and neck Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 OEL039010 OEL039011 WARNING Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the headrest WARNING A gap between the seat and the headrest rele...

Page 23: ...s follows The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature OEL039012 WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to proper ly protect the occupants OFF HIGH LOW CAUTION When cleaning the seats ...

Page 24: ... the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of pas sengers 1 Infants children elderly or hand icapped persons or hospital out patients 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3 Fatigued individuals 4 Intoxicated individuals 5 Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc OEL039015 WARNING Seatback pockets Do...

Page 25: ...ped WARNING For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the centre of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the centre of gravity of most peo ple s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that ...

Page 26: ... provided to warm the rear seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm rear seats During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on t...

Page 27: ... used for long periods of time In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of pas sengers 1 Infants children elderly or hand icapped persons or hospital out patients 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3 Fatigued individuals 4 Intoxicated individuals 5 Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold table...

Page 28: ...Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position 4 Pull on the seatback folding lever then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position 7 When the seatback is completely installed check the red la...

Page 29: ...n R Reverse or 1st and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants Special care of objects shou...

Page 30: ...s are in the upright position Children age 12 and younger must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder...

Page 31: ...the front passenger s seat belt warning light on the centre fascia panel Although the front passenger seat is not occupied the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for 6 sec onds The front passenger s seat belt warn ing may operate when luggage is placed on the front passenger seat WARNING No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt ...

Page 32: ... belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact however the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly NOTICE If you are not able to pull out the seat belt from the retractor firmly pull the belt out and release it Then you will be able to pull the belt out smoothly WARNING Riding in an improper position adversely affects the...

Page 33: ...9026 Front seat WARNING Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appro priate height Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of another collision leadi...

Page 34: ...tre belt 1 Extract the tongue plate from the hole on the belt assembly cover and slowly pull the tongue plates out from the retractor 2 Insert the tongue plate A into the open end of the buckle C until an audible click is heard indicating the latch is locked Make sure the belt is not twisted 1KMB3441 CAUTION Cargo Be sure that the cargo is securely loaded in the rear cargo area Doing not so may da...

Page 35: ...motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly To unfasten the rear centre belt 1 Press the release button on the buckle D and remove the tongue plate B from the buckle D 1KMB3443 CAUTION When using the rear centre seat belt the buckle with the CENTRE mark must be used...

Page 36: ...eb A and allow the webbing to retract automatically 3 Insert the tongue plate A into the hole on the belt assembly cover Stowing the rear seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use OLM039057L 1KMB3453 OLM039029L EL FL Aust 3 QXP 7 26 2013 2 05 PM Page 23 procarmanuals com ...

Page 37: ... if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner will...

Page 38: ...ll exposed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off WARNING To ...

Page 39: ...nsioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminat ing for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates whilst the vehicle is being driven we recommend that the system be inspected by ...

Page 40: ...on Refer to Child restraint system in this section WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the ve...

Page 41: ...ehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the centre of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt ...

Page 42: ...buse WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a col lision or sudden stop The protec tion of your restraint system seat belts and air bags is greatly reduced by reclining your seat Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work proper ly The more the seatback is reclined the greater the chance that an occupant s hips wi...

Page 43: ...ld make regular checks to ensure that foreign objects are not pre venting complete buckle engagement Periodic inspection It is recommended that all seat belts be inspected periodically for wear or dam age of any kind Any damaged parts should be replaced as soon as possible Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned by using a mild soa...

Page 44: ...n accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat ...

Page 45: ...et a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always prop erly position and secure children in rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floorboard of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicles interior resulting in serious injury Continued Continued Never use an infant carrier or ...

Page 46: ... child restraint system read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section we recommend that the system be checked by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Failure to observe this manual s instructions regarding child restraint system and the instruc tions provided with the child restraint system could increase the chance...

Page 47: ...tighten the belt pull more webbing toward the retractor When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract the retractor will automatically revert back to its normal seated passen ger emergency locking usage condition If the child seat moves readjust the length of the seat belt In Australia NZ the child restraint manufacturer s instructions must be followed when fitting the unit to the vehicl...

Page 48: ... collision if the child restraint is not properly anchored to the car and the child is not prop erly restrained in the child restraint Always follow the child seat manu facturer s instructions for installa tion and use WARNING Child restraint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist ...

Page 49: ... symbols indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints so equipped Both rear outboard seats are equipped with a pair of ISOFIX anchorages as well as a corresponding top tether anchorage on the back side of the back rest The ISOFIX anchorages are located between seat cushion and back rest marked with the ISOFIX icon For installation CRS ISOFIX connecters have to engage with the ve...

Page 50: ...ng the vehicle s ISOFIX system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their seat belt buckles and the seat belt web bing must be retracted behind the child restraint to prevent the child from reaching and taking hold of unretracted seat belts Unlatched metal latch plates or tabs may allow the chi...

Page 51: ...ufacturer of the child restraint WARNING Do not install a child restraint seat at the centre of the rear seat using the vehicle s ISOFIX anchors The ISOFIX anchors are only provided for the left and right outboard rear seating posi tions Do not misuse the ISOFIX anchors by attempting to attach a child restraint seat in the middle of the rear seat to the ISOFIX anchors In a crash the child restrain...

Page 52: ...AINT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OEL033301R The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration WARNING Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimise the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover EL FL Aust 3 QXP 7 26 2013 2 05 PM Page 39 procarmanuals com ...

Page 53: ...e collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary pa...

Page 54: ...he case wash and rinse with cold water immediately and consult the doctor if the symptom persists Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the fro...

Page 55: ...icle is in motion The light blinks when the ignition switch is in ON position WARNING Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it Never put a child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal injuries When children are seated in the rear outboard seats of vehicle equ...

Page 56: ...illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the air bag warning light should go out The front air bag modules are located both in the centre of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it will automatically deploy the front air bags ...

Page 57: ...ty to steer or operate other con trols WARNING Do not install or place any acces sories drink holder cassette holder sticker etc on the front passenger s panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a pas senger s air bag Such objects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the pas senger s air bag inflates When installing a container of liq uid air freshener inside the vehi cle do no...

Page 58: ...ed Continued Continued The SRS can function only when the ignition key is in the ON position If the SRS air bag warn ing light does not illuminate or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition key is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on whilst driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs we recommend that the system be in...

Page 59: ...s about seat belts air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants...

Page 60: ...y an authorised HYUNDAI dealer immediately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy once Seat belts must be worn at all times Continued Continued For maximum safety protection in all types of cras...

Page 61: ...be worn at all times whilst the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact conditions severe enough to cause signifi cant injury to the vehicle occu pants For best protection from the side air bag system and to avoid being injured by the deploying side air bag both front seat occupants should sit in an upright position with the seat belt properly fas tened The driver s ha...

Page 62: ...inued Use of seat covers could reduce or prevent the effectiveness of the system Do not install any accessories on the side or near the side air bag Do not place any objects over the air bag or between the air bag and yourself Do not place any objects an umbrella bag etc between the front door and the front seat Such objects may become dan gerous projectiles and cause injury if the supplemental si...

Page 63: ...y children passen gers or pets Occupants should never lean out or have any parts of their body protruding from the window whilst the engine is run ning Do not move the sun visor out to cover the side window if there is an item attached to it such as garage door remote control pens air fresheners or the like These objects may cause injury if the Curtain Airbag is deployed Where sun blinds are fitte...

Page 64: ...uctions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occu pants in an accident WARNING In order for side and curtain air bags to provide the best protec tion both front seat occupants and both outboard rear occu pants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts prop erly fastened Importantly chil dren should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat When children are seated...

Page 65: ...r bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 2 Front impact sensor 3 Side impact sensor if equipped OLM039040R OLM039041 H OEL033061 H OEL039044 1 2 3 EL FL Aust 3 QXP 7 26 2013 2 06 PM Page 52 procarmanuals com ...

Page 66: ...uld causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Continued Continued Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar and C pillars where side collision sen sors are installed We recom men...

Page 67: ...n air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on sur faces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment Air b...

Page 68: ...collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However if equipped with side and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehi cle speed and angles of impact In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional ben...

Page 69: ...s may not inflate in rollover acci dents because air bag deployment could not provide protection to the occupants However side and or curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision if the vehicle is equipped with side air bags and curtain air bags Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of...

Page 70: ...ont passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate If the air bags inflate we recom mend that the system be replaced by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Continued Continued Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to ac...

Page 71: ...ed if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place i...

Page 72: ...nd passengers of potential risk of air bag system Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children we also wants you to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to Those have been described in previous pages Type B OLM039050 Type A OEL033051R EL FL Aust 3 QXP 7 26 2013 2 06 PM Page 59 procarmanuals com ...

Page 73: ...ock system 4 17 Child protector rear door lock 4 18 Tailgate 4 19 Opening the tailgate 4 19 Closing the tailgate 4 19 Windows 4 21 Power windows 4 22 Bonnet 4 25 Opening the bonnet 4 25 Closing the bonnet 4 26 Fuel filler lid 4 27 Opening the fuel filler lid 4 27 Closing the fuel filler lid 4 27 Panorama sunroof 4 30 Sunroof open warning 4 30 Sliding the sunroof 4 31 Tilting the sunroof 4 32 Reset...

Page 74: ...come function 4 88 Lighting control 4 89 High beam operation 4 90 Turn signals and lane change signals 4 91 Front fog light 4 92 Rear fog light 4 92 Daytime running light 4 93 Headlight levelling device 4 93 Wipers and washers 4 95 Windscreen wipers 4 95 Windscreen washers 4 97 Rear window wiper and washer switch 4 98 Interior light 4 99 Map lamp 4 99 Room lamp 4 100 Vanity mirror lamp 4 100 Lugga...

Page 75: ...ent 4 123 Centre console storage 4 123 Glove box 4 123 Cool box 4 124 Sunglass holder 4 124 Interior features 4 126 Cigarette lighter 4 126 Ashtray 4 126 Cup holder 4 127 Sunvisor 4 127 Power outlet 4 128 Digital clock 4 129 Aux USB and iPod 4 129 Floor mat anchor s 4 130 Luggage net holder 4 130 Cargo security screen 4 131 Exterior features 4 133 Roof rack 4 133 Audio system 4 134 Antenna 4 134 4...

Page 76: ...n the ignition or engine start stop button is in the ACC or ON position Children copy adults and they could place the key in the ignition or press the engine start stop but ton The ignition key Smart key would enable children to operate power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move which could result in serious bodily injury or even death Never leave the keys in your vehicle with u...

Page 77: ...e ON position To activate the immobiliser system Turn the ignition key to the OFF position The immobiliser system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobiliser keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separately not to hav...

Page 78: ...ing Immobiliser system malfunction could occur CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobiliser system because it could cause the immobiliser sys tem to malfunction We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobiliser system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty EL ...

Page 79: ...e unlock but ton is pressed The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked After depressing this button the doors will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds Tailgate unlock 3 if equipped The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is...

Page 80: ... transmitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or sending receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices CAUTION Changes or modif...

Page 81: ...042302 Type A OLM043439 CAUTION The keyless entry system trans mitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use howev er it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery we recommend that you contact an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunc tion Be sure to us...

Page 82: ...any door unlocked locks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure that a door has locked or not you should check the door lock but ton inside the vehicle or pull the outside door handle Even th...

Page 83: ...rt the engine without inserting the key For detailed information refer to Starting the engine with a smart key in section 5 Smart key precautions NOTICE If for some reason you happen to lose your smart key you will not be able to start the engine Tow the vehicle if necessary We recommend that you contact an authorised HYUNDAI dealer A maximum of 2 smart keys can be registered to a single vehicle I...

Page 84: ...utton 1 and remove the mechanical key 2 2 Insert the key into hole of the outside door handle Turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle to unlock and toward the front of the vehicle to lock To reinstall the mechanical key put the key into the hole and push it until a click sound is heard CAUTION Keep the smart key away from water or any liquid If the keyless entry system is inoperative due to ex...

Page 85: ...ose the door and try again to lock the doors Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door and tailgate remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the door and try ...

Page 86: ...is pressed whilst carrying the smart key The engine is started After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed NOTICE Immobiliser system If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition...

Page 87: ...door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 to the Lock position and close the door 2 If you lock the door with the central door lock switch all vehicle doo...

Page 88: ...he ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened With central door lock switch Operate by depressing the central door lock switch When pushing down on the front por tion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock When pushing down on the rear por tion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unloc...

Page 89: ...he door Opening a door when something is approaching can cause damage or injury WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can invite theft or possible harm to you or others from someone hiding in your vehicle whilst you are gone Always remove the ignition key engage the parking brake close all windows and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle unattended WARNING Unattended children...

Page 90: ...en though the inner door handle is pulled inside the vehi cle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 1 until rear door child safety lock is unlocked WARNING Rear door locks If children accidentally open the rear doors whilst the vehicle is in motion they could fall o...

Page 91: ...osing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched TAILGATE OLM043013 WARNING The tailgate swings upward Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when open ing the tailgate CAUTION Make certain that you close the tail gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift c...

Page 92: ... out side air comes into the vehicle WARNING Rear cargo area Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops occupants should always be properly restrained OLM043015 WARNING For emergencies be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in the vehicle and how to open the ...

Page 93: ...ower window switch 4 Rear door left power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down 7 Power window lock switch if equipped NOTICE In cold and wet climates power win dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions WINDOWS OLM049020R EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 32 PM Page 21 procarmanuals com ...

Page 94: ...hicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening Window opening and clos...

Page 95: ...ely 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance whilst the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal ...

Page 96: ...on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposing directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed WARNING Windows NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised chil dren when the engine is running NEVER leave any child unattend ed in the vehicle Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to move entan g...

Page 97: ...ned with the sup port rod BONNET OEL043700 OLM049027 WARNING Hot parts Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber The plastic will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the engine is hot WARNING Open the bonnet after turning off the engine on a flat surface shift ing the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for ma...

Page 98: ...ent in the bonnet opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury Do not leave gloves rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment Doing so may cause a heat induced fire WARNING Always double check to be sure that the bonnet is firmly latched before driving away If it is not latched the bonnet could fly open whilst the vehicle is being driven causing a total los...

Page 99: ...or anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull the fuel filler lid opener up 3 Pull the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully open 4 To remove the cap 2 turn the fuel tank cap counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap i...

Page 100: ...dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other petrol source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refuelling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire Once refuelling has begun contact with the vehi cle should be maintained until the fillin...

Page 101: ...lammable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Continued If a fire breaks out during refu elling leave the vicinity of the vehicle and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department Follow any safety instructions they provide CAUTION Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler ...

Page 102: ...Sunroof open image will appear on the LCD display Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle NOTICE In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freez ing conditions After a vehicle is washed or in a rain storm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it PANORAMA SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OLM049030 CAUTION Do not continue to move the sun roof c...

Page 103: ...l or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily OLM049031 WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or roller blind whilst driving This could re...

Page 104: ...efore closing it Tilting the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof open the roller blind To open the sunroof push the sunroof control lever upward To close the sunroof pull the sunroof lever with the safety switch 1 downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position OXM049029 OLM049032 WARNING Never try pinching any part of your body intentionally to acti vate the Automatic reversal ...

Page 105: ...a lit tle Then release the lever 6 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sun roof operates as follows TILT OPEN SLIDE OPEN SLIDE CLOSE Then release the lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem has been reset OXM049031 WARNING Sunroof Be careful that no head hands and body parts are obstructed by a closing sunroof Do not extend the face neck arms or body ...

Page 106: ... is high immediately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condi tion A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed...

Page 107: ...ing wheel if equipped When the ignition switch is in the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off It will turn off automatically approximate ly 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on If you turn on th...

Page 108: ...erate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic sol vent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and petrol Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel If the surface of steering wheel is damaged by sharp object damage to the heated steering wheel com ponents could occur CAUTION Do not strike the...

Page 109: ...e button is pressed the selected steering mode will appear on the LCD display If the steering mode button is pressed within 4 seconds the steering mode will change as above pictures If the steering wheel mode button is not pressed for about 4 seconds the LCD display will change to the previous screen Normal mode The normal mode offers medium steer ing effort OEL043365R OLM043353 OLM043354 EL FL Au...

Page 110: ...OLM043355 OLM043356 CAUTION For your safety if you press the steering mode button whilst oper ating the steering wheel the LCD display will change but the steer ing effort will not change immedi ately After operating the steering wheel the steering effort will change automatically to the selected mode Be careful when changing the steering mode whilst driving When the electronic power steer ing is ...

Page 111: ...ine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehi cle MIRRORS WARNING Rear visibility Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision out the rear ...

Page 112: ... It is turned off by pressing and holding the button for same time once more 1 To operate Compass feature Press and release the button then the vehicle s directional heading will be dis played Pressing and releasing the button again will turn off the display Heading display E East W West S South N North ex NE North East 2 Calibration procedure Press and hold the button for more than 9 but less tha...

Page 113: ...4 41 Features of your vehicle Compass Zone OUN046101L Asia Europe North America South America Africa Oceania EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 33 PM Page 41 procarmanuals com ...

Page 114: ...econds 2 Release then press the button to tog gle between L and R NOTICE This procedure also causes the compass to be de calibrated 3 To re calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 8km h 5mph CAUTION 1 Do not install the ski rack anten na etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass 2 If the compass deviates f...

Page 115: ...ice to melt WARNING Do not adjust or fold the outside rearview mirrors whilst the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident which could cause death serious injury or property damage WARNING Rearview mir rors The outside rearview mirrors are convex Objects seen in the mir ror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirror or direct observation to deter mi...

Page 116: ...ght After adjustment put the lever into neu tral position to prevent the inadvertent adjustment Folding the outside rearview mirror Manual type To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle CAUTION The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate whilst the switch is depressed Do ...

Page 117: ...side rearview mirror don t fold it by hand It could cause motor failure CAUTION The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion However to prevent unneces sary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than nec essary whilst the engine is not run ning OLM049041R EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 33 PM Page 45 procarmanuals com ...

Page 118: ...ge 5 Warning and indicator lights if equipped 6 Odometer Trip computer if equipped 7 LCD display OEL043308 OEL043307 The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages Type A Type B EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 33 PM Page 46 procarmanuals com ...

Page 119: ...anel illumination is displayed If the brightness reaches to the maxi mum or minimum level an alarm will sound LCD Display Control if equipped The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the crash pad 1 MODE button for changing modes 2 SELECT RESET button For the LCD modes refer to LCD Display in this chapter OEL043306 OLM043401E Type A Type B OEL043702 Q OLM049052R EL FL A...

Page 120: ...ometer The tachometer indicates the approxi mate number of engine revolutions per minute rpm Use the tachometer to select the correct shift points and to prevent lugging and or over revving the engine OEL049307 OEL049309 Type A km h Type B km h OEL049305 OEL049306 Type A Petrol Diesel Type B Petrol Diesel EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 34 PM Page 48 procarmanuals com ...

Page 121: ...e If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 CAUTION Do not operate the engine within the tachometer s RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage OEL049311 ODMEMM2352 Type A Type B CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the position it indicates over heating that may damage the engine WARNING Never remove the radiator cap when the engi...

Page 122: ...he total dis tance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine when periodic maintenance should be per formed Odometer range 0 999999 kilome ters or miles OEL049312 ODMEMM2351 Type A Type B WARNING Fuel gauge Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger You must stop and obtain addition al fuel as soon as possible after the warning light comes on or when the gaug...

Page 123: ...Icy Road Warning Light if equipped This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy When the following conditions occur the warning light including Outside Temperature Gauge blinks 10 times and then illuminates and also warning chime sounds 3 times The temperature on the Outside Temperature Gauge is below approxi mately 4 C 39 2 F The ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is ON N...

Page 124: ...cator informs which gear is desired whilst driving to save fuel Shifting up 2 3 4 5 6 Shifting down 1 2 3 4 5 For example Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 4th 5th or 6th gear When the system is not working properly the indicator is not...

Page 125: ...ode displays driving information like the tripmeter fuel economy and so on For more details refer to Trip Computer in this chapter Information This mode informs of service interval mileage or days and warning messages relat ed to TPMS or washer fluid User Settings On this mode you can change settings of the doors lamps and so on EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 34 PM Page 53 procarmanuals com ...

Page 126: ...hicle serviced according to the already inputted service interval Service required message is displayed for several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position The mileage and time changes to To reset the service interval to the mileage and days you inputted before Press the button for more than 1 second NOTICE If any of the following conditions occ...

Page 127: ...the P Park position to the R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive position Auto Door Unlock if equipped Off The auto door unlock operation will be canceled Key Out or Power Off All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from ignition switch or Engine Star Stop Button is set to the OFF position Driver Door Unlock All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver s door i...

Page 128: ...adlamp delay and headlamp welcome function will be activated Settings Language if equipped Choose the language you prefer within the LCD display SPAS Voice if equipped Adjust the volume of SPAS voice infor mation Temperature Unit Convert the temperature unit from C to F or from F to C AVG Fuel Eco Reset Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refuelling Manual Reset The a...

Page 129: ...utomatic transaxle This warning message illuminates if you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in P Park position At this time the Engine Start Stop Button turns to the ACC position If you press the Engine Start Stop Button once more it will turn to the ON posi tion Low Key Battery for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is dis charged w...

Page 130: ... steering wheel right and left Steering wheel unlocked for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF position Check steering wheel lock system for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF positio...

Page 131: ...or smart key system and manual transaxle This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal It means that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Key not in vehicle for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you...

Page 132: ...eans that you could start the engine by pressing the Engine Start Stop Button once more If the warning illuminates each time you press the Engine Start Stop Button we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Press start button with smart key for smart key system This warning message illuminates if you press the Engine Start Stop Button whilst the warning messag...

Page 133: ...in the ACC position Shift to P or N to start engine for smart key system and automatic transaxle This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position NOTICE You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position But for your safety we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park posit...

Page 134: ...hat the sunroof is open Low Washer Fluid if equipped This warning message illuminates on the service reminder mode if the wash er fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty It means that you should refill the washer fluid OLM043419 OLM043420 OLM043501N EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 35 PM Page 62 procarmanuals com ...

Page 135: ...omputer for example Average Vehicle Speed resets if the battery is disconnected Trip Modes Trip mode is changed as below whenev er pushing the button shortly Type A TRIP button Type B Type A if equipped if equipped TRIP COMPUTER OEL043703 OEL043702 Type A Type B TRIP Elapsed time Distance to empty Average vehicle speed Average fuel economy Instant fuel economy EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 35 PM P...

Page 136: ...peed is calculat ed by the total driving distance and driving time since the last average vehicle speed reset Speed range 0 999 km h or MPH To reset the average vehicle speed press the trip button Type A TRIP Type B for more than 1 second when the average vehicle speed is dis played Distance to empty Average fuel economy Instant fuel economy Tripmeter B Average vehicle speed B Elapsed time B Tripm...

Page 137: ...g Fuel Economy Distance To Empty 1 The distance to empty is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel Distance range 50 9999 km or 30 9999 mi If the estimated distance is below 50 km 30 mi the trip computer will display as distance to empty NOTICE If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the distance to empty function may not o...

Page 138: ...Automatic reset The average fuel economy will be cleared to zero when the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refuelling more than 6 litres 1 6 gallons NOTICE The average fuel economy is not dis played for more accurate calculation if the vehicle does not drive more than 10 seconds or 50 meters 0 03 miles since the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is turned to ON Instant Fuel Economy 3 T...

Page 139: ...f equipped This indicator light illuminates When you activate the active ECO sys tem by pressing the active ECO button For more details refer to Active ECO System in chapter 5 Air bag warning light if equipped This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the SRS is not working properly If the...

Page 140: ... time whilst driving your vehicle may have a malfunction with ABS and EBD system In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally We rec ommend that the system be checked by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work Also the EPS warning light may illuminate and the ste...

Page 141: ...ccurs we recommend that the system be checked by an autho rised HYUNDAI dealer This indicator also blinks when the haz ard warning switch is turned on Low Beam Indicator Light if equipped This indicator light illuminates when the headlights are on High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal lever is pulled into t...

Page 142: ...ill the engine oil to ensure the oil level is not above F mark on the dipstick CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on whilst the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the o...

Page 143: ...es do not operate properly We recommend that you contact an autho rised HYUNDAI dealer Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as...

Page 144: ...with the igni tion switch in any position Tailgate open warning light This warning light illuminates when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position Door open position indicator including tailgate This indicator illuminates when a door or tailgate is not closed securely The indicator displays which door or tail gate is opened Sunroof open warning light if equipped...

Page 145: ...op Button with the smart key For more details refer to Starting the Engine in section 5 If the indicator illuminates only for 2 seconds and goes out when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to ON position with the smart key in the vehicle we recommend that the system be checked by an autho rised HYUNDAI dealer When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator wil...

Page 146: ...500 2000 engine rpm for a certain time for about 25 minutes If the malfunction indicator light continues to blink in spite of the procedure we recommend that the system be checked by an autho rised HYUNDAI dealer If you continue to drive with the malfunction indicator light blinking for a long time the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can be worsen CAUTION Prolonged driving with the ...

Page 147: ...and then goes off When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button For more details refer to Electronic Stability Control ESC in chapter 5 Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushe...

Page 148: ...OUT indicator if equipped When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will go off whilst the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle Key reminder warning chime i...

Page 149: ...e water from the fuel filter For more Information refer to Fuel filter in section 7 4WD system warning light if equipped When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the 4WD indicator will illumi nate and then go off in a few seconds If the 4WD system warning light illuminates this indicates that there is a malfunction in the 4WD system If this occurs we recommend that the system be check...

Page 150: ...ving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to Overheating in section 6 NOTICE If the engine coolant temperature warn ing light illuminates it indicates over heating that may damage the engine Electronic power steering EPS system warning light This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out This light also comes on when ...

Page 151: ...ou desire to deactivate the rear parking assist system press the rear parking assist OFF button again The indicator on the button will illuminate if equipped This system will activate when backing up with the ignition switch in the ON position If the vehicle is moving at a speed over 10 km h 6 mph the sys tem may not be activated correctly The sensing distance whilst the rear parking assist system...

Page 152: ...locked 3 Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads gravel bumps or gradients 4 Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes may be interfering with the sensor 5 There is heavy rain or water spray 6 There are wireless transmitters or mobile phones present near the sen sor 7 The sensor is covered with snow 8 Trailer towing 9 The pla...

Page 153: ...by the sensors Always visu ally check behind the vehicle when reversing Be sure to inform any drivers of the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the system regarding the systems capabilities and limitations Self diagnosis If you don t hear an audible warning sound or if the buzzer sounds intermit tently when shifting the gear to the R Reverse position this may indicate a malfunction in the rear pa...

Page 154: ...or on the button illumi nates when the parking assist button is pressed with the ignition switch ON And it operates in forward reverse and neutral position of the shift lever The parking assist button turns on automatically and activates the parking assist system when you shift the gear to the R Reverse position If you drive the vehicle above 10km h the warning will not activate PARKING ASSIST SYS...

Page 155: ... When driving rearward or the shift lever is in N position When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm 47 2 in to 24 in from the bumper Buzzer beeps intermittently When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm 23 in to 12 in from the bumper Buzzer beeps more frequently When an object is within 30 cm 11 in of the bumper Buzzer sounds continuously CAUTION This system can only sense objects within the range and loca tion o...

Page 156: ...n 1 Driving on uneven road surfaces such as unpaved roads gravel bumps or gradients 2 Objects generating excessive noise such as vehicle horns loud motorcycle engines or truck air brakes may be interfering with the sensor 3 There is heavy rain or water spray 4 There are wireless transmitters or mobile phones present near the sen sor 5 The sensor is covered with snow Detecting range may decrease wh...

Page 157: ...d occur NOTICE This system can only sense objects with in the range and location of the sensors it can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects or objects located between sensors may not be detected Always visually check in front and behind the vehicle when driving Be sure to inform any drivers in the vehicle that may be unfamiliar with the syste...

Page 158: ...ng on the cluster will blink However the warning regarding object will not sound In this time we recommend that the sys tem be checked by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occu pants related to a parking assist system Always drive safely and cautiously EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 35 PM Page 86 p...

Page 159: ...n you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED WARNING This sy...

Page 160: ... headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position Headlight welcome function if equipped When the headlight switch is in the ON or AUTO position and all doors and tail gate are closed and locked if you press the door unlock button on the transmitter or smart key the headlights w...

Page 161: ... light position if equipped Parking light position When the light switch is in the parking light position the tail position license and instrument panel lights are ON Headlight position When the light switch is in the headlight position the head tail position license and instrument panel lights are ON NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights OAM049042R 1 OAM0...

Page 162: ...arged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time whilst the engine is not running CAUTION Never place anything over the sensor 1 located on the instru ment panel this will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other types of coating ...

Page 163: ...lash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement One touch lane change function if equipped To...

Page 164: ...the on position The rear fog lights turn on when the rear fog light switch is turned on after the front fog light switch if equipped is turned on and the headlight switch is in the park light position To turn the rear fog lights off turn the rear fog light switch to the on position again or turn the headlight switch off or front fog light switch off NOTICE To turn on the rear fog light switch the ...

Page 165: ...oading weight in the lug gage area turn the beam levelling switch The higher the number of the switch position the lower the headlight beam level Always keep the headlight beam at the proper levelling position or head lights may dazzle other road users Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings For loading conditions other than those listed below adjust the switch position so that the...

Page 166: ...am under various conditions WARNING If it does not work properly even though your car is inclined back ward according to passenger s posture or the headlight beam is irradiated to the high or low posi tion we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an autho rised HYUNDAI dealer Do not attempt to inspect or replace the wiring yourself EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 36 PM Page 94 procarmanu...

Page 167: ...usly if the lever is held in this position OFF Wiper is not in operation INT Wiper operates intermittently at the same wiping intervals Use this mode in light rain or mist To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob LO Normal wiper speed HI Fast wiper speed NOTICE If there is heavy accumulation of snow or ice on the windscreen defrost the wind screen for about 10 minutes or until the sno...

Page 168: ...the body Do not touch the upper end of the windscreen glass facing the rain sensor Do not wipe the upper end of the windscreen glass with a damp or wet cloth Do not put pressure on the wind screen glass OLM049347R Rain sensor CAUTION When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be dam aged if the switch is set in the A...

Page 169: ...event possible damage to the wipers or windscreen do not operate the wipers when the windscreen is dry To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use petrol kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not attempt to move the wipers manually To prevent possible damage to the wipers and washer system use anti freezing washer ...

Page 170: ... onto the headlight lenses The headlight washer can be operated 15 minutes after being operated last time Rear window wiper and washer switch The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer ON Normal wiper operation INT Intermittent wiper operation if equipped OFF Wiper i...

Page 171: ...e locked the light will turn off immediately If a door except tailgate is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light with room lamp stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door except tailgate is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light with room lamp stays on continuously The lights turn off even if a door is opened When the lamp is turned ON by p...

Page 172: ...The luggage room lamp comes on when the tailgate is opened OLM049105 H OLM049103 OEL049101 CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor Turn off the lamp before return the sunvisor to its original posi tion EL FL Aust 4a Q...

Page 173: ...ove box lamp if equipped The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened The parking lights or headlights must be ON for the glove box lamp to function OLM049102 H EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 37 PM Page 101 procarmanuals com ...

Page 174: ...e rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again DEFROSTER CAUTION To prevent d...

Page 175: ...ate the front wiper deicer press the front wiper deicer but ton The indicator on the button illumi nates when the deicer is ON The front wiper deicer automatically turns off after 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the deicer press the front wiper deicer but ton again With smart key If your vehicle is equipped with the wiper deicer it will operate at the same time you...

Page 176: ...speed control knob 2 MAX defroster button Front windscreen defroster 3 MAX A C selection button if equipped 4 Temperature control knob 5 Air conditioning button if equipped 6 Mode selection button 7 Air intake control button Type A Type B EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 37 PM Page 104 procarmanuals com ...

Page 177: ...eating and cooling Heating Cooling 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on OEL049120R EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 37 PM Page 105 procarmanuals com ...

Page 178: ...each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Floor Level C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windscreen Also you may select 2 3 modes at the same time for desired air flow face floor mode face defrost mode floor defrost mode face floor defrost mode MAX A C Level B D if equipped The MAX A C mod...

Page 179: ...trol the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recircu lated air position To change the air intake control position press the control b...

Page 180: ...trol The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan WARNING Continue using the climate con trol system in the...

Page 181: ...ir intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired tur...

Page 182: ...efrigerant 1 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position press the MAX A C posi tion selection button if equippe...

Page 183: ... conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control ai...

Page 184: ...he performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a bad influ ence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE It is important when servicing the air conditioning system that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the com pressor ...

Page 185: ...ature control button 3 A C display 4 Passenger s temperature control button 5 Dual temperature control selection button 6 OFF button 7 Front windscreen defroster button 8 Air conditioning button 9 Fan speed control button 10 Air intake control button 11 Mode selection button EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 38 PM Page 113 procarmanuals com ...

Page 186: ... Mode selection button Front windscreen defroster button Fan speed control button The selected function will be con trolled manually whilst other func tions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate con trol use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 22 C 71 F NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure ...

Page 187: ...n in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system If you push the button once the corre sponding switch will turn on and if you push the button again the switch will turn off Face Level B D Air flow is directed...

Page 188: ...ts The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by holding the button The temperature will decrease to the minimum Lo by holding the button When pressing the button the tempera ture will increase or ...

Page 189: ... Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side 2 Operate the driver side temperature control button The driver and passen ger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion if equipped You can switch the temperature mode between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol lows Whilst pressing the OFF...

Page 190: ...ecome stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment WARNING Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air posi tion may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure vis ibility Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditi...

Page 191: ...lower OFF button Air conditioning Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off OFF mode Press the front blower OFF button to turn off the front air climate control system However you can still operate the air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position OEL049129R O...

Page 192: ...to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Select the position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the position is selected air conditioning if equipped will also be selected automatically If the air conditioning if equipped and or outside fresh air position are not select ed automatically press the correspon ding button manually WINDSCREEN DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGI...

Page 193: ... Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature 3 Press the defroster button 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient tem perature and outside fresh air posi tion will be selected automatically If the air conditioning is not selected automatically adjust the corresponding button manually If the position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted t...

Page 194: ...ion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defroster button 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically OEL049135R EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 39 PM Page 122 procarmanuals com ...

Page 195: ...store cigarette lighters propane cylinders or other flamma ble explosive materials in the vehi cle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods CAUTION To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage com partment covers closed whilst driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the...

Page 196: ...losed position NOTICE If some items in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the cool box is reduced Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses in the compart ment door with the lenses facing out Push to close WARNING Do not put the perishable food in the cool box because it may not be able to maintain the ne...

Page 197: ...gers in the vehicle Do not open the sunglasses hold er whilst the vehicle is moving The rear view mirror of the vehi cle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder to prevent breakage or deformation of glasses It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 39 PM Pa...

Page 198: ... open the cover To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out INTERIOR FEATURES CAUTION The use of plug in accessories shavers hand held vacuums and coffee pots for example may dam age the socket or cause electrical failure WARNING Ashtray use Do not use the vehicle s ashtrays as waste receptacles Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other com bustible materials may cause a fire WARNIN...

Page 199: ...llgate ticket if equipped WARNING Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder whilst the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you burn yourself Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehi cle To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of sudden stop or collision do not place uncov ered or unsecured bottles glass es cans etc in th...

Page 200: ... the accessory plug after use Using the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to dis charge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic inter...

Page 201: ... the knob 1 and press it 3 Set the clock by turning the knob 1 and press it Aux USB and iPod if equipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the ...

Page 202: ...g ANY floor mat to the vehicle Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rub ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each posi tion...

Page 203: ...049203 OLM049204 CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment WARNING To avoid eye injury DO NOT over stretch the luggage net ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net s recoil path DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or dam age EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 2013 2 ...

Page 204: ...hicle and possibly injure vehi cle occupants during an accident or when braking Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment It is designed for luggage only Maintain the balance of the vehi cle and locate the weight as far forward as possible CAUTION Since the cargo security screen may be damaged or malformed do not put the luggage on it when it is used OLM049205 EL FL Aust 4a QXP 7 26 20...

Page 205: ...e when car rying large flat items such as wood panels or mattresses This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you To prevent damage or loss of cargo whilst driving check fre quently before or whilst driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened CAUTION When carrying cargo on the roof rack take the necessary precau...

Page 206: ...ollover 5 28 Brake system 5 31 Power brakes 5 31 Parking brake 5 32 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 34 Electronic stability control ESC 5 36 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 39 Hill start assist control HAC 5 41 Downhill brake control DBC 5 41 Emergency stop signal ESS 5 43 Trailer stability assist TSA 5 43 Good braking practices 5 44 Cruise control system 5 46 To set cruise control speed 5 47 To i...

Page 207: ...park plugs and ignition system 5 59 To keep locks from freezing 5 60 Use approved window washer anti freeze in system 5 60 Don t let your parking brake freeze 5 60 Don t let ice and snow accumulate underneath 5 60 Carry emergency equipment 5 60 Trailer towing 5 61 Towbars 5 62 Safety chains 5 63 Trailer brakes 5 63 Driving with a trailer 5 63 Vehicle weight 5 71 Base kerb weight 5 71 Vehicle kerb ...

Page 208: ...e even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fre...

Page 209: ...elease the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil iar with your vehicle and its equipment BEFORE DRIVING WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to Seat belts in section 3 for more information on their proper use WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people especia...

Page 210: ...uch more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab WARNING When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accel erator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the ...

Page 211: ...hen it returns to the ON position The brake warning lamp can be checked in this position WARNING Ignition key Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC whilst the vehicle is moving This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat alwa...

Page 212: ...he ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below 18 C 0 F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator CAUTION If the engine stalls whi...

Page 213: ...START posi tion and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key NOTICE If the engine were not started within 10 seconds after the preheating is complet ed turn the ignition key once more to the LOCK position during 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to preheat again Starting and stopping the engine for tur bocharger intercooler 1 Do not race or a...

Page 214: ...ut ton will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position Also the steering wheel locks when the engine start stop button is in the OFF position to protect you against theft It locks when the door is opened If the steering wheel is not locked prop erly when you open the driver s door the warning chime will sound Try locking the steering wheel again If the problem is not solved we recommen...

Page 215: ...art stop button whilst it is in the ACC position without depress ing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the engine start stop button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running Orange indicator Blue indicator CAUTION You are able to turn off the engine START RUN or vehicle power ON only when...

Page 216: ...or a long time the battery will discharge WARNING Never press the engine start stop button whilst the vehicle is in motion This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P Park set the park...

Page 217: ...s cold it has to be pre heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neutral Keep the clutch pedal and brake pedal depressed whilst pressing the engine start stop button to the START position Automatic Transaxle Place the transaxle shif...

Page 218: ...the tur bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the engine start stop button is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator and the KEY OUT indicator will blink And if all doors are closed the chi...

Page 219: ...rt without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine OEL053007R CAUTION If the engine stalls whilst the vehi cle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If the traffic and road con ditions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position whilst the vehicle is still moving and press the eng...

Page 220: ... may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant has warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse put the shift lever in N Neutral posi tion and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED OEL059009 The ring 1 must be pul...

Page 221: ... wear of the transaxle shift forks When operating the clutch pedal press the clutch pedal down fully If you don t press the clutch pedal fully the clutch may be damaged or noise may occur To prevent possible damage to the clutch system do not start with the 2nd second gear engaged except when you start on a alippery road WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always set the parking brake fully a...

Page 222: ...you attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be dam aged if you do not To shift into reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral wait three seconds then shift to the reverse position Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the...

Page 223: ... a new vehicle if the battery has been disconnected may be somewhat abrupt This is a normal condition and the shifting sequence will adjust after shifts are cycled a few times by the TCM Transaxle Control Module or PCM Powertrain Control Module AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED OEL059010R The shift lever can be moved freely Depress the brake pedal when shifting if your vehicle is equipped shift lock...

Page 224: ... before shifting a vehicle into D Drive or R Reverse Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position then set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur if these precautions are not followed in the order iden tified CAUTION To avoid damage to your transaxle do not accelerate the engine in R Reverse or...

Page 225: ...ways come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive WARNING Shifting into P Park whilst the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle Do not use the P Park position in place of the parking brake Always make sure the shift lever is latched in the P Park position and set the parking brake fully Never leave a child unattended in...

Page 226: ...pshift automatically To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is oper ated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to shi...

Page 227: ...AI dealer Type B 1 Carefully remove the cap 1 covering the shift lock override access hole 2 Insert a screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriv er 3 Move the shift lever 4 We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Ignition key interlock system if equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Even ...

Page 228: ...rt depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually whilst releasing the service brakes When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill the vehicle may have a ten dency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear will help prevent t...

Page 229: ...iver s responsibility for the safety of him herself and his or her pas sengers Tight corner brake effect Tight corner brake effect is a unique characteristic of four wheel drive vehicles caused by the difference in tyre rotation at the four wheels and the zero degree alignment of the front wheels and sus pension Sharp turns at low speeds should be car ried out with caution FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD IF ...

Page 230: ...oise and vibration will disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated Some parts of the power train may be dam aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration When the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels This shock is not a mechanical failure Four Wheel Drive 4WD transfer mode selection Transfer mode Selection butto...

Page 231: ...xtreme stress than under normal road conditions Slow down and be ready for changes in the composition and traction of the surface under your tyres If you have any doubt about the safety of the conditions you are facing stop and consider the best way to pro ceed Do not exceed the ability of yourself or your vehicle to operate safely WARNING Hills Driving across the contour of steep hills can be ext...

Page 232: ... steer ing wheel when you are driving off road You may hurt your arm by a sudden steering manoeuvre or from steering wheel rebound due to impact with objects on the ground You could lose control of the steer ing wheel WARNING Wind danger If you are driving in heavy wind the vehicle s higher centre of gravity decreases your steering control capacity and requires you to drive more slowly WARNING Dri...

Page 233: ...cipate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehi cles any more than low slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satis factorily in off road conditions Due to this risk driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Ther...

Page 234: ...rying capacity If you never theless decide to equip your vehi cle with any tyre wheel combina tion not recommended by HYUNDAI for off road driving we recommend that you do not use these tyres for highway driving WARNING Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle SUV failure to operate this vehi cle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Utility vehicles have a s...

Page 235: ...the parking brake 4 Place the rear wheels on the tempo rary free roller as shown in the illustra tion WARNING Dynamometer testing Keep away from the front of the vehicle whilst the vehicle is in gear on the dynamometer This is very dangerous as the vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death OCM051044L Roll tester speedometer Temporary free roller CAUTION When lifting up the vehicle...

Page 236: ... brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to sefely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them ...

Page 237: ...ion it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradient the shift lever should be in a low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the Park position on automatic transaxle vehicles Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly depress the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 whilst...

Page 238: ...ach a safe loca tion or repair shop WARNING To prevent unintentional move ment when stopped and leaving the vehicle do not use the gearshift lever in place of the parking brake Set the parking brake AND make sure the gearshift lever is securely posi tioned in 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle equipped vehicles and in P Park for automatic transaxle equipped vehicles Never allow anyon...

Page 239: ...e brakes WARNING ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or danger ous driving manoeuvres Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The braking distance for vehicle equipped with an anti lock braking system Electronic Stability P...

Page 240: ...on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS We recommend that you conta...

Page 241: ...re the vehicle is actually going ESC applies the brakes at individual wheels and intervenes in the engine management system to stabilize the vehicle OLM059020R OLM059037R Type A Type B WARNING Never drive too fast for the road conditions or too quickly when cor nering Electronic stability control ESC will not prevent accidents Excessive speed in turns abrupt manoeuvres and hydroplaning on wet surf...

Page 242: ...d indicate that the Electronic Stability Program System is functioning proper ly ESC operation ESC ON condition When the ignition is turned ON ESC and ESC OFF indi cator lights illuminate for approximately 3 seconds then ESC is turned on Press the ESC OFF button for at least half a second after turning the ignition ON to turn ESC off ESC OFF indicator will illuminate To turn the ESC on press the E...

Page 243: ... tor light ESC OFF illumi nates and ESC OFF warning chime will sound At this state the engine control function and brake control function do not operate It means the car stability con trol function does not operate any more Indicator light When ignition switch is turned to ON the indicator light illuminates then goes off if the ESC system is operating normally The ESC indicator light blinks whenev...

Page 244: ...ction between right wheels and left wheels when brak ing VSM operation When the vehicle stability management is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indicates noth ing unusual The VSM does not operate when Driving rearward ESC OFF indicator light remains on the instrument cluster ESC indicator light remains on the instrument...

Page 245: ...d to function above approximately 20 km h 12 mph when a vehicle is braking on a split mu road The split mu road is made of surfaces which have different friction forces WARNING The Vehicle Stability Management system is not a substitute for safe driving practices but a sup plementary function only It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahea...

Page 246: ...t it does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned Downhill brake control DBC if equipped The Downhill Brake Control DBC sup ports the driver come down a steep hill without the driver depressing the brake pedal It slows down the vehicle under 8 km h 5mph with the automatic transaxle or 8 km h 5 mph with the manual transaxle and lets the driver concentrate on steer ing the vehicle DBC defaults t...

Page 247: ...ystem does not turn ON if the vehicle speed is over 40km h 25mph In the standby mode if the vehicle speed is under 35km h 22mph whilst driving down a steep hill the DBC will activate automatically In the activated mode the DBC will temporarily deacti vate under the following conditions The hill is not steep enough The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed If the above conditions are gone t...

Page 248: ... cle stability control system Trailer stabili ty assist system has an effort to stabilize the vehicle and trailer when the trailer sways or oscillates There are various reasons making vehicle sway and oscil late Almost case it happens at high speed however if the trailer is affected by crosswinds buffeting and improper over loading it may be a risk of swaying Factors of swaying such as High speed ...

Page 249: ...n t ride the brake pedal Resting your foot on the brake pedal whilst driv ing can be dangerous because it can result in the brakes overheating and losing their effectiveness It also increases the wear of the brake com ponents If a tyre goes flat whilst you are driving apply the brakes gently and keep the vehicle pointed straight ahead whilst you slow down When you are moving slowly enough for it t...

Page 250: ...ock the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the engaged posi tion This is most likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk that the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporarily whilst you put the gear selector lever in P automatic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual...

Page 251: ...cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently set ting a speed Use the cruise control system only when travelling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed for instanc...

Page 252: ...elease the accelerator pedal The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly whilst going downhill To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures Move the lever 1 up to RES and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the lever at the speed you want Move the lever 1 up to RES and release it immediately T...

Page 253: ... speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator To cancel cruise control do one of the following Press the brake pedal Press the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle ...

Page 254: ...n cel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever 1 up to RES It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph To turn cruise control off do one of the following Push the Cruise ON OFF symbol but ton the Cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off Turn the...

Page 255: ...turn to the ECO mode When Active ECO is activated Vehicle noise may become loud Vehicle speed may drop The air conditioner performance may decline Limitation of Active ECO opera tion If the following conditions occur whilst Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until...

Page 256: ...ces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tyres Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tyre wear Check the tyre pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting kerbs or driving too fast over irregular sur...

Page 257: ...high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore we recommend that you contact an authorised HYUNDAI dealer to perform scheduled inspections and maintenance WARNING Engine off dur ing motion...

Page 258: ...and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid en...

Page 259: ...ep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night WARNING Spinning tyres Do not spin the wheels especially at speeds more than 56 km h 35 mph Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is station ary could cause a tyre to overheat which cou...

Page 260: ... sure your tyres are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it easi er for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly whilst driving until normal braking operation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through flo...

Page 261: ... in overheating of the engine 1VQA1004R WARNING Underinflated or overinflated tyres can cause poor handling loss of vehicle control and sud den tyre failure leading to acci dents injuries and even death Always check the tyres for proper inflation before driving For prop er tyre pressures refer to section 8 Tyres and wheels Driving on tyres with no or insuf ficient tread is dangerous Worn out tyres...

Page 262: ... should be noted that installing tyre chains on the tyre will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids NOTICE Tyre chains are not legal in all countries Check the country laws before fitting tyre chains Snow tyres If you mount snow tyres on your vehicle make sure they are radial tyres of the same size and load range as the original tyres Mount snow tyres on all four wheels t...

Page 263: ...y or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads CAUTION Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tyres Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufac turer warranty Also the snow chain connecting hoo...

Page 264: ...nded that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use we rec ommend that you consult an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they ...

Page 265: ...likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily whilst you put the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and sno...

Page 266: ...a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel assemblies and tyres are forced to work harder against the load of the added weight The engine is required to operate at relatively higher speeds and under greater loads This additional burden generates extra heat The trailer also adds considerably to wind resistance increasing the pulling requirements TRAILER TOWING CAUTION Pull...

Page 267: ...If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as dirt and water The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for towbars Do not attach rental towbars or other bumper type towbars to them Use only a frame mounted towbar that does not attach to the bumper HYUNDAI trailer towbar accessory is available at an authorised HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE We rec...

Page 268: ...o or modify your vehicle s brake system Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as y...

Page 269: ...gnals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you re about to turn change lanes or stop When towing a trailer the green arrows on your instrument pan...

Page 270: ...tached to your vehicle you should not park your vehicle on a hill People can be seriously or fatally injured and both your vehicle and the trailer can be damaged if unex pectedly roll down hill CAUTION When towing a trailer on steep grades in excess of 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not over heat If the needle of the coolant tem perature gau...

Page 271: ...he park ing brake and shift the vehicle to R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 7 Shut off the vehicle and release the vehicle brakes but leave the parking brake set When you are ready to leave after park ing on a hill 1 With the manual transaxle in Neutral or automatic transaxle in P Park apply your brakes and hold the brake pedal down whilst you Start your engine Shif...

Page 272: ...view these sections before you start your trip Don t forget to also maintain your trailer and towbar Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably con duct the check at the start of each day s driving Most importantly all towbar nuts and bolts should be tight CAUTION Due to higher load during trailer usage overheating might occur in hot days or ...

Page 273: ...ded with the Genuine HYUNDAI Approved Tow Bar which will meet the requirements of Australian Standard AS 4177 For further information with regards to trailer towing on Genuine HYUNDAI parts and accessories including the Genuine HYUNDAI Approved Tow Bar and its availability for purchase please consult your nearest authorised HYUNDAI dealer or visit www hyundai com au on Rules and Regulations please...

Page 274: ...ne HYUNDAI parts and accessories including the Genuine HYUNDAI Approved Tow Bar and its availability for purchase please con sult your nearest authorised HYUNDAI dealer service agent call us on 0800 HYUNDAI or visit www hyundai co nz It is the owner s responsibility to ensure that any tow bar used is compatible with and suitable for their vehicle and is within the towing capacity of their vehicle ...

Page 275: ...that weight The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi mum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight within the limits of the maximum permissible trailer tongue load After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trail er and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer WARNING Trailer Never load...

Page 276: ...e weight This is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle kerb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Kerb Weight plus ac...

Page 277: ...will not start 6 4 If engine doesn t turn over or turns over slowly 6 4 If engine turns over normally but does not start 6 4 Emergency starting 6 5 Jump starting 6 5 Push starting 6 6 If the engine overheats 6 7 If you have a flat tyre 6 8 Jack and tools 6 8 Removing and storing the spare tyre 6 9 Changing tyres 6 9 Towing 6 14 Towing service 6 14 Removable towing hook 6 15 Emergency towing 6 16 6...

Page 278: ...ear the edge of a road way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the centre console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flasher...

Page 279: ...hicle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or re...

Page 280: ...e to start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK OFF position check all connectors at ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 If the engine still does not start we recommend that you call an autho rised ...

Page 281: ...rom the battery The battery pro duces hydrogen gas which may explode if exposed to flame or sparks If these instructions are not fol lowed exactly serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle may occur If you are not sure how to follow this procedure seek qualified assistance Automobile batteries contain sul furic acid This is poisonous and highly corrosive When jump starting wear protective ...

Page 282: ...orrect battery terminals or the correct ground Do not lean over the battery when making connections 5 Start the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and let it run at 2 000 rpm then start the engine of the vehi cle with the discharged battery If the cause of your battery discharging is not apparent we recommend that the system be checked by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Push starting Your...

Page 283: ...e radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and we recom mend that you call an authorised HYUNDAI dealer 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has retu...

Page 284: ...g instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury OLM069001 WARNING Changing tyres Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway Always move the vehicle com pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tyre The jack should be used on firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a tow ing service company...

Page 285: ... Reverse with manual transaxle or P Park with automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er OEL069002 Continued The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack Do not start or run the engine whilst the vehicle is on the jack Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle whilst it is on the jack Make sure an...

Page 286: ...each but do not remove any nut until the tyre has been raised off the ground WARNING Changing a tyre To prevent vehicle movement whilst changing a tyre always set the parking brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked 1VQA4023 OCM049011N EL FL A...

Page 287: ...hance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tyre line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel b...

Page 288: ... other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels we recommend that the system be checked by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel aluminium alloy wheel 9 11 kg m 65 79 lb ft WARNING Wheels and wheel covers may have sharp edges Handle them carefully to avoid possible severe injury Before putting the wheel into place be...

Page 289: ...tain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure to ...

Page 290: ...heels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear OXM069028 dolly dolly CAUTION The 4WD vehicle should never be towed ...

Page 291: ...the tow ing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle OEL063013 OLM069016L...

Page 292: ...le out of mud sand or other con ditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply stead...

Page 293: ...steering system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off WARNING Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving manoeuvres which would place excessive stress on the emergency towing hook and tow ing cable or chain The hook and towing cable or chain m...

Page 294: ...h in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehi cle to operate the steering and brakes To avoid serious damage to the automatic transaxle limit the vehicle speed to 15 km h 10 mph and drive less than 1 5 km 1 mile when towing Before towing check the auto matic transaxle fluid leak under your vehicle If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be us...

Page 295: ...asher fluid 7 27 Checking the washer fluid level 7 27 Parking brake 7 27 Check the parking brake 7 27 Fuel Filter For Diesel 7 28 Draining water from fuel filter 7 28 Extracting air from the fuel filter 7 28 Fuel filter cartridge replacement 7 29 Air cleaner 7 30 Filter replacement 7 30 Climate control air filter 7 32 Filter inspection 7 32 Filter replacement 7 32 Wiper blades 7 34 Blade inspectio...

Page 296: ...peater light bulb replacement 7 72 Rear combination light bulb replacement 7 72 Rear fog light 7 74 High mounted stop light bulb replacement 7 74 License plate light bulb replacement 7 75 Interior light bulb replacement 7 76 Appearance care 7 77 Exterior care 7 77 Interior care 7 82 Emission control system 7 83 Crankcase emission control system 7 83 Evaporative emission control system 7 83 Exhaust...

Page 297: ...voir 4 Air cleaner 5 Fuse box 6 Negative battery terminal 7 Positive battery terminal 8 Radiator cap 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir if equipped Petrol Engine 2 0L GDI The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 22 PM Page 3 procarmanuals com ...

Page 298: ...r cap 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 Air cleaner 8 Negative battery terminal 9 Positive battery terminal 10 Radiator cap 11 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir if equipped Diesel Engine 2 0L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 22 PM Page 4 procarmanuals com ...

Page 299: ...n the fol lowing pages You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed war ranty information is provided in your Service Passport Repairs and adjust ments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required main tenance are not covered when your vehi cle is covered by warranty Owner maintenanc...

Page 300: ...d equipment to do the work we recommend that the system be serviced by an autho rised HYUNDAI dealer Working under the bonnet with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Therefore if you must run the engine whilst work ing under the bonnet make cer tain that you remove al...

Page 301: ...the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav elling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the...

Page 302: ...lean cloth dampened with wash er fluid Check headlight alignment Check muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tyres and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year Clean body and door drain holes Lubricate door hinges and checks and bonnet hinges Lubricate door and bonnet locks and latches Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips Check t...

Page 303: ... are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently tha...

Page 304: ...s maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel EN590 or equivalent If the diesel fuel specifications don t meet the EN590 it must be replaced more frequently HYUNDAI rec ommends every 7 500km inspection every 15 000km replacement If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc re...

Page 305: ...nk air filter Petrol Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Continued 15 000 km or 12 months Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Inspect battery condition Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Inspect disc brakes and pads Inspect front suspension ball...

Page 306: ...Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Inspect disc brakes and pads Inspect front suspension ball joints Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tyre pressure tread wear Replace air cleaner filter Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter 1 2 Add fuel additives 9 Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correc...

Page 307: ...l Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Petrol Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped 6 Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD if equipped Inspect rear differential oil 4WD 6 Continued Continued Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tyre pressure tread wear Inspect transfer case oil 4WD 6 Inspect vapour hose and fuel filler cap Replace brake clutch if equipped...

Page 308: ...tioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Inspect battery condition Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Inspect cooling system At first inspect 60 000 km or 48 months after that inspect every 30 000 km or 24 months Inspect disc brakes and pads Inspect drive belt Petrol 3 Inspect drive belt Diesel 3 At first inspect 90 000 km or 48 months after that inspect every 30 000 km or 24 months Inspec...

Page 309: ...ack linkage and boots Inspect tyre pressure tread wear Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter 1 2 Add fuel additives 9 Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace Continued Inspect tyre pressure tread wear Replace air cleaner filter Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid Repl...

Page 310: ...tions Petrol Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped 6 Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD if equipped Inspect rear differential oil 4WD 6 Continued Continued Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tyre pressure tread wear Inspect transfer case oil 4WD 6 Inspect vapour hose and fuel filler cap Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid Replace climate control air filter ...

Page 311: ... 6 months A B C F G H I J K L Air cleaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C E Spark plug R Replace more frequently depending on the condition B H Manual transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 120 000 km C D E G H I K Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 100 000 km A C D E F G H I K Steering gear rack linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the con...

Page 312: ...K Driving over 170 km h L Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance intervals Driving condition Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D E G H Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D G H Drive shaft and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condit...

Page 313: ...stalling a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections We recommend that the fuel filter be replaced by an autho rised HYUNDAI dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage We recommend that the fuel lines fuel hoses and connections be replaced by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer WARNING Di...

Page 314: ...amage Air cleaner filter We recommend that you use air cleaner filter for replacement from an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Spark plugs for petrol engine Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Cooling system Check the cooling system parts such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be chang...

Page 315: ...sion mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive sh...

Page 316: ...n engine components Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci ties in section 8 WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you OLM073003 OLM073004 CAUTION Diesel engine Overfilling the engine oil may cause severe dieseling due to churning effect It may lead to engine ...

Page 317: ...wn Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Continued Continued Step back whilst the pressure is released from the cooling sys tem When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Even if the engine is not operat ...

Page 318: ...glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez ing DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table OLM079006 Ambient Temperature Mixture Percentage volume Antifreeze Water ...

Page 319: ...CAUTION Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as generator WARNING Coolant Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windscreen and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint a...

Page 320: ...n 8 Never mix different types of fluid OYF073224R WARNING Loss of brake fluid In the event the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid we recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer WARNING Brake clutch fluid When changing and adding brake clutch fluid handle it careful ly Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid come in contact with ...

Page 321: ...r less than specified we recommend that the system be checked by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Stroke 6 clicks at a force of 20 kg 44 lbs 196 N OLM079010 WARNING Coolant Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windscreen and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim Windscre...

Page 322: ...ximately 50 times until the pump is hard 2 Extract air from the fuel filter by remov ing the bolt 2 with a cross tip screw driver and reinstall the bolt 2 3 Pump up and down 1 approximately 15 times 4 Extract air from the fuel filter by remov ing the bolt 2 with a cross tip screw driver and reinstall the bolt 2 5 Pump up and down 1 approximately 5 times NOTICE Use cloths when you extract air so th...

Page 323: ... cartridge replacement NOTICE When replacing the fuel filter cartridge we recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorised HYUNDAI dealer OLM079011 Type B EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 23 PM Page 29 procarmanuals com ...

Page 324: ... cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner 3 Replace the air cleaner filter 4 Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips OLM079013N OEL070013 Type A Type B OLM079012N OLM079014 EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 23 PM Page 30 procarmanuals com ...

Page 325: ...nditions in this section CAUTION Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear When removing the air cleaner fil ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result We recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Improper parts could damage the air flow sensor turbocharger or engine EL FL Aust ...

Page 326: ...rlier When you the owner replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents Replace the filter according to the main tenance Schedule Filter replacement 1 Open the glove box and remove the support strap 1 2 With the glove box open remove the stoppers on both sides OLM079015R OLM079016 H EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013...

Page 327: ...the climate control air filter 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced OLM079018 OLM079017 EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 23 PM Page 33 procarmanuals com ...

Page 328: ...ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use petrol kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them CAUTION To prevent damage to the ...

Page 329: ...per arm to fall against the windscreen 2 Open the cover of the blade 3 Compress the clip behind the wiper arm and lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly until it clicks into place 5 Close the cover of blade 6 Place back the wiper arm to the prop er position OED070112 H OED070113 H OED070114 H EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 23 PM Page 35 procarmanuals com ...

Page 330: ...part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slight ly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components we recommend that the wiper blade be replaced by an autho rised HYUNDAI dealer OHM078062 OHM078063 EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 24 PM Page 36 procarmanuals com ...

Page 331: ... following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or pai...

Page 332: ... components with the engine running or the ignition switched on Failure to follow the above warn ings can result in serious bodily injury or death Continued If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensa tion get medical attention immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when workin...

Page 333: ...ng the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon nected WARNING Recharging battery When recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery Wat...

Page 334: ... mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tyre wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tyre and wheels in section 8 All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the vehicle WARNING Tyre underin flation Severe underinflation 70 kPa 10 psi or more can lead to severe heat build up causing blowouts tread s...

Page 335: ...res have been damaged replace them CAUTION Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tyre pres sures at the proper levels If a tyre frequently needs refilling we recommend that the sys tem be checked by an autho rised HYUNDAI dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the centre of the tyre tr...

Page 336: ... recommended amount If you overfill the tyre release air by pushing on the metal stem in the centre of the tyre valve Recheck the tyre pressure with the tyre gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture WARNING Inspect your tyres frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tyre pressure gauge Tyres ...

Page 337: ...visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tyre pressures to spec ification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tyre and wheels in section 8 Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tyres are rotated NOTICE Rotate radial tyres that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left WARNING Do not use the compact spare tyre for tyre rot...

Page 338: ...wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tyre CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights WARNING Replacing tyres Driving on worn out tyres is very hazardous and will reduce braking effectiveness steering accuracy and trac tion Your vehicle is equipped with tyres designed to provide for safe ride and han...

Page 339: ...dling ground clear ance stopping distance body to tyre clearance snow tyre clearance and speedometer reliability It is best to replace all four tyres at the same time If that is not possible or necessary then replace the two front or two rear tyres as a pair Replacing just one tyre can seriously affect your vehicle s handling The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tyre size can affect ...

Page 340: ...istics of the tyre and also provides the tyre identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tyre in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tyre size designation A tyre s sidewall is marked with a tyre size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tyres for your car The follo...

Page 341: ...ize desig nation on the sidewall of the tyre This symbol corresponds to that tyre s designed maximum safe oper ating speed 3 Checking tyre life TIN Tyre Identification Number Any tyres that are over 6 years based on the manufacturing date tyre strength and performance decline with age naturally even unused spare tyres Therefore the tyres including the spare tyre should be replaced by new ones You ...

Page 342: ...WEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tyre when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tyre graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tyre graded 100 The relative performance of tyres depends upon the actual conditions of the...

Page 343: ...the tyre to degenerate and reduce tyre life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tyre failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by the law WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tyre is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include accelera tion cornering hydroplaning or peak traction cha...

Page 344: ... passing over a pothole speed bump manhole or kerb stone drive slowly so that the tyres and wheels are not dam aged If the tyre is impacted we rec ommend that you inspect the tyre condition or contact an authorised HYUNDAI dealer To prevent damage to the tyre inspect the tyre condition and pressure every 3 000km CAUTION It is not easy to recognize the tyre damage with your own eyes But if there is...

Page 345: ...tem involved and we recommend that you consult an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Four kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and fusible link for higher amperage rat ings NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items WARNING Fuse replace ment Never replace a fuse with any thing but another fuse of the same rating A higher capacity fuse coul...

Page 346: ...are OK check the fuse block in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced OLM079021N CAUTION When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fas tening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and terminals fastened with bolt...

Page 347: ...NT connector NOTICE If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section Even though the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be dis charged by operation of the head lights or other electrical devices Engine compartment panel fuse replacement 1 ...

Page 348: ...n fuse If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 4 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 5 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal CAUTION After checking the fuse box in the engine compartment securely install the fuse box cover If not electrical failures may occu...

Page 349: ... fuse panel on the right side in the engine compartment 4 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 5 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 6 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal NOTICE If the main fuse is blown we recom mend that you consult an authorised HYUNDAI dealer OLM079025 EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 24 PM Page 55 procarmanuals com ...

Page 350: ...se relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Diesel only Driver s side panel Main fuse Type A Type B NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle refer to the fuse box label EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 25 PM Page 56 procarmanuals com ...

Page 351: ... Seat Warmer Relay Relay LH RH 4 10A START E R Fuse Relay Box RLY 4 11 Start ATM P N Burglar Alarm Relay ECM 5 10A AIR BAG IND Instrument Cluster IND 6 10A CLUSTER Instrument Cluster IND Seat Belt Reminder Switch Console Switch BCM Smart Key Control Module Audio A V Navigation Head Unit ISG Switch Alternator 7 10A MODULE 4 E R Fuse Relay Box RLY 1 Blower Rain Sensor Diesel Box RLY 2 3 PTC Heater R...

Page 352: ...10A FOG LP RR ICM Relay Box Rear Fog Lamp Relay 14 25A WIPER FRT E R Fuse Relay Box RLY 12 Front Wiper LO RLY 13 Rain Wiper Front Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Wiper 15 15A S HEATER FRT Console Switch 16 20A POWER OUTLET 1 Cigarette Lighter Front Power Outlet 17 10A BACK UP LP Back Up Lamp Relay Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH RH Rear Parking Assist Sensor Centre LH RH 18 15A DR LOCK Door Lock Un...

Page 353: ...mart Key Control ModuleFOB Holder Start Stop Button Switch 28 15A PDM PDM 29 25A P WDW LH Power Window Main Switch Passenger Power Window Switch RHD Rear Power Window Switch LH 30 25A AMP AMP DC DC Converter 31 7 5A HTD MIRR Rear Defogger Switch ECM G4FD Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror 32 20A SAFETY P WDW Driver Safety Power Window Module 33 7 5A MODULE 5 ATM Shift Lever Rear Parking Assist ...

Page 354: ...WER RLY 1 Blower Relay 7 60A B 3 Smart Junction Box Fuse F30 F35 F36 Power Connector F1 F2 8 60A B 2 Smart Junction Box Power Window Relay Fuse F23 F28 F33 IPS 0 IPS 1 IPS 2 IPS 3 FUSE 9 40A 50A GSL DSL COOLING FAN RLY 3 Cooling Fan Low Relay RLY 9 Cooling Fan High Relay 10 40A HEATED GLASS RR RLY 6 Rear Defogger Relay 11 30A IGN 1 W O Smart Key Ignition Switch With Smart Key PDM Relay Box IGN1 Re...

Page 355: ...rt Relay ECM PCM Multifunction Switch G4KD Mass Air Flow Sensor D4FD D4HA 19 7 5A ABS ESP Control Module ABS Control Module Multipurpose Check Connector Fuel Filter Warning Sensor D4FD D4HA Glow Relay Unit D4HA Diesel Box RLY 4 Fuel Filter Heater Relay D4FD D4HA 20 7 5A TCU 2 Transaxle Range Switch G4KD D4HA TCM D4HA Vehicle Speed Sensor 21 30A B 4 H LP HI Fuse 22 30A H LP WASHER RLY H LP WASHER 2...

Page 356: ...e Symbol Circuit Protected Relay Symbol Relay Type 1 50A PTC Heater Relay 1 MICRO PLUG 2 50A PTC Heater Relay 2 MICRO PLUG 3 50A PTC Heater Relay 3 MICRO PLUG 4 30A Fuel Filter Heater Relay MICRO PLUG 5 80A Glow Relay Unit EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 25 PM Page 62 procarmanuals com ...

Page 357: ...tion switch is turned to the LOCK position and turn off the lights to avoid sudden move ment of the vehicle and burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system CAUTION If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise we reco...

Page 358: ...e headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and push ing it upward 5 Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly 6 Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb 7 Connect the headlight bulb socket connector 8 Install the headlight bulb cover by turn ing it clockwise NOTICE We recommend that the headl...

Page 359: ... cycled it is likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced HID lighting components are more complex than conventional halo gen bulbs thus have higher replacement cost WARNING HID Headlight low beam if equipped Do not attempt to replace or inspect the low beam XENON bulb due to electric shock danger If the low beam XENON bulb is not working we recommend that the system be checked by an autho rised HYUN...

Page 360: ...t 4 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 5 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Position light If the light bulb does not operate we rec ommend that the system be checked by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Continued If a...

Page 361: ...cover Headlight and front fog light aim ing Headlight aiming 1 Inflate the tyres to the specified pres sure and remove any loads from the vehicle except the driver spare tyre and tools 2 The vehicle should be placed on a flat floor 3 Draw vertical lines Vertical lines pass ing through respective head lamp cen tres and a horizontal line Horizontal line passing through centre of head lamps on the sc...

Page 362: ...s the same manner of the head lamps aiming With the front fog lamps and battery nor mal condition aim the front fog lamps To aim the front fog lamp up or down turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise OEL073256 EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 25 PM Page 68 procarmanuals com ...

Page 363: ... Distance between lamps H1 Height between the head lamp bulb centre and ground High beam Low beam H2 Height between the fog lamp bulb centre and ground W1 Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centres High beam Low beam W2 Distance between the two fog lamp bulbs centres Aiming point OLMB073084 EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 25 PM Page 69 procarmanuals com ...

Page 364: ...ut off line shown in the picture 3 When aiming the low beam vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming 4 If head lamp levelling device is equipped adjust the head lamp levelling device switch with 0 positions OMD051055L Based on 10m screen EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 25 PM Page 70 procarmanuals com ...

Page 365: ...ight 1 Turn the front fog lamp on with the driver 75 kg aboard 2 The cut off line should be projected in the allowable range shaded region OGDE071056 Based on 10m screen EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 25 PM Page 71 procarmanuals com ...

Page 366: ...YUNDAI dealer Type B 1 Remove the light assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling the assembly out 2 Reinstall a new light assembly to the body of the vehicle Rear combination light bulb replacement 1 Stop and tail light 2 Rear turn signal light 3 Back up light OLM079031 H OLM079050 OLM073033 EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 25 PM Page 72 procarmanuals com ...

Page 367: ...ll the bulb out of the socket 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Inside light 1 Open the tailgate 2 Remove the servi...

Page 368: ...ght does not operate we recom mend that the system be checked by an authorised HYUNDAI dealer Rear fog light if equipped 1 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 2 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in...

Page 369: ...s by pressing the tabs 2 Remove the socket from the lens 3 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 4 Install a new bulb in the socket and install the socket to the lens 5 Reinstall the lens securely OLM079055 EL FL Aust 7 QXP 7 26 2013 2 26 PM Page 75 procarmanuals com ...

Page 370: ... notches and snap the lens into place Map lamp Glove box lamp if equipped Luggage room lamp if equipped Sunvisor lamp Room lamp OLM079040 OXM079041 H OEL079042 OLM07904 4 OLM079045 H WARNING Prior to working on the Interior Lights ensure that the OFF but ton is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage lens lens tab and plastic h...

Page 371: ...icle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted sur faces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish WARNING Wet brakes After washing the vehicle test the brakes whilst driving slowly to see if they have been ...

Page 372: ...icle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced CAUTION Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in...

Page 373: ...the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road g...

Page 374: ...y stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corro...

Page 375: ...rrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and trim...

Page 376: ...eb bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass clean...

Page 377: ...pleted turn the ESC system back on by pressing the ESC switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pas...

Page 378: ...umes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehicl...

Page 379: ... and removes the accumulated soot according to the driving condition In other words the active burning by engine control system and high exhaust gas temperature caused by normal high driv ing condition burns and removes the accumulated soot However if the vehicle continues to be driven at low speed for long time the accumulated soot may not be automati cally removed because of low exhaust gas temp...

Page 380: ... time the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can be worsen CAUTION Diesel Fuel if equipped with DPF It is recommended to use the regu lated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped with the DPF system If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur more than 50 ppm sulfur and unspecified additives it can cause the DPF system to be dam aged and white smoke can be emit ted EL FL A...

Page 381: ...s 8 4 Gross vehicle weight 8 5 Luggage volume 8 5 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 6 Recommended sae viscosity number 8 8 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 9 Vehicle certification label 8 9 Tyre specification and pressure label 8 10 Engine number 8 10 Air conditioner compressor label 8 10 8 EL FL Aust 8 QXP 26 7 2013 17 46 Page 1 procarmanuals com ...

Page 382: ...0 103 9 1 with roof rack ENGINE Item Petrol 2 0 Diesel R2 0 Displacement cc cu in 1 999 121 99 1 995 121 74 Bore x Stroke mm in 81X97 3 19X3 81 84X90 3 30X3 54 Firing order 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 No of cylinders 4 In line 4 In line Item Weight of volume Classification Refrigerant 550 25g R134a Compressor lubricant 120 10cc PAG oil AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM EL FL Aust 8 QXP 26 7 2013 17 46 Page 2 procarmanu...

Page 383: ...ED Side repeater lights 5 Front fog lights 27 Rear fog light 21 Stop and tail lights Outside 21 5 LED Stop and tail lights Inside LED Rear turn signal lights Outside 21 Tail light Inside 5 Back up lights Inside 16 High mounted stop light LED License plate lights 5 Map lamps 10 Room lamps 10 Luggage lamp 5 Glove box lamp 5 Vanity mirror lamps 5 EL FL Aust 8 QXP 26 7 2013 17 46 Page 3 procarmanuals ...

Page 384: ...11 65 79 88 107 225 55R18 6 5J 18 CAUTION When replacing tyres use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tyres of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly 1 LI LOAD INDEX 2 SS SPEED SYMBOL Item Tyre size Wheel size Load Capacity Speed Capacity LI 1 kg SS 2 km h Full size tyre 225 60R17 6 5Jx17 99 775 H 210 225 55R18 6 5J 18 98 750 H 210 LOAD AND ...

Page 385: ... 270 2 070 4 563 A T 1 958 4 316 2 025 4 464 2 170 4 784 ltem 5 Seater VDA MIN 465 l 16 4 cu ft MAX 1436 l 50 7 cu ft Min Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back Max Behind front seat to roof LUGGAGE VOLUME M T Manual transaxle A T Automatic transaxle kg lbs EL FL Aust 8 QXP 26 7 2013 17 46 Page 5 procarmanuals com ...

Page 386: ... fluid Petrol Engine 2 0L 2 1 2 2 l API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 Diesel Engine 2 0L 1 8 1 9 l Automatic transaxle fluid Petrol Engine 2 0L 7 1 l MICHANG ATF SP IV SK ATF SP IV NOCA ATF SP IV HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP IV Diesel Engine 2 0L 7 8 l Coolant Petrol Engine 6 7 l Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water Ethylene glycol base coolant for aluminum radiator Diesel Engine 8 5 l Brake clutch fluid 0 7 0 8...

Page 387: ...long with other additional benefits they contribute to fuel econo my by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Often these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving but in a year s time they can offer significant cost and energy savings 3 Diesel Particulate Filter EL FL Aust 8 QXP 26 7 2013 17 47 Page 7 procarmanuals com ...

Page 388: ...ll be oper ated in before the next oil change Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and gri...

Page 389: ...ed to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windscreen from outside The vehicle certification label attached on the front passenger s or driver s side centre pillar gives the vehicle identifica tion number VIN VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN OLM089001 Frame number VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL OLM089006N OLM089006N H VIN label if equipped VIN label if equi...

Page 390: ...s rec ommended for your vehicle The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing A compressor label informs you the type of compressor your vehicle is equipped with such as model supplier part num ber production number refrigerant 1 and refrigerant oil 2 TYRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL ENGINE NUMBER OEL083010 OLM089004 Petrol engine Diesel engine OEL083008R OHC081001 ...

Page 391: ...d or change specifications without prior notice or obliga tion to incorporate such amendments or changes into vehicles already pro duced is reserved This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment As a result you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle EL FL Aust FOREWORD QX...

Page 392: ...e vehicle manufacturer s warranty Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components It is possible for an improperly installed adjusted two way radio to adversely affect electronic systems For this rea son we recommend that you carefully follow the radio manufacturer s instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precautionary measures or special instructio...

Page 393: ...RNING WARNING This indicates that a condition may result in harm serious injury or death to you or other persons if the warning is not heeded Follow the advice provided with the warning CAUTION This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment if the caution is not heeded Follow the advice provided with the caution EL FL Aust FOREWORD QXP 7 26 2013 1 59 PM Page ...

Page 394: ...an authorised Hyundai dealer HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY Note If for any reason in the future you should sell your Hyundai please leave this manual in the vehicle for the new owner s use Copyright 2013 Hyundai Motor Company All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of Hy...

Page 395: ...for the vehicle to be roadworthy and re registerable by all registerable author ities Consult an Authorised Hyundai Dealer before conducting any repairs that may affect these areas or if requiring further classification on design rules or safety features Failure to observe the above warn ing may render the vehicle compliance invalid and result in personal injury which may have otherwise been avoid...

Page 396: ...F6 EL FL Aust FOREWORD QXP 7 26 2013 1 59 PM Page 6 procarmanuals com ...

Page 397: ...glance Safety features of your vehicle Features of your vehicle Driving your vehicle What to do in an emergency Maintenance Specifications Consumer information Index table of contents EL FL Aust FOREWORD QXP 7 26 2013 1 59 PM Page 7 procarmanuals com ...

Page 398: ...Index I I EL FL Aust Index qxp 7 26 2013 2 14 PM Page 1 procarmanuals com ...

Page 399: ...nual climate control system 4 104 Alarm system 4 13 Antenna 4 134 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 34 Appearance care 7 77 Exterior care 7 77 Interior care 7 82 Armrest rear seat 3 13 Ashtray 4 126 Audio remote control 4 135 Audio system 4 134 Antenna 4 134 Audio remote control 4 135 Auto light position 4 90 Automatic climate control system 4 113 Air conditioning 4 119 Automatic heating and air condit...

Page 400: ...w 4 87 Capacities Lubricants 8 6 Care Exterior care 7 77 Interior care 7 82 Tyre care 7 40 Cargo security screen 4 131 Centre console storage 4 123 Central door lock switch 4 16 Certification label 8 9 Chains Tyre chains 5 58 Checking tyre inflation pressure 7 42 Child restraint system 3 31 ISOFIX system 3 36 Seat belt 3 33 Tether anchor system 3 34 Child protector rear door lock 4 18 Cigarette li...

Page 401: ...r s and passenger s front air bag 3 45 Driving at night 5 54 Driving in flooded areas 5 55 Driving in the rain 5 55 Economical operation 5 51 Electric chromic mirror ECM 4 39 Electric chromic mirror ECM with compass 4 40 Electric power steering 4 34 Electronic stability control ESC 5 36 Emergency starting 6 5 Jump starting 6 5 Emergency Stop Signal ESS 5 43 Emission control system 7 83 Crankcase e...

Page 402: ...lay panel description 7 56 Instrument panel fuse 7 52 Memory fuse 7 53 Multi fuse 7 55 Gauges 4 48 Glove box 4 123 Glove box lamp 4 101 Gross vehicle weight 8 5 Hazard warning flasher 4 87 Hazardous driving conditions 5 53 Headlight Headlamp escort function 4 88 Headlight bulb replacement 7 64 Headlight levelling device 4 93 Headlight position 4 89 Headrest front 3 8 Headrest rear 3 12 Heated stee...

Page 403: ... Interior care 7 82 Interior features 4 126 Ashtray 4 126 Aux USB and iPod 4 129 Cargo security screen 4 131 Cigarette lighter 4 126 Cup holder 4 127 Digital clock 4 129 Floor mat anchor s 4 130 Luggage net holder 4 130 Power outlet 4 128 Sun visor 4 127 Interior light 4 99 Glove box lamp 4 101 Luggage room lamp 4 100 Map lamp 4 99 Room lamp 4 100 Vanity mirror lamp 4 100 Interior overview 2 2 ISO...

Page 404: ...n 4 90 Parking light position 4 89 Rear fog light 4 92 Turn signals 4 91 Lubricants and capacities 8 6 Luggage net holder 4 130 Luggage room lamp 4 100 Luggage volume 8 5 Maintenance Explanation of scheduled maintenance items 7 19 Maintenance services 7 5 Owner maintenance 7 7 Scheduled maintenance service 7 9 Tyre maintenance 7 46 Maintenance schedule 7 10 Maintenance services 7 5 Manual climate ...

Page 405: ...31 Power outlet 4 128 Power window lock button 4 24 Pre tensioner seat belt 3 24 Rear seat 3 12 Rear view camera 4 87 Rear window wiper and washer 4 98 Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures 7 40 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 6 Recommended SAE viscosity number 8 8 Reducing the risk of a rollover 5 28 Remote keyless entry 4 7 Replacement light bulb 7 63 Road warning 6 2 Rocking the veh...

Page 406: ...r bag 3 48 Smart key 4 10 Smooth cornering 5 54 Snow tyres 5 57 Changing tyres 6 9 Compact spare tyre replacement 7 45 Removing and storing the spare tyre 6 9 Spare tyre 6 9 Special driving conditions 5 53 Driving at night 5 54 Driving in flooded areas 5 55 Driving in the rain 5 55 Hazardous driving conditions 5 53 Highway driving 5 56 Rocking the vehicle 5 53 Smooth cornering 5 54 Speedometer 4 4...

Page 407: ...ecification and pressure label 8 10 Tyres and wheels 7 40 8 4 Checking tyre inflation pressure 7 42 Compact spare tyre replacement 7 45 Recommended cold tyre inflation pressures 7 43 Tyre care 7 43 Tyre maintenance 7 46 Tyre replacement 7 44 Tyre rotation 7 43 Tyre sidewall labeling 7 46 Tyre traction 7 46 Wheel alignment and tyre balance 7 44 Wheel replacement 7 45 User Settings Mode 4 55 Vanity ...

Page 408: ...ck button 4 24 Windscreen defrosting and defogging 4 120 Windscreen washers Front 4 97 Windscreen wipers Front 4 95 Winter driving 5 57 Snow tyres 5 57 Tyre chains 5 58 Wiper blades 7 34 Wipers and washers 4 95 Rear window wiper and washer 4 98 Windscreen washers Front 4 97 Windscreen wipers Front 4 95 W EL FL Aust Index qxp 7 26 2013 2 14 PM Page 11 procarmanuals com ...

Page 409: ...l 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 2 Gasoline engine 1 2 Diesel engine 1 4 Vehicle handling instructions 1 6 Vehicle break In process 1 6 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 7 1 EL FL Eng 1 QXP 8 8 2013 6 52 PM Page 1 procarmanuals com ...

Page 410: ... should carefully read and follow ALL procedures and recom mendations provided in these WARN INGS CAUTIONS and NOTICES NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Gasoline engine Unleaded For Europe For the optimal vehicle performance we recommend you to use unleaded gaso line which complies with EN 228 and has an octane rating of RON Research Octane Number 95 A...

Page 411: ...hol of any kind if drivability problems occur Vehicle damage or driveability problems may not be covered by the manufactur er s warranty if they result from the use of 1 Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol 2 Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol 3 Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol CAUTION NEVER USE LEADED FUEL The use of leaded fuel is detrimental to the catalytic converter and will damage the e...

Page 412: ...e to Observe all regulations regarding reg istration and insurance Determine that acceptable fuel is avail able Diesel engine Diesel fuel Diesel engine must be operated only on commercially available diesel fuel that complies with EN 590 or comparable standard EN stands for European Norm Do not use marine diesel fuel heating oils or non approved fuel addi tives as this will increase wear and cause...

Page 413: ...it necessary to drain it out and to bleed the lines to avoid jamming the injection pump and damaging the engine In winter in order to cut down incidents due to freezing paraffin oil may be added to the fuel if the temperature drops to below 10 C 14 F Never use more than 20 paraffin oil CAUTION Diesel Fuel It is recommended to use the regu lated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped wi...

Page 414: ...er driving guide lines in section 5 of this manual No special break in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 1 000 km 600 miles you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle Do not race the engine While driving keep your engine speed rpm or revolutions per minute between 2 000 rpm and 4 000 rpm Do not maintain a single speed for long periods of time...

Page 415: ...evel warning light Charging system warning light Door ajar warning light Glow indicator Diesel only Fuel filter warning light Diesel only Cruise indicator ESC indicator ESC OFF indicator Immobilizer indicator Shift pattern indicator Front fog light indicator Rear fog light indicator Low beam indicator Electric power steering EPS system warning light Key out warning KEY OUT DBC indicator Tailgate o...

Page 416: ...O indicator ECO if equipped For more detailed explanations refer to section 4 Instrument cluster Engine coolant temperature warning light Auto stop for ISG system indicator Low tire pressure telltale EL FL Eng 1 QXP 8 8 2013 6 52 PM Page 8 procarmanuals com ...

Page 417: ...Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 4 Engine compartment 2 6 2 EL FL Eng 2 QXP 8 9 2013 1 18 PM Page 1 procarmanuals com ...

Page 418: ... Instrument panel illumination control switch 4 47 9 4WD Lock button 5 29 10 Idle Stop and Go system OFF button 5 17 11 Heated steering wheel button 4 35 12 DBC button 5 45 13 ESC OFF button 5 41 14 Fuse box 7 81 15 Steering wheel 4 34 16 Steering wheel tilt control 4 35 17 Seat 3 2 18 Hood release lever 4 25 19 Brake pedal 5 35 20 Accelerator pedal if equipped OEL013001 Left Hand drive type The a...

Page 419: ... 4 27 8 Instrument panel illumination control switch 4 47 9 4WD Lock button 5 29 10 Idle Stop and Go system OFF button 5 17 11 Heated steering wheel button 4 35 12 DBC button 5 45 13 ESC OFF button 5 41 14 Fuse box 7 81 15 Steering wheel 4 34 16 Seat 3 2 17 Brake pedal 5 35 18 Accelerator pedal 19 Hood release lever 4 25 if equipped OEL013001R 1 Right Hand drive type The actual shape may differ fr...

Page 420: ...N 4 141 12 Passenger s front air bag ON OFF indicator 3 46 13 Hazard warning flasher switch 4 98 14 Climate control system 4 115 4 124 15 Seat warmer 3 13 16 Smart parking assist system ON OFF button 4 92 17 4WD Lock button 5 29 18 Parking assist system ON OFF button 4 81 19 Cigarette lighter 4 138 20 AUX USB 4 141 21 Power outlet 4 140 22 Shift lever 5 19 5 22 23 Passenger s front air bag 3 49 24...

Page 421: ...nt air bag ON OFF indicator 3 46 12 Hazard warning flasher switch 4 98 13 Climate control system 4 115 124 14 Seat warmer 3 13 15 Smart parking assist system ON OFF button 4 92 16 4WD Lock button 5 29 17 Parking assist system ON OFF button 4 81 18 Cigarette lighter 4 138 19 AUX USB 4 141 20 Power outlet 4 140 21 Shift lever 5 19 5 22 22 Passenger s front air bag 3 49 23 Glove box 4 135 if equipped...

Page 422: ...55 4 Air cleaner 7 59 5 Fuse box 7 81 6 Negative battery terminal 7 66 7 Positive battery terminal 7 66 8 Radiator cap 7 54 9 Engine oil dipstick 7 51 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 56 if equipped Gasoline Engine 1 6L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Eng 2 QXP 8 9 2013 1 19 PM Page 6 procarmanuals com ...

Page 423: ...er 7 59 5 Fuse box 7 81 6 Negative battery terminal 7 66 7 Positive battery terminal 7 66 8 Radiator cap 7 54 9 Engine oil dipstick 7 51 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 56 if equipped Gasoline Engine 2 0L MPI GDI The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Eng 2 QXP 8 9 2013 1 19 PM Page 7 procarmanuals com ...

Page 424: ... cap 7 51 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 55 7 Air cleaner 7 59 8 Negative battery terminal 7 66 9 Positive battery terminal 7 66 10 Radiator cap 7 54 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 56 if equipped Diesel Engine 1 7L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Eng 2 QXP 8 9 2013 1 19 PM Page 8 procarmanuals com ...

Page 425: ... cap 7 51 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 55 7 Air cleaner 7 59 8 Negative battery terminal 7 66 9 Positive battery terminal 7 66 10 Radiator cap 7 54 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir 7 56 if equipped Diesel Engine 2 0L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Eng 2 QXP 8 9 2013 1 19 PM Page 9 procarmanuals com ...

Page 426: ...erate 3 43 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger seat 3 44 Air bag warning and indicator 3 45 SRS components and functions 3 47 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 49 Side air bag 3 54 Curtain air bag 3 56 Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non inflation conditions of the air bag 3 58 SRS Care 3 63 Additional safety precautions 3 64 Adding equipment to...

Page 427: ...kward 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height Driver s seat 4 Lumbar support Driver s seat 5 Seat warmer 6 Headrest Rear seat 7 Seatback folding 8 Headrest 9 Armrest 10 Seat warmer if equipped SEAT OEL039001 EL FL Eng 3 QXP 7 11 2013 10 54 AM Page 2 procarmanuals com ...

Page 428: ...e are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front seats...

Page 429: ...event of a sudden stop collision or rollover No passenger should ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks while the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly while riding Continued WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or backward without using the lo...

Page 430: ...y by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Adjusting the seatback recliner To recline the seatback rotate the knob forward or rearward to the desired angle Seat cushion height for driver s seat if equipped To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever upwards or downwards To lower the seat cushion push down the lever sever...

Page 431: ...power seat is operable with the ignition OFF Therefore children should never be left unattended in the vehicle CAUTION The power seat is driven by an electric motor Stop operating once the adjustment is complet ed Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system drain don t ad...

Page 432: ...back angle Push the control switch forward or back ward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Seat height for driver s seat Pull the control switch up to raise or down to lower the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OLM039007 OLM039008 OLM039006 EL FL Eng 3 QXP 7 11 2013 10 55 AM Page 7 procar...

Page 433: ...e headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most peo ple s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended Do not operate the vehicle with the headrests removed a...

Page 434: ... that it properly supports the head and neck Adjusting the height up and down To raise the headrest pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head rest push and hold the release button 2 on the headrest support and lower the headrest to the desired position 3 HNF2041 1 OEL039010 OEL039011 WARNING Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the headrest WARNING A gap between the seat and the he...

Page 435: ... follows The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature OEL039012 WARNING Make sure the headrest locks in position after adjusting it to proper ly protect the occupants OLM039013 OFF HIGH LOW CAUTION When cleaning t...

Page 436: ... the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of pas sengers 1 Infants children elderly or hand icapped persons or hospital out patients 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3 Fatigued individuals 4 Intoxicated individuals 5 Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc OEL039015 WARNING Seatback pockets Do...

Page 437: ...ped WARNING For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the headrest should be adjusted so the middle of the headrest is at the same height of the center of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the center of gravity of most peo ple s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the headrest as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that ...

Page 438: ...provided to warm the rear seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm rear seats During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on th...

Page 439: ...f used for long periods of time In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of pas sengers 1 Infants children elderly or hand icapped persons or hospital out patients 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3 Fatigued individuals 4 Intoxicated individuals 5 Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tabl...

Page 440: ...Lower the rear headrests to the lowest position 4 Pull on the seatback folding lever then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position 7 When the seatback is completely installed check the red la...

Page 441: ...n R Reverse or 1st and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if the shift lever is inadvertently moved to another position WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants Special care of objects shou...

Page 442: ...s are in the upright position Children age 12 and younger must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned shoulder...

Page 443: ...of belt fastening If the driver s or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnect ed after the ignition switch is turned ON the corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened 1GQA2083 OEL039060 WARNING No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusti...

Page 444: ... of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or imp...

Page 445: ...39026 Front seat WARNING Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appro priate height Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of another collision lead...

Page 446: ...ear center belt 1 Extract the tongue plate from the hole on the belt assembly cover and slowly pull the tongue plates out from the retractor 2 Insert the tongue plate A into the open end of the buckle C until an audible click is heard indicating the latch is locked Make sure the belt is not twisted B210A01NF 1 1KMB3441 CAUTION Cargo Be sure that the cargo is securely loaded in the rear cargo area ...

Page 447: ...motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly To unfasten the rear center belt 1 Press the release button on the buckle D and remove the tongue plate B from the buckle D 1KMB3443 CAUTION When using the rear center seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be used...

Page 448: ...eb A and allow the webbing to retract automatically 3 Insert the tongue plate A into the hole on the belt assembly cover Stowing the rear seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use OLM039057L 1KMB3453 OLM039029L EL FL Eng 3 QXP 7 11 2013 10 56 AM Page 23 procarmanuals com ...

Page 449: ...r if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner wil...

Page 450: ...all exposed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off 8KMB3311 W...

Page 451: ...ensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminat ing for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates while the vehicle is being driven we recommend that the system be inspected by ...

Page 452: ...on Refer to Child restraint system in this section WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the ve...

Page 453: ...ehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the center of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women to lessen the chance of injury in an accident When a seat belt is used the lap belt ...

Page 454: ...buse WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a col lision or sudden stop The protec tion of your restraint system seat belts and air bags is greatly reduced by reclining your seat Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work proper ly The more the seatback is reclined the greater the chance that an occupant s hips wi...

Page 455: ...ned by using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong detergents or abrasives should not be used because they may damage and weaken the fabric When to replace seat belts Entire in use seat belt assembly or assemblies should be replaced if the vehicle has been involved in an accident This should be done even if no damage is visible We recommend additional questions concerning seat belt...

Page 456: ... accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat c...

Page 457: ...et a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always prop erly position and secure children in rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floorboard of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicles interior resulting in serious injury Continued Continued Never use an infant carrier or ...

Page 458: ... child restraint system read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Failure to observe this manual s instructions regarding child restraint system and the instruc tions provided with the child restraint system could increase the chance...

Page 459: ...y slack After installa tion of the child restraint system try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed If you need to tighten the belt pull more webbing toward the retractor When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract the retractor will automatically revert back to its normal seated passen ger emergency locking usage condition OEN036101 O...

Page 460: ...remost Seat back upright Age Group Seating Position Front passenger Rear outboard Rear center 0 Up to 10 kg 0 9 months U U U 0 Up to 13 kg 0 2 years U U U I 9 kg to 18 kg 9 months 4 years U U U II III 15 kg to 36 kg 4 12 years U U U WARNING We recommend that a child restraint seat be installed in the rear seat even if the front passen ger s air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position To ensur...

Page 461: ... child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat OEL039034 WARNING Tether strap Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death WARNING A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restr...

Page 462: ... symbols indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints so equipped OLM039035 WARNING Child restraint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury WARNING Child restraint anchorage Child restraint anchorages are designed to...

Page 463: ...hich is added to the ISOFIX seat WARNING Install the child restraint seat fully rearward against the seatback with the seatback reclined two positions from the most upright latched posi tion OLM039053N WARNING When using the vehicle s ISOFIX system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their sea...

Page 464: ...the illustration Always follow the installation and use instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the ISOFIX seat latch and ISOFIX anchor during installation WARNING Do not install a child restraint seat at the center of the rear seat using the vehicle s ISOFIX anchors The ISOFIX anchors are only...

Page 465: ... These ISOFIX CRS are those of the specific vehicle restricted or semi universal categories X ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system in this mass group and or this size class Both ISO R2 and ISO R3 are able to be set up only at the foremost position of the passenger seat ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures A ISO F3 Full Height Forward Facing toddler CRS ...

Page 466: ...IR S r l rearward facing with vehicle E4 04443718 0 18kg specific ISOFIX platform type D Baby Safe Plus Britax Römer with vehicle 3 point safety seatbelt E1 04301146 FAIR G0 1 S FAIR S r l forward facing with vehicle E4 04443718 specific ISOFIX platform type A Group 1 Britax Römer vehicle ISOFIX lower anchorage E1 04301133 9 18kg Duo Plus Top Tether Britax Römer with vehicle 3 point safety seatbel...

Page 467: ...PPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED OLM032301N OYN039026 The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration WARNING Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimize the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover EL FL Eng 3 QXP 7 11 2013 10 57 AM Page 42 procarmanuals com ...

Page 468: ...e collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary pa...

Page 469: ...Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear fac ing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passenger s seat either If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal...

Page 470: ...ion WARNING NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it Never put a child restraint in the front passenger s seat If the front passenger air bag inflates it would cause serious or fatal inj...

Page 471: ...N position The passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator also comes on when the passen ger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position and goes off when the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position OEL039061 CAUTION If the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch malfunctions the passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator will not illuminate The pas senger s front...

Page 472: ...g warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the air bag warning light should go out The front air bag modules are located both in the center of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it ...

Page 473: ...ility to steer or operate other con trols B240B02L B240B03L Driver s front air bag 2 Driver s front air bag 3 B240B05L Passenger s front air bag WARNING Do not install or place any acces sories drink holder cassette holder sticker etc on the front passenger s panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a pas senger s air bag Such objects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if the pa...

Page 474: ...ed Continued Continued The SRS can function only when the ignition key is in the ON position If the SRS air bag warn ing light does not illuminate or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition key is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on while driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs we recom mend that the system be in...

Page 475: ...s about seat belts air bags and occupant safety contained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Front and side air bags can injure occupants...

Page 476: ...ected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Air bags can only be used once we recommend that the system be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer immediately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additionally the air bags will only deploy o...

Page 477: ...aster key into the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch and turn it to the OFF position The pas senger s front air bag OFF indicator will illuminate and stay on until the pas senger s front air bag is reactivated To reactivate the passenger s front air bag insert the master key into the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch and turn it to the ON position The pas senger s front air bag OFF i...

Page 478: ...imately 60 seconds the SRS Control Module reactivate the passen ger s front air bag and the pas senger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position If this occurs we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued Continued If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate w...

Page 479: ... are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat As soon as the child seat is no longer needed on the front pas senger s seat reactivate the front passenger s air bag WARNING The driver is responsible for the proper position of the passen ger s front air bag ON OFF switch Deactivate the passenger s front air bag only when the ignition switch is switched off or the mal function may occ...

Page 480: ...rized HYUNDAI dealer Inform that your vehicle is equipped with side air bags WARNING The side air bag is supplemental to the driver s and the passen ger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times while the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact conditions severe enough to cause signifi cant injury to the ve...

Page 481: ... the opposite side The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact OXM039055 OLM032311N WARNING In order for side and curtain air bags to provide the best protec tion both front seat occupants and both outboard rear occu pants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts prop erly fastened Importantly chil dren should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear s...

Page 482: ... passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Failure to follow the above men tioned instructions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occu pants in an accident EL FL Eng 3 QXP 7 11 2013 10 57 AM Page ...

Page 483: ...air bag would not be expect ed to provide additional protection These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents as well as low speed impacts Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 2 Front impact sensor 3 Side impact sensor if equipped OLM039040 OLM039041 OEL033061 OEL039044 1 2 3 EL FL Eng 3 QXP 7 11 2013 10 57 AM Page 58 procarmanuals com ...

Page 484: ...ould causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued Continued Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar and C pillars where side collision sen sors are installed We recom me...

Page 485: ...in air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on sur faces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment Air ...

Page 486: ... collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However if equipped with side and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehi cle speed and angles of impact In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional be...

Page 487: ...s may not inflate in rollover acci dents because air bag deployment could not provide protection to the occupants However side and or curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision if the vehicle is equipped with side air bags and curtain air bags Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point of...

Page 488: ...ont passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate If the air bags inflate we recom mend that the system be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued Continued Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to ac...

Page 489: ...d if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place it...

Page 490: ...nd passengers of potential risk of air bag system Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children we also wants you to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to Those have been described in previous pages Type B OLM039050 Type A OLM039050L EL FL Eng 3 QXP 7 11 2013 10 57 AM Page 65 procarmanuals com ...

Page 491: ...ck system 4 18 Child protector rear door lock 4 18 Tailgate 4 19 Opening the tailgate 4 19 Closing the tailgate 4 19 Windows 4 21 Power windows 4 22 Hood 4 25 Opening the hood 4 25 Closing the hood 4 26 Fuel filler lid 4 27 Opening the fuel filler lid 4 27 Closing the fuel filler lid 4 27 Panorama sunroof 4 30 Sunroof open warning 4 30 Tilting the sunroof 4 32 Resetting the sunroof 4 33 Steering w...

Page 492: ...ystem malfunction warning 4 97 Rearview camera 4 98 Hazard warning flasher 4 98 Lighting 4 99 Battery saver function 4 99 Headlight escort function 4 99 Headlight welcome function 4 99 Lighting control 4 100 High beam operation 4 101 Turn signals and lane change signals 4 102 Front fog light 4 103 Rear fog light 4 103 Daytime running light 4 104 Headlight leveling device 4 104 Wipers and washers 4...

Page 493: ...and defogging 4 132 Manual climate control system 4 132 Automatic climate control system 4 133 Storage compartment 4 135 Center console storage 4 135 Glove box 4 135 Cool box 4 136 Sunglass holder 4 136 Interior features 4 138 Cigarette lighter 4 138 Ashtray 4 138 Cup holder 4 139 Sunvisor 4 139 Power outlet 4 140 Digital clock 4 141 Aux USB and iPod 4 141 Floor mat anchor s 4 142 Luggage net hold...

Page 494: ...the key is not in the ignition or start button is ACC or ON position Children copy adults and they could place the key in the ignition or press the start button The ignition key Smart key would enable children to operate power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move which could result in serious bodily injury or even death Never leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised chil...

Page 495: ... to the OFF position The immobilizer system activates auto matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start NOTICE When starting the engine do not use the key with other immobilizer keys around Otherwise the engine may not start or may stop soon after it starts Keep each key separately not to have any malfunc tion after you receive your new vehicle NOTICE If you ne...

Page 496: ...ing Immobilizer system malfunction could occur CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobilizer system because it could cause the immobilizer sys tem to malfunction We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobilizer system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty EL ...

Page 497: ... unlock but ton is pressed The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked After depressing this button the doors will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds Tailgate unlock 3 if equipped The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate is ...

Page 498: ... transmitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or sending receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices CAUTION Changes or modif...

Page 499: ...042302 Type A OLM043439 CAUTION The keyless entry system trans mitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use howev er it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunc tion Be sure to us...

Page 500: ...lowing for more details Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors and tailgate closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside door handle If you want to make sure th...

Page 501: ... 28 40 in from the out side door handle When the smart key is recognized in the area of 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the front outside door handle other people can also open a door without possession of the smart key Tailgate unlocking If you are within 0 7 1 m 28 40 in from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in possession the tail gate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate handle...

Page 502: ...e smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or sending receiving emails Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket poc...

Page 503: ... Close the door and try again to lock the doors Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door and tailgate remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the door and t...

Page 504: ...s pressed while carrying the smart key The engine is started After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed NOTICE Immobilizer system If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition s...

Page 505: ...e door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 to the Lock position and close the door 2 If you lock the door with the central door lock switch all vehicle d...

Page 506: ...the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened With central door lock switch Operate by depressing the central door lock switch When pushing down on the front por tion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock When pushing down on the rear por tion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unlo...

Page 507: ...g can cause damage or injury WARNING Do not lock the doors with the smart key or the transmitter with anybody left in the vehicle The pas senger in the vehicle cannot unlock the doors with the door lock button For example if the door is locked with the transmitter the passenger in the vehicle cannot unlock the door without the transmitter WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can...

Page 508: ...e rear edge of the door to the Lock position When the child safety lock is in the Lock position rear door will not open even though the inner door handle is pulled inside the vehi cle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 1 until rear door child safety lock is unloc...

Page 509: ...osing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched TAILGATE OLM043013 WARNING The tailgate swings upward Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when open ing the tailgate CAUTION Make certain that you close the tail gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift c...

Page 510: ... out side air comes into the vehicle WARNING Rear cargo area Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops occupants should always be properly restrained OLM043015 WARNING For emergencies be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in the vehicle and how to open the ...

Page 511: ...wer window switch 4 Rear door right power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down 7 Power window lock switch if equipped NOTICE In cold and wet climates power win dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions WINDOWS OLM049020 EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 30 AM Page 21 procarmanuals com ...

Page 512: ...ehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening Window opening and clo...

Page 513: ...tely 30 cm 11 8 in to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance while the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 2 5 cm 1 in And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal ...

Page 514: ...ain switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposing directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed WARNING Windows Never leave the keys in your vehi cle with unsupervised children when the engine is running NEVER leave any child unattend ed in the vehicle Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to m...

Page 515: ...with the support rod HOOD OLM049025 OEL043700 OLM049027 WARNING Hot parts Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber The plastic will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the engine is hot WARNING Open the hood after turning off the engine on a flat surface shifting the shift lever to the P Park posi tion for automatic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for m...

Page 516: ...ent in the hood opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury Do not leave gloves rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment Doing so may cause a heat induced fire WARNING Always double check to be sure that the hood is firmly latched before driving away If it is not latched the hood could fly open while the vehicle is being driven causing a total loss of vi...

Page 517: ...or anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull the fuel filler lid opener up 3 Pull the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully open 4 To remove the cap 2 turn the fuel tank cap counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap i...

Page 518: ...is charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other gaso line source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refueling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapors causing a fire Once refueling has begun contact with the vehicle should be maintained until the filling ...

Page 519: ...mmable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Continued If a fire breaks out during refuel ing leave the vicinity of the vehi cle and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire depart ment Follow any safety instruc tions they provide CAUTION Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler ...

Page 520: ...Sunroof open image will appear on the LCD display Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle NOTICE In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freez ing conditions After a vehicle is washed or in a rain storm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it PANORAMA SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OLM049030 CAUTION Do not continue to move the sun roof c...

Page 521: ...ll or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily OLM049031 WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or roller blind while driving This could re...

Page 522: ...fore closing it Tilting the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof open the roller blind To open the sunroof push the sunroof control lever upward To close the sunroof pull the sunroof lever with the safety switch 1 downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position OXM049029 OLM049032 WARNING Never try pinching any part of your body intentionally to acti vate the Automatic reversal f...

Page 523: ... a lit tle Then release the lever 6 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sun roof operates as follows TILT OPEN SLIDE OPEN SLIDE CLOSE Then release the lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem has been reset OXM049031 WARNING Sunroof Be careful that no head hands and body parts are obstructed by a closing sunroof Do not extend the face neck arms or body...

Page 524: ...effort is high immediately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condi tion A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving...

Page 525: ...e steering wheel in place Be sure to adjust the steering wheel to the desired position before driving Heated steering wheel if equipped When the ignition switch is in the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off WARNI...

Page 526: ... steer ing wheel see illustration The horn will operate only when this area is pressed OLM049034 CAUTION Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic sol vent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and gasoline Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel If the su...

Page 527: ...de button is pressed the selected steering mode will appear on the LCD display If the steering mode button is pressed within 4 seconds the steering mode will change as above pictures If the steering wheel mode button is not pressed for about 4 seconds the LCD display will change to the previous screen Normal mode The normal mode offers medium steer ing effort OEL043365 OLM043353 OLM043354 EL FL En...

Page 528: ... OLM043355 OLM043356 CAUTION For your safety if you press the steering mode button while oper ating the steering wheel the LCD display will change but the steer ing effort will not change immedi ately After operating the steering wheel the steering effort will change automatically to the selected mode Be careful when changing the steering mode while driving When the electronic power steer ing is n...

Page 529: ...ine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehi cle MIRRORS WARNING Rear visibility Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision out the rear ...

Page 530: ... It is turned off by pressing and holding the button for same time once more 1 To operate Compass feature Press and release the button then the vehicle s directional heading will be dis played Pressing and releasing the button again will turn off the display Heading display E East W West S South N North ex NE North East 2 Calibration procedure Press and hold the button for more than 9 but less tha...

Page 531: ...4 41 Features of your vehicle Compass Zone OUN046101L EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 32 AM Page 41 procarmanuals com ...

Page 532: ...econds 2 Release then press the button to tog gle between L and R NOTICE This procedure also causes the compass to be de calibrated 3 To re calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 8km h 5mph CAUTION 1 Do not install the ski rack anten na etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass 2 If the compass deviates f...

Page 533: ...or fold the outside rearview mirrors while the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident which could cause death serious injury or property damage WARNING Rearview mir rors The right outside rearview mirror is convex In some countries the left outside rearview mirror is also convex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirror...

Page 534: ...right After adjustment put the lever into neu tral position to prevent the inadvertent adjustment Folding the outside rearview mirror Manual type To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle OLM049039 CAUTION The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate while the switch is de...

Page 535: ...ic type outside rearview mirror don t fold it by hand It could cause motor failure CAUTION The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion However to prevent unneces sary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than nec essary while the engine is not run ning EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 32 AM Page 45 procarmanuals com ...

Page 536: ...ge 5 Warning and indicator lights if equipped 6 Odometer Trip computer if equipped 7 LCD display OEL043308 OEL043307 The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages Type A Type B EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 32 AM Page 46 procarmanuals com ...

Page 537: ...ayed If the brightness reaches to the maxi mum or minimum level an alarm will sound LCD Display Control if equipped The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the crash pad 1 MODE button for changing modes 2 SELECT RESET button For the LCD modes refer to LCD Display in this chapter OLM049052 OLM049052R Left Hand drive type Right Hand drive type OEL043306 OLM043401E Type A...

Page 538: ... indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour and or kilometers per hour OEL049307 OEL049038 OEL049309 OEL049310 Type A km h Type B km h Type A MPH Type B MPH EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 32 AM Page 48 procarmanuals com ...

Page 539: ...d will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 OEL049305 OEL049306 Type A Gasoline Diesel Type B Gasoline Diesel CAUTION Do not operate t...

Page 540: ...ition it indicates over heating that may damage the engine WARNING Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot The engine coolant is under pressure and could cause severe burns Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir OEL049312 ODMEMM2351 Type A Type B WARNING Fuel gauge Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger You must stop and obtain additio...

Page 541: ...g inattentive The temperature unit from C to F or from F to C can be changed by using the User Settings mode of the LCD dis play For more details refer to LCD Display in this chapter Icy Road Warning Light if equipped This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy When the following conditions occur the warning light including Outside Temperature Gauge blinks 10 times and then illumi...

Page 542: ...atic Transaxle Shift Indicator if equipped This indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift lever is selected Park P Reverse R Neutral N Drive D Sports Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator if equipped For Europe In the Sports Mode this indicator informs which gear is desired while driving to save fuel Shifting up 2 3 4 5 6 Shifting down 1 2 3 4 5 OVF041049 OEL043701 EL FL En...

Page 543: ...anual Transaxle Shift Indicator if equipped This indicator informs which gear is desired while driving to save fuel Shifting up 2 3 4 5 6 Shifting down 1 2 3 4 5 For example Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 4th 5th or 6th gear When the...

Page 544: ...ode displays driving information like the tripmeter fuel economy and so on For more details refer to Trip Computer in this chapter Information This mode informs of service interval mileage or days and warning messages relat ed to TPMS or washer fluid User Settings On this mode you can change settings of the doors lamps and so on EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 32 AM Page 54 procarmanuals com ...

Page 545: ...e required message is displayed for several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position The mileage and time changes to To reset the service interval to the mileage and days you inputted before Activate the reset mode by pressing the button for more than 5 seconds then press the button again for more than 1 second Europe Press the button for more th...

Page 546: ...the P Park position to the R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive position Auto Door Unlock if equipped Off The auto door unlock operation will be canceled Key Out or Power Off All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from ignition switch or Engine Star Stop Button is set to the OFF position Driver Door Unlock All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver s door i...

Page 547: ...eadlamp delay and headlamp welcome function will be activated Settings Language if equipped Choose the language you prefer within the LCD display SPAS Voice if equipped Adjust the volume of SPAS voice infor mation Temperature Unit Convert the temperature unit from C to F or from F to C AVG Fuel Eco Reset Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refueling Manual Reset The a...

Page 548: ...m and automatic transaxle This warning message illuminates if you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in P Park position At this time the Engine Start Stop Button turns to the ACC position If you press the Engine Start Stop Button once more it will turn to the ON posi tion Low Key Battery for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is dis ch...

Page 549: ...steering wheel right and left Steering wheel unlocked for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF position Check steering wheel lock system for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF position...

Page 550: ...or smart key system and manual transaxle This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal It means that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Key not in vehicle for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle when you...

Page 551: ...eans that you could start the engine by pressing the Engine Start Stop Button once more If the warning illuminates each time you press the Engine Start Stop Button we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Press start button with smart key for smart key system This warning message illuminates if you press the Engine Start Stop Button while the warning message...

Page 552: ...in the ACC position Shift to P or N to start engine for smart key system and automatic transaxle This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position NOTICE You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position But for your safety we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park posit...

Page 553: ...hat the sunroof is open Low Washer Fluid if equipped This warning message illuminates on the service reminder mode if the wash er fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty It means that you should refill the washer fluid OLM043419 OLM043420 OLM043501N EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 33 AM Page 63 procarmanuals com ...

Page 554: ...omputer for example Average Vehicle Speed resets if the battery is disconnected Trip Modes Trip mode is changed as below whenev er pushing the button shortly Type A TRIP button Type B Type A if equipped if equipped TRIP COMPUTER OEL043703 OEL043702 Type A Type B TRIP Elapsed time Distance to empty Average vehicle speed Average fuel economy Instant fuel economy EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 33 AM P...

Page 555: ...peed is calculat ed by the total driving distance and driving time since the last average vehicle speed reset Speed range 0 999 km h or MPH To reset the average vehicle speed press the trip button Type A TRIP Type B for more than 1 second when the average vehicle speed is dis played Distance to empty Average fuel economy Instant fuel economy Tripmeter B Average vehicle speed B Elapsed time B Tripm...

Page 556: ... Fuel Economy Distance To Empty 1 The distance to empty is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel Distance range 50 9999 km or 30 9999 mi If the estimated distance is below 50 km 30 mi the trip computer will display as distance to empty NOTICE If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the distance to empty function may not op...

Page 557: ...Automatic reset The average fuel economy will be cleared to zero when the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refueling more than 6 liters 1 6 gallons NOTICE The average fuel economy is not dis played for more accurate calculation if the vehicle does not drive more than 10 seconds or 50 meters 0 03 miles since the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is turned to ON Instant Fuel Economy 3 Th...

Page 558: ...if equipped This indicator light illuminates When you activate the active ECO sys tem by pressing the ACTIVE ECO button For more details refer to Active ECO System in chapter 5 Air bag warning light if equipped This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the SRS is not working properly If th...

Page 559: ... time while driving your vehicle may have a malfunction with ABS and EBD system In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally We rec ommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work Also the EPS warning light may illuminate and the stee...

Page 560: ... indicated If this occurs we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer This indicator also blinks when the haz ard warning switch is turned on Low Beam Indicator Light if equipped This indicator light illuminates when the headlights are on High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal le...

Page 561: ...e engine oil to ensure the oil level is not above F mark on the dipstick CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on while the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the oil pres...

Page 562: ...kes do not operate properly We recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as...

Page 563: ...d This indicator will illuminate when the engine enters the Idle Stop mode of the ISG Idle Stop and Go system When the automatic starting occurrs the auto stop indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds For more details refer to the ISG Idle Stop and Go system on the front of chapter 5 NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESP ESP OFF EPS or P...

Page 564: ...with the igni tion switch in any position Tailgate open warning light This warning light illuminates when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position Door open position indicator including tailgate This indicator illuminates when a door or tailgate is not closed securely The indicator displays which door or tail gate is opened Sunroof open warning light if equipped...

Page 565: ...op Button with the smart key For more details refer to Starting the Engine in section 5 If the indicator illuminates only for 2 seconds and goes out when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to ON position with the smart key in the vehicle we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator wil...

Page 566: ...0 2000 engine rpm for a certain time for about 25 minutes If the malfunction indicator light continues to blink in spite of the procedure we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer If you continue to drive with the malfunction indicator light blinking for a long time the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can be worsen CAUTION Prolonged driving with the Em...

Page 567: ...and then goes off When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button For more details refer to Electronic Stability Control ESC in chapter 5 Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pushe...

Page 568: ... OUT indicator if equipped When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will go off while the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle Key reminder warning chime i...

Page 569: ...e water from the fuel filter For more Information refer to Fuel filter in section 7 4WD system warning light if equipped When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the 4WD indicator will illumi nate and then go off in a few seconds If the 4WD system warning light illuminates this indicates that there is a malfunction in the 4WD system If this occurs we recommend that the system be check...

Page 570: ...with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to Overheating in section 6 NOTICE If the engine coolant temperature warn ing light illuminates it indicates over heating that may damage the engine Electronic power steering EPS system warning light if equipped This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out This light also comes o...

Page 571: ...distance between vehicle and object The rear parking assist system assists the driver during backward movement of the vehi cle by chiming if any object is sensed within a distance of 120 cm 47 in behind the vehicle PARKING ASSIST SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING The parking assist system should only be considered as a supple mentary function The driver must check the front and rear view The operational ...

Page 572: ...he button will illuminate To turn the system on press the button again The indicator on the button will go off The sensing distance while the rear parking assist system is in operation is approximately 120 cm 47 in When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be recognized first Types of warning sound When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm 47 2 in to 24 in from the rear b...

Page 573: ...emoved 2 Outside air temperature is extremely hot or cold The following objects may not be recog nized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sen sor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m 40 in in height and narrower than 14 cm 6 in in diameter Rear parking assist system precau...

Page 574: ...s may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist system If this occurs we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer WARNING Pay close attention when the vehi cle is driven close to objects on the road particularly pedestrians and especially children Be aware that some objects may not be detected by the sensors due to the object s distance size or material all of ...

Page 575: ...objects are sensed at the same time warning indi cator is displayed all When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be warned by warning sound While backing up if the front and rear sensor recognizes an object at the same distance the rear will be warned first The warnings by side sensors are operated when the shift lever is in R Reverse position Types of warning so...

Page 576: ... sensor Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction CAUTION This system can only sense objects within the range and loca tion of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected by...

Page 577: ...n off the smart parking assist system and park the vehicle by manual parking If you select this system the warning sound always let you know whether there are the objects or not by distance with operating the front rear parking assist system While operating this system if you turn off the front rear parking assist system after searching parking space the smart parking assist system is also turned ...

Page 578: ...ong or wide cargo com pared to vehicle Diagonal line parking If there is trash grass or barriers in parking space When snowing or raining heavily Pole is close to parking line Being equipped with snow chain or spare tire Low or High tire pressure Being connected to trailer Surface of road is slippery or not clear If there is bumpy road If there is truck or bus in parking space The sensor is covere...

Page 579: ...dal the crash accident may occur Continued Continued 2 Parking in snowed space Following amount of snow cover the sensing ability could be low When the vehicle is slipped during parking by smart parking assist System system can be canceled If driver is unfamiliar with controlling the accelerator and brake pedal the crash accident may occur Continued Continued 3 Narrow parking space When the space ...

Page 580: ...n uneven road When vehicle is parked in uneven road driver needs to properly con trol the pedal clutch accelerator or brake by himself If not unexpect ed result may occur The system may cancel when the vehicle slips If driver is unfamiliar with controlling the pedal the crash accident may occur Continued Continued 6 Parking behind a truck When vehicle is parked behind a vehicle of which storage co...

Page 581: ... for driver 5 Steering wheel support Rear Parking type 1 Operate shift lever by display in cluster 2 Always drive slowly with applying to brake 6 Smart parking assist system complete 7 If required move vehicle to manual operation According to parking space select mode and surrounding environment the sequence of display or situation could be changed Refer to next operation way Continued 7 If there ...

Page 582: ...off if engine is turned on this system is on position of turning off If needed push this button 2 Parking mode select With applying the brake shift the transaxle to N or D and select the desired parking mode by pushing the button When system is selected it is automati cally selected right side parallel mode If you push the switch continuously the left side parallel mode is selected If you push aga...

Page 583: ...e it is impossible to search for the parking space if any of following occurs 1 If there is no parked vehicle 2 If there is empty space after your vehicle passed 3 If there is empty space in front of your vehicle before passing As followings the smart parking assist system may normally not operate 1 When the sensors are frozen 2 When the sensors are dirty 3 Heavy snowing or raining 4 By the pillar...

Page 584: ...rmly not to support parking the system turns off However the driver needs to confirm the surround situation before releasing the brake pedal Drive slowly always When the brake pedal is released if the vehicle does not move backward depress the accelerator pedal careful ly after checking the surround objects However do not pass 7km h If neces sary depress the brake pedal and stop If the speed of ve...

Page 585: ...es sage the parking state may be not good However if the 3rd warning sound continuous sound occurs drive the vehicle reverse direction slowly after confirming surround ing objects When parking the vehicle care fully go forward or backward with depressing the brake pedal after completing steering wheel con trol support If the speed of vehicle is high the crash accident may occur While parking the v...

Page 586: ...ehi cle with using the steering wheel After finishing the smart parking assist system check the front and rear distance from front and rear vehicle and control your vehicle Additional introductions When the smart parking assist system operated the message may indicate on cluster regardless information sequence Other messages may indicate on cluster by circumstance When the system operated control ...

Page 587: ...le searching for the parking space When the ABS ESP is operated When the vehicle speed is over 40km h When you click the smart parking assist system button The front and rear parking assist system is normally operated When you shift the transaxle to R 2 While controlling the steering wheel When the ABS ESP is operated When the vehicle speed is over 7km h When you click the smart parking assist sys...

Page 588: ...en you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED WARNING This s...

Page 589: ... headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position Headlight welcome function if equipped When the headlight switch is in the ON or AUTO position and all doors and tail gate are closed and locked if you press the door unlock button on the transmitter or smart key the headlights w...

Page 590: ...to light position if equipped Parking light position When the light switch is in the parking light position the tail position license and instrument panel lights are ON Headlight position When the light switch is in the headlight position the head tail position license and instrument panel lights are ON NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights OBK049045N OBK0...

Page 591: ...charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time while the engine is not running OBK049048N OBK049050N CAUTION Never place anything over the sensor 1 located on the instru ment panel this will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or ...

Page 592: ... flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement One touch lane change function if equipped ...

Page 593: ...o the on position The rear fog lights turn on when the rear fog light switch is turned on after the front fog light switch if equipped is turned on and the headlight switch is in the park light position To turn the rear fog lights off turn the rear fog light switch to the on position again or turn the headlight switch off or front fog light switch off NOTICE To turn on the rear fog light switch th...

Page 594: ...veling switch The higher the number of the switch position the lower the headlight beam level Always keep the headlight beam at the proper leveling position or headlights may dazzle other road users Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings For loading conditions other than those listed below adjust the switch position so that the beam level may be the nearest as the condition obtain...

Page 595: ...am under various conditions WARNING If it does not work properly even though your car is inclined back ward according to passenger s posture or the headlight beam is irradiated to the high or low posi tion we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Do not attempt to inspect or replace the wiring yourself EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 36 AM Page 105 procarmanu...

Page 596: ...peed B Intermittent control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front D Rear wiper washer control Continuous wipe Intermittent wipe if equipped O Off E Wash with brief wipes rear if equipped WIPERS AND WASHERS Windshield wiper washer Rear window wiper washer OXM049230L OAM049048L EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 36 AM Page 106 procarmanuals com ...

Page 597: ...er system Auto control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windshield glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the w...

Page 598: ...ndshield glass Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty When starting the vehicle in winter set the wiper switch in the OFF position Otherwise wipers may operate and ice may damage the windshield wiper blades Always remove all snow and ice and defrost the windshield properly prior to operating the windshield wipers OXM049048E CAUTION To prevent possible da...

Page 599: ...e operated 15 minutes after being operated last time Rear window wiper and washer switch The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer Normal wiper operation Intermittent wiper operation if equipped O Wiper is not in operation Push the lever away from you to spray rear ...

Page 600: ...e locked the light will turn off immediately If a door except tailgate is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light with room lamp stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door except tailgate is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light with room lamp stays on continuously The lights turn off even if a door is opened When the lamp is turned ON by p...

Page 601: ... The luggage room lamp comes on when the trunk lid is opened OLM049105 OLM049103 OEL049101 CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor Turn off the lamp before return the sunvisor to its original posi tion EL FL Eng 4A QX...

Page 602: ...love box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened The parking lights or headlights must be ON for the glove box lamp to function OLM049102 4 112 Features of your vehicle EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 36 AM Page 112 procarmanuals com ...

Page 603: ...illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again DEFROSTER CAUTION To prevent damage to the conduc tors bonded...

Page 604: ...ss the front wiper deicer but ton The indicator on the button illumi nates when the deicer is ON The front wiper deicer automatically turns off after 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the deicer press the front wiper deicer but ton again With smart key If your vehicle is equipped with the wiper deicer it will operate at the same time you turn on the rear window defro...

Page 605: ...ter button Front windshield defroster 3 MAX A C selection button if equipped 4 Temperature control knob 5 Air conditioning button if equipped 6 Mode selection button 7 Air intake control button Type A Type B Features of your vehicle 115 4 EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 37 AM Page 115 procarmanuals com ...

Page 606: ...ling 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on OEL049120 4 116 Features of your vehicle EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 37 AM Page 116 procarmanuals com ...

Page 607: ...o direct the air discharged from the outlet Floor Level C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windshield Also you may select 2 3 modes at the same time for desired air flow face floor mode face defrost mode floor defrost mode face floor defrost mode MAX A C Level B D if equipped The MAX A C mode is used to cool the inside of...

Page 608: ...r flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recircu lated air position To change the air intake control position press the control button OEL049114 OEL049115 OEL0...

Page 609: ...be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan WARNING Continue using the climate con trol system in the recirculated air position may...

Page 610: ...e fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn the air conditioning system i...

Page 611: ...ush the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position press the MAX A C posi tion selection button if equipped then set the fan speed contro...

Page 612: ...irculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control air filter installed behind the g...

Page 613: ...itioning is reduced Overfilling also has a bad influ ence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer NOTICE It is important when servicing the air conditioning system that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the com pressor and abnormal system operation ...

Page 614: ...y 4 Passenger s temperature control button 5 Dual temperature control selection button 6 OFF button 7 Front windshield defroster button 8 Air conditioning button 9 Fan speed control button 10 Air intake control button 11 Mode selection button Type A Type B 4 124 Features of your vehicle EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 37 AM Page 124 procarmanuals com ...

Page 615: ... button Fan speed control button The selected function will be con trolled manually while other functions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate con trol use the AUTO button and set the temperature to 22 C 71 F NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensure better control of the heating and cooling system OL...

Page 616: ...automatic control of the sys tem Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system If you push the button once the corre sponding switch will turn on and if you push the button again the switch will turn off Face Level B D Air flow is directed toward the upper body and face...

Page 617: ...on again or AUTO button Instrument panel vents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by holding the button The temperature will decrease to the minimum Lo by holding the button OEL049124 OEL04...

Page 618: ...de temperature control button is operat ed it will automatically change to the DUAL mode as well 2 Operate the driver side temperature control to adjust the driver side tem perature Operate the passenger side temperature control to adjust the pas senger side temperature When the driver side temperature is set to the highest HI or lowest Lo temper ature setting the DUAL mode is deacti vated for max...

Page 619: ... Fahrenheit to Centigrade If the battery has been discharged or dis connected the temperature mode dis play will reset to Centigrade Air intake control This is used to select the outside fresh air position or recirculated air position To change the air intake control position push the control button Recirculated air position With the recirculated air position selected air from the passenger compar...

Page 620: ...eed To turn the fan speed control off press the front blower OFF button WARNING Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air posi tion may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure vis ibility Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air conditioning or heating system on It may cause serious harm or death due to a drop in the oxygen level and ...

Page 621: ...em off OFF mode Press the front blower OFF button to turn off the front air climate control system However you can still operate the air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position OEL049130R Type B OEL049130 Type A OEL049131R Type B OEL049131 Type A Features of your vehicle 131 4 EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 38 AM Page 131 procarmanuals com ...

Page 622: ...t desired temperature 3 Select the position 4 The outside fresh air will be selected automatically If the position is selected air conditioning if equipped will also be selected automatically If the air conditioning if equipped and or outside fresh air position are not select ed automatically press the correspon ding button manually WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING WARNING Windshield heating Do...

Page 623: ... air and air condi tioning if equipped will be selected automatically Automatic climate control system To defog inside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature OEL049133 Type B OEL049133U Type A OEL049134R Type B OEL049134 Type A Features of your vehicle 133 4 EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 39 AM Page 133 procarmanuals com ...

Page 624: ... selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed To defrost outside windshield 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defroster button 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient temperature and outside fresh air position will be selected automatically OEL049135R Type B OEL049135 Type A 4 13...

Page 625: ...pane cylinders or other flamma ble explosive materials in the vehi cle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods CAUTION To avoid possible theft do not leave valuables in the storage compartment Always keep the storage com partment covers closed while driving Do not attempt to place so many items in the storage compartment that the...

Page 626: ...tems in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the cool box is reduced Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses in the compart ment door with the lenses facing out Push to close OEL049220 WARNING Do not put the perishable food in the cool box because it may not be able to maintain the necessary con sistent t...

Page 627: ...n the sunglasses hold er while the vehicle is moving The rear view mirror of the vehi cle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder to prevent breakage or deformation of glasses It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder Features of your vehicle 137 4 EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 39 AM Pa...

Page 628: ...pty the ashtray pull it out INTERIOR FEATURES CAUTION The use of plug in accessories shavers hand held vacuums and coffee pots for example may dam age the socket or cause electrical failure WARNING Ashtray use Do not use the vehicle s ashtrays as waste receptacles Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other com bustible materials may cause a fire WARNING Do not hold the lighter in a...

Page 629: ...atures of your vehicle 139 4 WARNING Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups of hot liquid in the cup holder while the vehicle is in motion If the hot liquid spills you burn yourself Such a burn to the driver could lead to loss of control of the vehi cle To reduce the risk of personal injury in the event of sudden stop or collision do not place uncov ered or unsecured bottles glass es cans etc in ...

Page 630: ...sing the accessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to dis charge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a veh...

Page 631: ... the clock by turning the knob 1 and press it Aux USB and iPod if equipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of the portable audio device iPod is ...

Page 632: ...Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rub ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each posi tion IMPORTANT Your vehicle was man...

Page 633: ...vent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment WARNING To avoid eye injury DO NOT over stretch the luggage net ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net s recoil path DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or dam age Features of your vehicle 143 4 EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 2013 11 ...

Page 634: ...cle occupants during an accident or when braking Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment It is designed for luggage only Maintain the balance of the vehi cle and locate the weight as far forward as possible CAUTION Since the cargo security screen may be damaged or malformed do not put the luggage on it when it is used OLM049205 4 144 Features of your vehicle EL FL Eng 4A QXP 7 11 201...

Page 635: ...ms such as wood panels or mattresses This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you To prevent damage or loss of cargo while driving check fre quently before or while driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fastened CAUTION When carrying cargo on the roof rack take the necessary precau tions to make sure the cargo doe...

Page 636: ...ounterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise AUDIO SYSTEM CAUTION Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove the antenna by rotating it counterclockwise If not the antenna may be damaged When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tight ened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper recep tion But it could be folded or remov...

Page 637: ...DOWN button If the SEEK button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons CDP mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button CDC mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this section MODE 3 Press the button ...

Page 638: ...ived at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not ben...

Page 639: ...ng This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio system This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equip...

Page 640: ...into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances con tinued use may cause malfunctions to your audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Prot...

Page 641: ...i ty is in the safe and legal opera tion of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equip ment or vehicle systems which take the driver s eyes attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle Continued Please refrain from use if the screen is blank or no sound can be heard as these signs m...

Page 642: ...roduct malfunction please contact your place of pur chase or After Service center Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration CAUTION Operating the device while driv ing could lead to accidents due to a lack of a...

Page 643: ...not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recognized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authen tication may not be recognizable Make sure the USB connection termi nal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or discon nect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You may...

Page 644: ... USB types liable to con nection failures due to vehicle vibra tions are not supported i stick type Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Continued Continued Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD micro SD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGI TAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB me...

Page 645: ...pon purchasing an iPod d device Skipping or improper operation may occur depending on the characteris tics of your iPod iPhone device If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetooth Wireless Technology and USB the sound may not be prop erly played In your iPhone select the Dock connector or Bluetooth Wireless Technology to change the sound output source Continued Continued When connecting iPod w...

Page 646: ...es of your vehicle 156 4 CD Player AC100ELEE AC110ELEE No logo will be shown if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature is not supported EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 156 procarmanuals com ...

Page 647: ...Pod AUX My Music BT Audio 4 if eqipped Operates Phone Screen When a phone is not connected the connection screen is displayed 5 Radio Mode Automatically searches for broadcast frequencies CD USB iPod My Music modes Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to next or previous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Rewinds or fast forwards the current song 6 PWR VOL knob Power Knob...

Page 648: ...0 8sec onds TA On Off Press and hold the key over 0 8seconds Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Media mode Press and hold the key over 0 8sec onds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each Press and holding the key again to continue listening to the current song file 10 Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Display Sound Clock Phone System setting modes Press and hold the...

Page 649: ...ight When the desired song is displayed press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus 14 Changes to FM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode changed in order of FM1 FM2 FMA 15 Changes to AM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode changed in order of AM AMA AM FM EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 159 procarmanuals com ...

Page 650: ... pop up screen is displayed use the TUNE knob or keys to select the desired mode Scroll text Scroll text Set Maintains scroll Scrolls only one 1 time Song Info When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder File or Album Artist Song Sound Settings Press the key Select Sound through TUNE knob or key Select menu through TUNE knob 2 RDM SETUP CLOCK Off On Off On 6 1 MEDIA RADIO ...

Page 651: ...balance Default Restores default settings Return While adjusting values re pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature is used to automatically con trol the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle Select Speed Dependent Vol Set in 4 levels Off Low Mid High of TUNE knob Volume Dialogue Adjusts voice recognition volume Select Volume Dial...

Page 652: ...NE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to set the hour and press the tune knob to set the minute Day Settings This menu is used to set the date Select Day Settings Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to make the settings and press the tune knob to move to the next setting Set in order of Year Month Day 3 SETUP CLOCK EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 2...

Page 653: ...play when Power is OFF Select Clock Disp Pwr Off Set through TUNE knob Displays time date on screen Turn off Automatic RDS Time This option is used to automatically set the time by synchronizing with RDS Select Automatic RDS Time Set through TUNE knob Turn on Automatic Time Turn off Off On Off On Off On Off On EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 163 procarmanuals com ...

Page 654: ...inutes the mobile phone pairing process will automatically be canceled Pairing completion is displayed In some mobile phones pairing will automatically be followed by connec tion It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled mobile phones SETUP CLOCK CAUTION To pair a Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled mobile phone authentication and connection processes are first requ...

Page 655: ...phone that is not cur rently connected Connect the selected mobile phone Connection completion is displayed If a phone is already connected dis connect the currently connected phone and select a new phone to con nect Disconnecting a connected phone Select Phone List Select mobile phone through TUNE knob Select Disconnect Phone Select the currently connected mobile phone Disconnect the selected mob...

Page 656: ...st Select mobile phone through TUNE knob Select Delete Select the desired mobile phone Delete the selected mobile phone Deletion completion is displayed When attempting to delete a currently connected phone the phone is first disconnected Phone book Download This feature is used to download phone book and call histories into the audio sys tem Select Phone book Download Select through TUNE knob CAU...

Page 657: ...luetooth Wireless Technology enabled handsfree call Select Outgoing Volume Set volume through TUNE knob While on a call the volume can be changed by using the key Bluetooth Wireless Technology System Off This feature is used when you do not wish to use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system Select Bluetooth System Off Set through TUNE knob If a phone is already connected dis connect the currentl...

Page 658: ...Bluetooth Wireless Technology system is turned on the system will automatically try to connect the most recently connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone YES SETUP CLOCK SETUP CLOCK PHONE PHONE CAUTION Bluetooth Wireless Technology con nection may become intermittently disconnected in some mobile phones Follow these next steps to try again 1 Turn the Bluetooth Wireless Technology funct...

Page 659: ...he currently used memory is displayed on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language Set through TUNE knob The system will reboot after the lan guage is changed Language support by region SETUP CLOCK EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 169 procarmanuals com ...

Page 660: ... saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds The broadcast frequency increases and previews each broad cast for 5 seconds each After scan ning all frequencies returns and plays the ...

Page 661: ...e most recently received frequency will be broadcast Saves only to the Preset memory of FMA or AMA mode AF Alternative Frequency Press the key Set AF through TUNE knob or key The Alternative Frequency option can be turned On Off Region Press the key Set Region through TUNE knob or key The Region option can be turned On Off News Press the key Set News through TUNE knob or key The News option can be...

Page 662: ... inserted The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing RPT key Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen To repeat one song Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Repeats the current song MP3 CD USB mode FLD RPT on screen To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current folder Press the key again to turn off repe...

Page 663: ...ing Song File While song file is playing key Shortly pressing the key Plays the cur rent song from the beginning If the key is pressed again within 1 second the previ ous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song While song file is playing key Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song Scan W...

Page 664: ... Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Random Information features Information features Repeat Press the key Set RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn off Random Press the key Set RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob o...

Page 665: ...et A RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play all songs within the CD Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Copy Press the key Set Copy through the TUNE knob or key This is used to copy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My ...

Page 666: ... all songs within the currently play ing category in random order Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key Set Search through the TUNE knob or key Displays iPod category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to parent category MENU 4 MEN...

Page 667: ...M again to turn random off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key Set Delete through the TUNE knob or key Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song Deletes file from list Select the file you wish to delete by us...

Page 668: ...an be stored The same song can be copied up to 1 000 times Memory info can be checked in the System menu of Setup AUX AUX is used to play external MEDIA cur rently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connected with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode AUX mode cannot be started ...

Page 669: ...such marks is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned On Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Streaming Press the key Select Phone through the tune knob Select Audio Stream...

Page 670: ...e vehicle If you do not want automatic Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone connection set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF Making a call using the Steering wheel remote controller 1 VOLUME button Raises or lowers speaker volume 2 MUTE button Mute the microphone during a call 3 button Activates voice recognition 4 button Places and transfers calls 5 button Ends calls or cancels func t...

Page 671: ...he phone book is displayed and can be used to select a number and make a call If more than one number is saved to one contact then a screen showing the mobile phone number Home and office number is displayed Select the desired number to make the call If phone book do not exist a screen asking whether to download phone book is displayed The download fea ture may not be supported in some mobile phon...

Page 672: ...tions can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth Wireless Technology your phone may discharge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth Wireless Technology related opera tions Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or mal function to audio system In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the condition Phone contact names shou...

Page 673: ...bile phone has been turned on Methods of turning on the Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled feature may differ depending on the mobile phone Continued Continued In some mobile phones starting the ignition while talking through Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled handsfree call will result in the call becoming disconnected Switch the call back to your mobile phone when starting the ignition Som...

Page 674: ...inued Voice recognition may not function properly due to outside noise The fol lowing conditions can affect the per formance of Voice Recognition When the windows and sunroof are open When the heating cooling system is on When passing a tunnel When driving on rugged and uneven roads After downloading Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone book the system requires some times to convert the phone book ...

Page 675: ... after the guidance mes sage and the Beep sound Skipping the Guidance Message While the guidance message is being stated shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds to discontinue the guidance message and sound the beep After the beep say the voice command Ending Voice Command While using voice command press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds to end voice command While using voice command pressing the...

Page 676: ...cel More Help Please say a command Please say a More Help You can say Radio FM AM Media CD USB Aux My Music iPod Bluetooth Audio Phone Call History or Phone book Please say a command Phone book Please say the name of the Phone book you want to call More Help You can say Radio FM AM Media CD USB Aux My Music iPod Bluetooth Audio Phone Call History or Phone book Please say a command Beep Beep Beep B...

Page 677: ...an say the number that you want to call Redial Connects the most recently called number Radio When listening to the radio displays the next radio screen FM1 FM2 FMA AM AMA When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played radio screen Command Function FM When currently listening to the FM radio maintains the current state When listening to a different mode displays the most rece...

Page 678: ... file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music iPod Plays iPod music Search iPod Moves to the iPod file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music My Music Plays the music saved in My Music Search My Music Moves to My Music file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music Command Function AUX Auxili...

Page 679: ...requencies from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 10 seconds each AF on Enable Alternative Frequency feature AF off Disable Alternative Frequency feature Region Enable Region feature Command Function Region off Disable Region feature Program Type Moves to the RDS Program type selection screen After manual...

Page 680: ...es from the next files for 10 sec onds each Search File Moves to the file selection screen Search Folder Moves to the folder selection screen Information Displays the information screen of the current file Copy Copies the current file into My Music Command Function All Random Randomly plays all saved songs Random Randomly plays the songs within the current category Random Off Cancels random play t...

Page 681: ...cels repeat play to play files in sequential order Next File Plays the next file Previous File Plays the previous file Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec onds each Search File Moves to the file selection screen Information Displays the information screen of the current file Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Delete All Deletes all fi...

Page 682: ...es of your vehicle 192 4 APPENDIX Name Description AST A store Automatically selects and saves channels SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 192 procarmanuals com ...

Page 683: ...4 193 Features of your vehicle CD Player AC111ELEE EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 193 procarmanuals com ...

Page 684: ...r Press to turn power on off Volume Turn left right to control vol ume 6 When pressed shortly under 0 8 sec onds Radio mode plays previous next fre quency Media CD USB iPod My Music modes changes the track Song file When pressed and held 0 8 seconds Radio mode continuously changes the frequency Upon release plays the cur rent frequency Media CD USB iPod My Music modes rewinds or fast forwards the ...

Page 685: ...eceivable broadcasts for 5 seconds each Media CD USB My Music modes Long key Previews each song file for 10 seconds each 12 Converts to Setup mode 13 TUNE knob Radio mode turn to change broadcast frequencies Media CD USB iPod My Music modes turn to search tracks chan nels files SETUP TA SCAN EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 195 procarmanuals com ...

Page 686: ... with superior reception to Preset buttons 6 RDS Menu Displays the RDS Menu 7 RDS Info Displays RDS broadcast information Switching to Radio Mode Pressing the key will change the operating mode in order of FM1 FM2 FMA AM AMA If Pop up Mode is turned on within Display then pressing the key will display the Radio Pop up Mode screen Turn the TUNE knob to move the focus Press the knob to select RADIO ...

Page 687: ...splay the broadcast information for the frequency saved to each button NOTICE While listening to a frequency you want to save as a preset press and hold one of the 1 6 preset buttons over 0 8 sec onds to save the current frequency to the selected preset Auto Store Press the button to automatically save receivable frequencies to Preset buttons NOTICE While Auto Store is operating pressing the Cance...

Page 688: ... mode Scan Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds to preview frequencies with superior reception for 5 seconds each NOTICE Once scan is complete the previous fre quency will be restored While Scan is operating pressing and holding the key over 0 8 sec onds will cancel the scan operation TA SCAN TA SCAN EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 198 procarmanuals com ...

Page 689: ...ram type press the TUNE knob After selecting the desired Program Type and while the Program Type is blinking approximately 5 seconds pressing the key will allow you to select a different Program Type broadcast TA Traffic Announcement Press the key to turn the TA Traffic Announcement feature On Off TA SCAN SEEK TRACK PTY FOLDER EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 199 procarmanuals com ...

Page 690: ...ft cloth The use of CD R CD RW discs attached with labels may result in disc slot jams or difficulties in disc removal Such discs may also result in noise while playing Some CD R CD RW discs may not properly operate depending on the disc manufacturer production method and the record method as used by the user If problems persist trying using a different CD as contin ued use may result in malfuncti...

Page 691: ...2 64 64 128 80 80 160 96 96 192 112 112 224 128 128 256 144 144 320 160 160 2 Sampling Frequencies Hz MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 WMA 44100 22050 11025 32000 48000 24000 12000 44100 3000 16000 8000 48000 For MP3 WMA compression files dif ferences in sound quality will occur depending on the bitrate Higher sound quality can be experienced with higher bitrates This device only recognizes files with MP3 WMA ...

Page 692: ...re recorded by sessions and have no media limitation Precautions upon Writing CDs 1 In all cases except when creating mul tisession discs check the close ses sion option before creating the disc Though product malfunctions will not occur some time may be required for the device to check whether the ses sion state is closed approximately 25 seconds Additional time may also be required depending on ...

Page 693: ...e screen Turn the TUNE knob to move the focus Press the knob to select NOTICE The media mode pop up screen can be displayed only when there are two or more media modes turned on Title Icon When a Bluetooth Wireless Technology iPod USB or AUX device is connected or a CD is inserted the corresponding mode icon will be displayed Icon Title Bluetooth Wireless Technology CD iPod USB AUX MEDIA SETUP MED...

Page 694: ...3 Track Info Displays information about the current track 4 Play Pause Changes the play pause state 5 Play Time Displays the current play time 6 Info Shows detailed information about the current track 7 Random Shuffle Turns the Random Shuffle feature on off 8 Repeat Turns the Repeat feature on off 9 List Moves to the list screen EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 204 procarmanuals com ...

Page 695: ...py CD R CDs with labels The artist and title information are displayed on the screen if track infor mation is included within the audio CD Changing Tracks Press the key to move to the previous or next track NOTICE Pressing the key after the track has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current track from the beginning Pressing the key before the track has been playing for 1 seconds will star...

Page 696: ...rt playing Rewinding Fast forwarding Tracks While playing press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds to rewind or fast forward the current track Scan for RDS model Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds to play the first 10 seconds of each file Pressing and holding the key again to turn off TA SCAN SEEK TRACK EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 20 AM Page 206 procarmanuals com ...

Page 697: ...ton again to turn the Random Shuffle feature off Random Shuffle Plays all tracks in random Shuffle order Repeat Press the button to repeat the cur rent track Press the button again to turn the repeat feature off Repeat Repeats the current track List Press the button to display the track list screen Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for tracks Once the desired track is displayed press the kno...

Page 698: ...4 File Info Displays information about the current file 5 Play Pause Changes the play pause state 6 Play Time Displays the current play time 7 Info Shows detailed information about the current file 8 Random Shuffle Turns the Random Shuffle feature on off 9 Repeat Turns the Repeat feature on off 10 Copy Copies the current file into My Music 11 List Moves to the list screen EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 ...

Page 699: ...he file has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current file from the begin ning Pressing the key before the file has been playing for 1 seconds will start the previous file Selecting from the List Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for the desired file Once you find the desired file press the TUNE knob to start playing Rewinding Fast forwarding Files While playing press and hold the ke...

Page 700: ...Press the key to select and search folders Once the desired folder is displayed press the TUNE knob to select The first file within the selected folder will begin playing PTY FOLDER EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 210 procarmanuals com ...

Page 701: ...s set as the default display the folder name file name are displayed as detailed file information The title artist and album info are displayed only when such information are recorded within the MP3 file ID3 tag Random Shuffle Press the button to play files in random Shuffle order Each time the button is pressed the fea ture changes in order of Random Shuffle Folder Random Shuffle All Off Random S...

Page 702: ...urrent Folder Copying Files Press the button to copy the cur rent file into My Music NOTICE Selecting another feature during copy ing will display a pop up asking whether you wish to cancel copying To cancel select Yes List Press the button to display the file list screen Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for files Once the desired file is displayed press the knob to select and play EL FL En...

Page 703: ...ion A strange noise may occur when dis connecting the USB Make sure to connect disconnect external USB devices with the audio power turned off The amount of time required to recog nize the USB device may differ depending on the type size or file for mats stored in the USB Such differ ences in time are not indications of malfunctions The device only supports USB devices used to play music files USB...

Page 704: ...sed by connect ing an Adaptor SD Type or CF Type may not be properly recognized The device may not operate properly when using USB HDDs or USBs sub ject to connection failures caused by vehicle vibrations e g i stick type Continued Continued Avoid use of USB memo ry products that can also be used as key chains or mobile phone accessories Use of such products may cause damage to the USB jack Connec...

Page 705: ...ile Info Displays information about the current file 5 Play Pause Changes the play pause state 6 Play Time Displays the current play time 7 Info Displays detailed information for the cur rent file 8 Random Shuffle Turns the Random Shuffle feature on off 9 Repeat Turns the Repeat feature on off 10 Copy Copies the current file into My Music 11 List Moves to the list screen EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 1...

Page 706: ...ile searching Normal operations will resume once loading is complete The device may not support normal operation when using a USB memory type besides Metal Cover Type USB Memory Changing Files Press the keys to move to the previous or next file NOTICE Pressing the key after the file has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current file from the begin ning Pressing the key before the file has ...

Page 707: ...nds to rewind or fast forward the current file Scan Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds to play the first 10 seconds of each file Pressing and holding the key again to turn off Searching Folders Press the key to select and search folders Once the desired folder is displayed press the TUNE knob to select The first file within the selected folder will begin playing PTY FOLDER TA SCAN SEEK TRACK ...

Page 708: ...info are dis played only when such information are recorded within the MP3 file ID3 tag Random Shuffle Press the button to play files in random Shuffle order Each time the button is pressed the fea ture changes in order of Random Shuffle Folder Random Shuffle All Off Random Shuffle Folder Plays the files in the current folder in random Shuffle order Random Shuffle All Plays all files in random Shu...

Page 709: ...ing copy ing will display a pop up asking whether you wish to cancel copying To cancel select Yes List Press the button to display the file list screen Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for files Once the desired file is displayed press the knob to select and play EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 219 procarmanuals com ...

Page 710: ...e iPod or AUX device power is connected to the power jack playing the external device may result in noise In such cases disconnect the power con nection before use Skipping or improper operation may occur depending on the characteristics of your iPod iPhone device If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetooth Wireless Technology and USB the sound may not be properly played In your iPhone selec...

Page 711: ... Index Displays the current song total number of songs 4 Song Info Displays information about the current song 5 Play Pause Changes the play pause state 6 Play Time Displays the current play time 7 Random Shuffle Turns the Random Shuffle feature on off 8 Repeat Turns the Repeat feature on off 9 List Moves to the list screen EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 221 procarmanuals com ...

Page 712: ...e key to move to the previous or next song NOTICE Pressing the key after the song has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current song from the beginning Pressing the key before the song has been playing for 1 seconds will start the previous song Slight time differences may exist depending your iPod product Rewinding Fast forwarding Songs While playing press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds...

Page 713: ...ngs Composers Audiobooks and Podcasts Category Menu Within the iPod Category menu you will have access to the Home and features 1 Displays the play screen 2 Moves to the iPod root catego ry screen 3 Moves to the previous category NOTICE If the search mode is accessed while playing a song the most recently searched category is displayed Search steps upon initial connection may differ depending on t...

Page 714: ...rn the ran dom Shuffle feature off Repeat Press the button to repeat the cur rent song Press the button again to turn the repeat feature off Repeat Repeats the current song List Press the button to display the Category Menu Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for the desired category Once you find the desired category press the TUNE knob to select and play EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 2...

Page 715: ...be used only when an external audio player camcorder car VCR etc has been connected The AUX volume can be controlled separately from other audio modes Connecting a connector jack to the AUX terminal without an external device will convert the system to AUX mode but only output noise When an external device is not being used also remove the connector jack When the external device power is connected...

Page 716: ...ber of files 4 File Info Displays information about the current file 5 Play Pause Changes the play pause state 6 Play Time Displays the current play time 7 Info Displays detailed information for the cur rent file 8 Random Shuffle Turns the Random Shuffle feature on off 9 Repeat Turns the Repeat feature on off 10 Delete Deletes the current file 11 List Moves to the list screen EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QX...

Page 717: ...vious or next file NOTICE Pressing the key after the file has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current file from the begin ning Pressing the key before the file has been playing for 1 seconds will start the previous file Selecting from the List Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for the desired file Once you find the desired file press the TUNE knob to start playing SEEK TRACK SEEK T...

Page 718: ...Shuffle Repeat Delete and List features Info Press the button to display details about the current file NOTICE The title artist and album info are dis played only when such information is recorded within the MP3 file ID3 tag Random Press the button to play files in random order Press the button again to turn the Random feature off Repeat Press the button to repeat the cur rent song Press the butto...

Page 719: ...t to delete Once files are selected the button and buttons will be enabled 1 Moves to the previous screen 2 Select All Selects all files 3 Unselet All Deselects all selected files 4 Delete Deletes selected files After selecting the files you want to delete press the button to delete the selected files NOTICE If there is memory available up to 6 000 files can be saved Identical files cannot be copi...

Page 720: ...one is connect ed then the music will also stop Moving the Track up down while playing Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio mode may result in pop noises in some mobile phones Bluetooth Wireless Technology streaming audio may not be support ed in some mobile phones Continued Continued When returning to Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio mode after ending a call the mode may not automatically resta...

Page 721: ...dis play the Bluetooth Wireless Technology connection screen It is possible to use the pair phone con nect disconnect and delete features from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone NOTICE If the Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio is not operating properly check whether the feature is turned off at Phone Audio stream ing Streaming Audio If the feature is off turn back on and try again If music ...

Page 722: ...ake phone calls with Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phones through the audio system CAUTION Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers to practice safe driving Connecting the car audio system with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone allows the user to conveniently make calls receive calls and manage the phone book Before using the Bluetooth Wireless Technolog...

Page 723: ...h Wireless Technology features within your mobile refer to your mobile phone user s manual 2 Turn off the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature in your car audio system To turn off the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature in your car audio system go to Phone and turn off the Bluetooth Wireless Technology fea ture Park the vehicle when connecting the car audio system with your mobile phone Continu...

Page 724: ...he connection process cannot be can celed Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio related features will operate within this system Normal operation is possible only for devices that support Handsfree or audio features such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio device Only one function can be used at a t...

Page 725: ...ing remote controller The following screen is displayed 2 Press the button to enter the Pair Phone screen 1 Device Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio sys tem 4 After a few moments a screen is dis played where...

Page 726: ...vi ous page NOTICE The waiting period during phone pair ing will last for one minute The pair ing process will fail if the device is not paired within the given time If the pairing process fails you must start the process from the beginning Generally most Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices will automatically connect once pairing is complete However some devices may require a separate verificati...

Page 727: ...Paired Phone List 1 Connected Phone Device that is cur rently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected From the paired phone list select the device you want to connect and press the button SETUP EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 237 procarmanuals com ...

Page 728: ... the paired phone list select the phone you want to switch to the highest priority then press the button from the Menu The selected device will be changed to the highest priority NOTICE When a device is currently connected even if you change the priority to a differ ent device the currently connected phone will always be set as the highest priority Disconnecting a Device Press the key Select Phone...

Page 729: ...CE When deleting the currently connect ed device the device will automatical ly be disconnected to proceed with the deleting process If a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and phone book data will also be deleted To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again SETUP EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 239 procarmanuals com ...

Page 730: ...hone book list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related set tings NOTICE If you press the Call History button but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks whether to download call history data If you press the Phone book button but there is no phone book data a prompt is displayed which asks whether to download phone book data This feature may not be supported in some mobile pho...

Page 731: ...nnected will display the following screen 1 Caller Displays the other party s name when the incoming caller is saved within your phone book 2 Incoming Number Displays the incoming number 3 Accept Accept the incoming call 4 Reject Reject the incoming call NOTICE When an incoming call pop up is dis played most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone...

Page 732: ...played Press the Download button to download the call history 1 Call History Displays recent calls call history Connects call upon selection 2 Download Download Recent Call History NOTICE The call history list will display up to 30 outgoing incoming and missed calls Upon downloading call histories pre viously saved histories are deleted Incoming calls with hidden caller IDs will not be saved in th...

Page 733: ...ata will be deleted Downloading is not possible if the phone book download feature is turned off within the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Also some devices may require device authorization upon attempting to download If downloading cannot be normally conducted check the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device setting or the screen state Caller ID information will not be dis played for unsaved ...

Page 734: ...ound When the windows and sunroof are open When the wind of the cooling heat ing device is strong When entering and passing through tunnels When driving on rugged and uneven roads During severe rain heavy rains windstorms Continued Continued Phone related voice commands can be used only when a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected When making calls by stating a name the corresponding c...

Page 735: ...enson instead of Dad 2 Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or Sergeant instead of Sgt 3 Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CFD 4 Do not use special characters e g hyphen asterisk amper sand 5 If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descriptive name e g use Grandpa Joseph instead of Pa Joe Skipping Prompt Messages Whi...

Page 736: ...ce command pressing a steering wheel remote control or a different key will end voice command When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice command When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel remote con troller to end voice command EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 246 procarmanuals com ...

Page 737: ... Aux My Music iPod Bluetooth Audio Phone Call History or Phone book Please say a command More Help You can say Radio FM AM Media CD USB Aux My Music iPod Bluetooth Audio Phone Call History or Phone book Please say a command Ding Ding Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Phone book Cancel Please say a command Phone book Please say the name of the phone book you want to call Ding Di Ding Cance...

Page 738: ...an say the number that you want to call Redial Connects the most recently called number Radio When listening to the radio displays the next radio screen FM1 FM2 FMA AM AMA When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played radio screen Command Function FM When currently listening to the FM radio maintains the current state When listening to a different mode displays the most rece...

Page 739: ... file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music iPod Plays iPod music Search iPod Moves to the iPod file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music My Music Plays the music saved in My Music Search My Music Moves to My Music file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music Command Function AUX Auxili...

Page 740: ...ncies from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 10 seconds each AF on Enable Alternative Frequency feature AF off Disable Alternative Frequency feature Region Enable Region feature Command Function Region off Disable Region feature Program Type Moves to the RDS Program type selection screen After manually op...

Page 741: ...es from the next files for 10 sec onds each Search File Moves to the file selection screen Search Folder Moves to the folder selection screen Information Displays the information screen of the current file Copy Copies the current file into My Music Command Function All Random Randomly plays all saved songs Random Randomly plays the songs within the current category Random Off Cancels random play t...

Page 742: ...cels repeat play to play files in sequential order Next File Plays the next file Previous File Plays the previous file Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec onds each Search File Moves to the file selection screen Information Displays the information screen of the current file Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Delete All Deletes all fi...

Page 743: ...t 1 Automatic Adjusts the brightness automatically 2 Day Always maintains the brightness on high 3 Night Always maintains the bright ness on low Pop up Mode Press the key Select Display Select Pop up Mode This feature is used to display the Pop up Mode screen when entering radio and media modes When this feature is turned on pressing the or key will display the Pop up Mode screen NOTICE The media ...

Page 744: ...text is repeatedly scrolled When turned off the text is scrolled just once MP3 Information Display Press the key Select Display Select Song Info This feature is used to change the infor mation displayed within USB and MP3 CD modes 1 Folder File Displays file name and folder name 2 Album Artist Song Displays album name artist name song SETUP SETUP EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 254 ...

Page 745: ...ns to adjust the Bass Middle Treble settings Press the button to reset SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control Press the key Select Sound Select Speed Dependent Vol The volume level is controlled automati cally according to the vehicle speed SDVC can be set by selecting from Off Low Mid High SETUP Default SETUP EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 255 procarmanuals com ...

Page 746: ...nd Select Touch Screen Beep This feature is used to turn the touch screen beep on off Clock Day Setting Setting Press the key Select Clock Day Select Clock Settings Use the buttons to set the Hour Minutes and AM PM setting NOTICE Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds to display the Clock Day screen CLOCK SETUP SETUP SETUP EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 256 procarmanuals com ...

Page 747: ... the key Select Clock Day Select Time Format This feature is used to change the clock format between 12hr or 24hr Clock Display Press the key Select Clock Day Select Clock Display Power off This feature is used to display a clock on the screen when the audio system is turned off SETUP SETUP SETUP EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 257 procarmanuals com ...

Page 748: ...8 4 Automatic RDS Time Press the key Select Clock Day Select Automatic RDS Time This feature is used to set time automat ically by synchronizing with RDS SETUP EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 258 procarmanuals com ...

Page 749: ...Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is displayed For more information refer to the Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology 1 Moves to the previous screen 2 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Change Priority Sets currently selected phone to highest connec...

Page 750: ...can be copied into car phone book Up to 1 000 phone book entries can be saved for each paired device Upon downloading phone book data previously saved phone book data will be deleted However Phone book entries saved to other paired phones are not deleted Auto Download Phone Book Press the key Select Phone Select Auto Download This feature is used to automatically download mobile phone book entries...

Page 751: ...ing volume level Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the key Select Phone Select Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system NOTICE To turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology back on go to Phone and press Yes SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP CAUTION Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio streaming ...

Page 752: ... the desired prompt feedback option from Normal and Expert 1 Normal When using voice recogni tion provides detailed guidance prompts 2 Expert When using voice recognition omits some guidance prompts NOTICE Voice Recognition is depend on the Audio System Language Press the key Select System Select Language This feature is used to change the sys tem and voice recognition language If the language is ...

Page 753: ...ignition key is turned ON and the transmission lever is set to R The rear view camera will automatical ly stop operating when set to a differ ent lever CAUTION The rear view camera has been equipped with an optical lens to provide a wider range of vision and may appear different from the actu al distance For safety directly check the rear and left right sides EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21...

Page 754: ...p sound Treble High sound BT Audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio FMA FM Radio Auto store Power Bass This is a sound system fea ture that provides live bass Power Treble This is a sound system fea ture that provides live treble Preset Saved radio frequency RDS Search Radio Data System Search TA Off Traffic Announcement EL FL Eng 4B AUDIO QXP 7 11 2013 11 21 AM Page 264 procarmanuals com ...

Page 755: ...r wheel drive 4WD 5 28 Tight corner brake effect 5 28 Four Wheel Drive 4WD transfer mode selection 5 29 For safe four wheel drive operation 5 30 Reducing the risk of a rollover 5 32 Brake system 5 35 Power brakes 5 35 Parking brake 5 36 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 38 Electronic stability control ESC 5 41 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 44 Hill start assist control HAC 5 45 Downhill brake contr...

Page 756: ...t 5 63 Check battery and cables 5 63 Change to winter weight oil if necessary 5 63 Check spark plugs and ignition system 5 63 To keep locks from freezing 5 64 Use approved window washer anti freeze in system 5 64 Don t let your parking brake freeze 5 64 Don t let ice and snow accumulate underneath 5 64 Carry emergency equipment 5 64 Trailer towing 5 65 Hitches 5 66 Safety chains 5 67 Trailer brake...

Page 757: ... even with the garage door open is a hazardous practice Never run the engine in your garage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the vehicle out Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle be sure to do so only in an open area with the air intake set at Fres...

Page 758: ...Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil iar with your vehicle and its equipment BEFORE DRIVING WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to Seat belts in section 3 for more information on their proper use WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people especi...

Page 759: ...uch more likely to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab WARNING When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accel erator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the ...

Page 760: ...then it returns to the ON position The brake warning lamp can be checked in this position WARNING Ignition key Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC while the vehicle is moving This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat alwa...

Page 761: ... the ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below 18 C 0 F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator CAUTION If the engine stalls w...

Page 762: ...START posi tion and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key NOTICE If the engine were not started within 10 seconds after the preheating is complet ed turn the ignition key once more to the LOCK position during 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to preheat again Starting and stopping the engine for tur bocharger intercooler 1 Do not race or a...

Page 763: ...but ton will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position Also the steering wheel locks when the engine start stop button is in the OFF position to protect you against theft It locks when the door is opened If the steering wheel is not locked prop erly when you open the driver s door the warning chime will sound Try locking the steering wheel again If the problem is not solved we recomme...

Page 764: ...art stop button while it is in the ACC position without depressing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the engine start stop button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running Orange indicator Blue indicator CAUTION You are able to turn off the engine START RUN or vehicle power ON only when t...

Page 765: ... for a long time the battery will discharge WARNING Never press the engine start stop button while the vehicle is in motion This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P Park set the par...

Page 766: ...e engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator Starting the diesel engine if equipped To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold it has to be pre heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neu...

Page 767: ...the tur bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the engine start stop button is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator and the KEY OUT indicator will blink And if all doors are closed the chi...

Page 768: ...art without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine OEL053007 CAUTION If the engine stalls while the vehicle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park posi tion If the traffic and road condi tions permit you may put the shift lever in the N Neutral position while the vehicle is still moving and press the engin...

Page 769: ... ESC OFF EPS or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning Auto stop To stop the engine in idle stop mode 1 Decrease the vehicle speed to less than 5 km h 2 Shift into N Neutral position 3 Release the clutch pedal The engine will stop and the green AUTO STOP indicator on the instrument cluster ...

Page 770: ...ator on the instrument cluster will go out The engine will also restart automati cally without the driver s any actions if the following occurs The fan speed of manual climate con trol system is set above the 3rd position when the air conditioning is on The fan speed of automatic climate control system is set above the 6th position when the air conditioning is on When a certain amount of time has ...

Page 771: ...oes not meet that operation condition the ISG system is deactivated The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and the notice will illuminate on the LCD display if equipped If the light or notice is come on con tinuously please check the operation condition ISG system deactivation If you desire to deactivate the ISG sys tem press the ISG OFF button The light on the ISG OFF button will illumi ...

Page 772: ... an authorized HYUNDAI dealer When the ISG OFF button light comes on it may stop illuminating after driv ing your vehicle at approximately 80 km h for a maximum of two hours and setting the fan speed control knob below the 2nd position If the ISG OFF button light continues to be illu minated in spite of the procedure we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer WARNING When the engin...

Page 773: ...ing may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant has warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse put the shift lever in N Neutral posi tion and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED OEL059009 The ring 1 must be ...

Page 774: ...h pedal down fully If you don t press the clutch pedal fully the clutch may be damaged or noise may occur To prevent possible damage to the clutch system do not start with the 2nd second gear engaged except when you start on a alippery road WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off Then make sure the transaxle is shifted into 1st gear when ...

Page 775: ...ou attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be dam aged if you do not To shift into reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral wait three seconds then shift to the reverse position Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause the ...

Page 776: ...TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED OEL059010 OEL059010R Type A Type B The shift lever can be moved freely Depress the brake pedal when shifting if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system EL FL Eng 5 QXP 7 11 2013 11 03 AM Page 22 procarmanuals com ...

Page 777: ... come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating WARNING Automatic transaxle Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for peo ple especially children before shifting a vehicle into D Drive or R Reverse Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position then set the...

Page 778: ...Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive WARNING Shifting into P Park while the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle Do not use the P Park position in place of the parking brake Always make sure the shift lever is latched in the P Park position and set the parking brake fully Never leave a child unattended i...

Page 779: ...upshift automatically To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is oper ated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to sh...

Page 780: ...DAI dealer Type B 1 Carefully remove the cap 1 covering the shift lock override access hole 2 Insert a screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriv er 3 Move the shift lever 4 We recommend that the system be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Ignition key interlock system if equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Even...

Page 781: ...rt depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually while releasing the service brakes When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill the vehicle may have a ten dency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear will help prevent th...

Page 782: ...river s responsibility for the safety of him herself and his or her pas sengers Tight corner brake effect Tight corner brake effect is a unique characteristic of four wheel drive vehicles caused by the difference in tire rotation at the four wheels and the zero degree alignment of the front wheels and sus pension Sharp turns at low speeds should be car ried out with caution FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD IF...

Page 783: ...oise and vibration will disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated Some parts of the power train may be dam aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration When the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels This shock is not a mechanical failure Four Wheel Drive 4WD transfer mode selection Transfer mode Selection butto...

Page 784: ...xtreme stress than under normal road conditions Slow down and be ready for changes in the composition and traction of the surface under your tires If you have any doubt about the safety of the conditions you are facing stop and consider the best way to pro ceed Do not exceed the ability of yourself or your vehicle to operate safely WARNING Hills Driving across the contour of steep hills can be ext...

Page 785: ...e steer ing wheel when you are driving off road You may hurt your arm by a sudden steering maneuver or from steering wheel rebound due to impact with objects on the ground You could lose control of the steer ing wheel WARNING Wind danger If you are driving in heavy wind the vehicle s higher center of gravity decreases your steering control capacity and requires you to drive more slowly WARNING Dri...

Page 786: ...cipate problems They are not designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehi cles any more than low slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satis factorily in off road conditions Due to this risk driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt Ther...

Page 787: ...rrying capacity If you never theless decide to equip your vehi cle with any tire wheel combination not recommended by HYUNDAI for off road driving we recommend that you do not use these tires for highway driving WARNING Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle SUV failure to operate this vehi cle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Utility vehicles have a s...

Page 788: ...the parking brake 4 Place the rear wheels on the tempo rary free roller as shown in the illustra tion WARNING Dynamometer testing Keep away from the front of the vehicle while the vehicle is in gear on the dynamometer This is very dangerous as the vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death OCM051044L Roll tester speedometer Temporary free roller CAUTION When lifting up the vehicle ...

Page 789: ... brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to sefely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them ...

Page 790: ...ition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradient the shift lever should be in a low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the Park position on automatic transaxle vehicles Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly depress the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 whil...

Page 791: ...ach a safe loca tion or repair shop WARNING To prevent unintentional move ment when stopped and leaving the vehicle do not use the gearshift lever in place of the parking brake Set the parking brake AND make sure the gearshift lever is securely posi tioned in 1st First gear or R Reverse for manual transaxle equipped vehicles and in P Park for automatic transaxle equipped vehicles Never allow anyon...

Page 792: ...he brakes WARNING ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or danger ous driving maneuvers Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The braking distance for vehicle equipped with an anti lock braking system Electronic Stability P...

Page 793: ...on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS We recommend that you conta...

Page 794: ...ay not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning Do not pump your brakes Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle EL FL Eng 5 QXP 7 11 2013 11 03 AM Page 40 procarmanuals com ...

Page 795: ...ions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability Program System is functioning pr...

Page 796: ...ronic Stability Control is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indi cates nothing unusual When moving out of the mud or slippery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm revo lutions per minute to increase ESC operation off ESC OFF state This car has 2 kinds of ESC off states If the engine stops when...

Page 797: ...dicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button ESC indicator light ESC OFF indicator light CAUTION Driving with varying tire or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tires make sure they are the same size as your original tires WARNING The Electronic Sta...

Page 798: ...arward ESC OFF indicator light remains on the instrument cluster ESC indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you d...

Page 799: ...es but a sup plementary function only It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead Always hold the steering wheel firmly while driving Your vehicle is designed to acti vate according to the driver s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the conditions including driving incl...

Page 800: ...nder 35km h 22mph while driving down a steep hill the DBC will activate automatically In the activated mode the DBC will temporarily deacti vate under the following conditions The hill is not steep enough The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed If the above conditions are gone the DBC will automat ically activate again The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions The DBC button i...

Page 801: ...he vehicle emer gency braking When the vehicle speed is under 40 km h and the ABS deactivates or the sudden stop situation is over the stop light will not blink Instead the hazard warning flasher will turn on automatically The hazard warning flasher will turn off when the vehicle speed is over 10km h after the vehicle has stopped Also it will turn off when the vehicle drives at low speed for some ...

Page 802: ... to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and we recommend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extremely haz ardous Ke...

Page 803: ...ransaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the curb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no curb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in the ...

Page 804: ... cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently set ting a speed Use the cruise control system only when traveling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed for instanc...

Page 805: ...elease the accelerator pedal The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly while going downhill To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures Move the lever 1 up to RES and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the lever at the speed you want Move the lever 1 up to RES and release it immediately Th...

Page 806: ... speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator To cancel cruise control do one of the following Press the brake pedal Press the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxle ...

Page 807: ...n cel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever 1 up to RES It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 40 km h 25 mph To turn cruise control off do one of the following Push the Cruise ON OFF symbol but ton the Cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off Turn the...

Page 808: ...eturn to the ECO mode When Active ECO is activated Vehicle noise may become loud Vehicle speed may drop The air conditioner performance may decline Limitation of Active ECO opera tion If the following conditions occur while Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until...

Page 809: ...ces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tires Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tire wear Check the tire pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting curbs or driving too fast over irregular sur...

Page 810: ...high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore we recommend that you contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer to perform scheduled inspections and maintenance WARNING Engine off dur ing motion...

Page 811: ...and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid en...

Page 812: ...eep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night WARNING Spinning tires Do not spin the wheels especially at speeds more than 56 km h 35 mph Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is station ary could cause a tire to overheat which co...

Page 813: ...e sure your tires are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly while driving until normal braking oper ation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through fl...

Page 814: ...t in overheating of the engine 1VQA1004 WARNING Underinflated or overinflated tires can cause poor handling loss of vehicle control and sud den tire failure leading to acci dents injuries and even death Always check the tires for proper inflation before driving For prop er tire pressures refer to section 8 Tires and wheels Driving on tires with no or insuffi cient tread is dangerous Worn out tires...

Page 815: ...t should be noted that installing tire chains on the tire will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids NOTICE Tire chains are not legal in all countries Check the country laws before fitting tire chains Snow tires If you mount snow tires on your vehicle make sure they are radial tires of the same size and load range as the original tires Mount snow tires on all four wheels ...

Page 816: ...y or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads CAUTION Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tires Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufac turer warranty Also the snow chain connecting hoo...

Page 817: ...nded that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use we rec ommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs as described in section 7 and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and compo nents to be sure they ...

Page 818: ... likely to happen when there is an accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily while you put the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Don t let ice and sno...

Page 819: ...changes in handling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering requires correct equip ment and it has to be used properly This section contains many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxl...

Page 820: ...e sure to seal the holes later when you remove the hitch If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as dirt and water The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for hitches Do not attach rental hitches or other bumper type hitches to them Use only a frame mounted hitch that does not attach to the bumper A HYUNDAI accessory trailer hitch i...

Page 821: ...o or modify your vehicle s brake system Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as y...

Page 822: ...bjects Avoid jerky or sudden maneuvers Signal well in advance Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you re about to turn change lanes ...

Page 823: ...g a trailer will minimize heat build up and extend the life of your transaxle CAUTION When towing a trailer on steep grades in excess of 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not over heat If the needle of the coolant tem perature gauge moves across the dial towards H HOT pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the engine to idl...

Page 824: ... chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels 5 Start the vehicle hold the brakes shift to neutral release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load 6 Reapply the brakes reapply the park ing brake and shift the vehicle to R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 7 Shut off the vehicle and release the vehi...

Page 825: ...heck Each item is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Don t forget to also maintain your trailer and hitch Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably con duct the check at the start of each day s driving Most importantly ...

Page 826: ...e speed less than 100 km h 60 mph On a long uphill grade do not exceed 70 km h 45 mph or the posted towing speed limit whichever is lower The chart contains important consider ations that have to do with weight Engine Item Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine 1 6L 2 0L 1 7L 2 0L M T M T A T M T M T A T Maximum trailer weight kg Ibs Without brake System 750 1653 750 1653 750 1653 750 1653 750 1653 750 165...

Page 827: ...that weight The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi mum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight within the limits of the maximum permissible trailer tongue load After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trail er and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer WARNING Trailer Never load...

Page 828: ... weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross axle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the certification label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the Base Curb Weight plus actual Cargo Weight plus pas...

Page 829: ... with tpms 6 11 Tire pressure monitoring system TPMS Type B 6 13 Low tire pressure telltale 6 14 Low tire pressure position telltale 6 14 TPMS tire pressure monitoring system malfunction indicator 6 15 Changing a tire with tpms 6 16 If you have a flat tire 6 19 Jack and tools 6 19 Removing and storing the spare tire 6 20 Changing tires 6 20 If you have a flat tire with tire mobility kit 6 25 Intro...

Page 830: ...near the edge of a road way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the center console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flashe...

Page 831: ...cle has slowed to such a speed that it is safe to do so brake carefully and pull off the road Drive off the road as far as possible and park on firm level ground If you are on a divided highway do not park in the median area between the two traffic lanes 2 When the vehicle is stopped turn on your emergency hazard flashers set the parking brake and put the transaxle in P automatic transaxle or reve...

Page 832: ...e to start it See instructions for Jump starting If engine turns over normally but does not start 1 Check fuel level 2 With the ignition switch in the LOCK OFF position check all connectors at ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 If the engine still does not start we recommend that you call an author ized ...

Page 833: ...rom the battery The battery pro duces hydrogen gas which may explode if exposed to flame or sparks If these instructions are not fol lowed exactly serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle may occur If you are not sure how to follow this procedure seek qualified assistance Automobile batteries contain sul furic acid This is poisonous and highly corrosive When jump starting wear protective ...

Page 834: ...AI dealer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting WARNING Never tow a vehicle to start it because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts could cause a collision with the tow ve...

Page 835: ... radiator hoses or under the vehicle If the air conditioning had been in use it is nor mal for cold water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and we recom mend that you call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer 6 If you cannot find the cause of the overheating wait until the engine tem perature has retur...

Page 836: ...s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not ...

Page 837: ...f you cannot reach a service station or if the tire cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tire with the spare tire Then the Low Tire Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tire repaired and replaced on the vehicle CAUTION In wint...

Page 838: ... increased braking distances Continued driving on low pres sure tires can cause the tires to overheat and fail CAUTION The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This c...

Page 839: ... or we recommend that the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel be initiated by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer the TPMS mal function indicator and the low tire pressure telltale will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If original mounte...

Page 840: ...malfunctions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS com ponents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle WARNING TPMS The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire dam age caused by external fac tors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle instabil ity immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradually a...

Page 841: ...d to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tire pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tire pressure tell...

Page 842: ...he low tire pressure position telltale light will indicate which tire is significantly under inflated by illuminating the cor responding position light If either telltale illuminates immedi ately reduce your speed avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances You should stop and check your tires as soon as pos sible Inflate the tires to the proper pres sure as indicated on the v...

Page 843: ...stem be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tire pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recom mended tire inflation pressure in warm weather It does not mean yourTPMS is malfunction ing because the decreased tem perature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure When you drive your vehicle from a warm area...

Page 844: ...unction indica tor and the low tire pressure and position telltales will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radios transmitter s...

Page 845: ...3 hour period CAUTION If the TPMS sensor on the origi nal mounted wheel located in the spare tire carrier still acti vates the tire pressure monitor ing system may not operate properly We recommend that the system be serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer WARNING TPMS The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tire dam age caused by external fac tors such as nails or road debris If you feel ...

Page 846: ... interfere with the TPMS function The wheels on the market do not have a TPMS sensor For your safety we recom mend that you use parts for replacement from an author ized HYUNDAI dealer If you use the wheels on the market use a TPMS sensor approved by a HYUNDAI deal er If your vehicle is not equipped with a TPMS sensor or TPMS does not work prop erly you may fail the periodic vehicle inspection con...

Page 847: ...w jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury OLM069001 WARNING Changing tires Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or highway Always move the vehicle com pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tire The jack should be used on firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a tow ing service...

Page 848: ...R Reverse with manual transaxle or P Park with automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er OEL069002 Continued The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack Do not start or run the engine while the vehicle is on the jack Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle while it is on the jack Make sure any...

Page 849: ...turn each but do not remove any nut until the tire has been raised off the ground WARNING Changing a tire To prevent vehicle movement while changing a tire always set the parking brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked 1VQA4023 OCM049011N EL ...

Page 850: ...hance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tire line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel b...

Page 851: ... other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel aluminium alloy wheel 9 11 kg m 65 79 lb ft WARNING Wheels and wheel covers may have sharp edges Handle them carefully to avoid possible severe injury Before putting the wheel into place be...

Page 852: ...certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure ...

Page 853: ...ates the tire After you ensured that the tire is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tire distance up to 200 km 120 miles at a max speed of 80 km h 50 mph in order to reach a service station or tire dealer to have the tire replaced OEL069019 OEL069018 CAUTION One sealant for one tire When two or more tires are flat do not use the tire mobility kit because the supported one sealant of ...

Page 854: ...re can be sealed using the tire mobil ity kit Do not use on motorcycles bicy cles or any other type of tires When the tire and wheel are dam aged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not be effective for tire damage larger than approximately 6 mm 0 24 in If the tire cannot be made roadwor thy with the Tire Mobility Kit we recommend that you contact an autho...

Page 855: ...ect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing Strictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure Components of the Tire Mobility Kit OEL069020 WARNING Expired sealant Do not use the Tire sealant after the sealant has expired i e pasted the expiration date on the sealant co...

Page 856: ...m pressor is not pressed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor 4 so that the bottle is upright 6 Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 7 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors OEL069019 O...

Page 857: ...ute the sealant in the tire CAUTION Tire pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tire pressure is below 29 PSI 200kpa This could result in an accident due to sudden tire failure WARNING Carbon monoxide Do not leave your vehicle run ning in a poorly ventilated area for extended periods of time Carbon monoxide poisoning and suffocation can occur CAUTION Do not exceed a speed of 80 km h ...

Page 858: ...educe the inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the compressor CAUTION Tire pressure sensor The sealant on the tire pressure sensor and wheel should be removed when you replace the tire with a new one and inspect the tire pressure sensors in authorized dealer WARNING Do not let the compressor run for more than 10 minutes other wise the device will overheat and may be damaged CAUTION If the inf...

Page 859: ... car battery Never leave the TMK unattended while it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a time or it may overheat Do not use the TMK if the ambient temperature is below 30 C 22 F When both the tire and wheel are damaged do not use Tire Mobility Kit for your safety Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Suita...

Page 860: ...heels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear OXM069028 dolly dolly CAUTION The 4WD vehicle should never be towed ...

Page 861: ...the tow ing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle OEL063013 OLM069016L...

Page 862: ...le out of mud sand or other con ditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply stead...

Page 863: ...steering system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off WARNING Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving maneuvers which would place excessive stress on the emergency towing hook and tow ing cable or chain The hook and towing cable or chain ma...

Page 864: ...h in the ACC position A driver must be in the towed vehi cle to operate the steering and brakes To avoid serious damage to the automatic transaxle limit the vehicle speed to 15 km h 10 mph and drive less than 1 5 km 1 mile when towing Before towing check the auto matic transaxle fluid leak under your vehicle If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be us...

Page 865: ...eflector Place the triangle reflector on the road to warn oncoming vehicles during emer gencies such as when the vehicle is parked by the roadside due to any prob lems Tire pressure gauge If equipped Tires normally lose some air in day to day use and you may have to add a few pounds of air periodically and it is not usually a sign of a leaking tire but of nor mal wear Always check tire pressure wh...

Page 866: ...ing brake 7 56 Fuel Filter For Diesel 7 57 Draining water from fuel filter 7 57 Extracting air from the fuel filter 7 57 Fuel filter cartridge replacement 7 58 Air cleaner 7 59 Filter replacement 7 59 Climate control air filter 7 61 Filter inspection 7 61 Filter replacement 7 61 Wiper blades 7 63 Blade inspection 7 63 Blade replacement 7 63 Battery 7 66 For best battery service 7 66 Battery capaci...

Page 867: ...ion light bulb replacement 7 102 Rear fog light 7 104 High mounted stop light bulb replacement 7 104 License plate light bulb replacement 7 105 Interior light bulb replacement 7 106 Appearance care 7 107 Exterior care 7 107 Interior care 7 112 Emission control system 7 113 Crankcase emission control system 7 113 Evaporative emission control system 7 113 Exhaust emission control system 7 114 7 EL F...

Page 868: ...rvoir 4 Air cleaner 5 Fuse box 6 Negative battery terminal 7 Positive battery terminal 8 Radiator cap 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir if equipped Gasoline Engine 1 6L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 28 AM Page 3 procarmanuals com ...

Page 869: ...eaner 5 Fuse box 6 Negative battery terminal 7 Positive battery terminal 8 Radiator cap 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Windshield washer fluid reservoir if equipped Gasoline Engine 2 0L MPI GDI The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 29 AM Page 4 procarmanuals com ...

Page 870: ...r cap 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 Air cleaner 8 Negative battery terminal 9 Positive battery terminal 10 Radiator cap 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir if equipped Diesel Engine 1 7L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 29 AM Page 5 procarmanuals com ...

Page 871: ...r cap 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 Air cleaner 8 Negative battery terminal 9 Positive battery terminal 10 Radiator cap 11 Windshield washer fluid reservoir if equipped Diesel Engine 2 0L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 29 AM Page 6 procarmanuals com ...

Page 872: ...n the fol lowing pages You need this information to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance requirements of your vehicle warranties Detailed war ranty information is provided in your Service Passport Repairs and adjust ments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required main tenance are not covered when your vehi cle is covered by warranty Owner maintenanc...

Page 873: ...d equipment to do the work we recommend that the system be serviced by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Therefore if you must run the engine while work ing under the hood make certain that you remove all jewe...

Page 874: ...the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav eling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in the ...

Page 875: ... clean cloth dampened with wash er fluid Check headlight alignment Check muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tires and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year Clean body and door drain holes Lubricate door hinges and checks and hood hinges Lubricate door and hood locks and latches Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips Check the...

Page 876: ... are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspect replace or refill more frequently tha...

Page 877: ...ts including fuel additives is not available one bottle of additive is recommended Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them Do not mix other additives 5 For your convenience it can be replaced prior to it s interval when you do maintenance of other items Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 ...

Page 878: ...rdless of maintenance schedule and consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 Miles 1 000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 Km 1 000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I I I Fuel tank air filter I I I I Fuel filter 6 I I I I Fuel lines hoses and connections I I I I Cooling system In...

Page 879: ...nce of other items Number of months or driving distance whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 Miles 1 000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 Km 1 000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 Engine coolant 7 At first replace at 210 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after that replace every 30 000 km 20 000 miles or 24 months 8 Battery condition I I I I I I I I Brake lines hoses and connections I I I I ...

Page 880: ...40 Driveshaft and boots 2 0L I I I I I I I I Tire pressure tread wear I I I I I I I I Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I Air conditioner refrigerant if equipped I I I I I I I I Air conditioner compressor if equipped I I I I I I I I Climate control air filter if equipped R R R R R R R R Manual transaxle fluid if equipped 9 I I I I Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped No check No service ...

Page 881: ... 000 km or 6 months A B C D E F G H I K L Air cleaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C E Spark plugs R Replace more frequently depending on the condition B H Rear differential oil 4WD R Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles C D E G I K H Transfer case oil 4WD R Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles C D E G I K H Steering gear rack linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending ...

Page 882: ...other commercial use or vehicle towing J Driving over 140 km h 87 mile h K Driving over 170 km h 106 mile h L Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance intervals Driving condition Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D E G H Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condi...

Page 883: ...uently If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance sched ule We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details 7 The fuel filter is considered to be maintenance free but peri odic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends...

Page 884: ... and boots Inspect exhaust system Inspect front suspension ball joints Inspect fuel filter cartridge Diesel 6 Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Diesel Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Continued Continued Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid Replace climate control air filter if equipped Rep...

Page 885: ...onnections Gasoline Inspect fuel tank air filter Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped 8 Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD Inspect rear differential oil 4WD 8 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Inspect transfer case oil 4WD 8 Continued Continued Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Gasoline Replace air cleaner filter 60 000 km 40 00...

Page 886: ...0 000 km 20 000 miles or 24months Inspect drive belt Gasoline 9 Inspect drive shafts and boots Inspect exhaust system Inspect front suspension ball joints Inspect fuel filter cartridge Diesel 6 Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Diesel Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Continued Continued Inspect tire pressure tread wear Repla...

Page 887: ...nes fuel hoses and connections Diesel Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Gasoline Inspect fuel tank air filter Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped 8 Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD Inspect rear differential oil 4WD 8 Continued Continued Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Inspect transfer case oil 4WD 8 Inspect vapor hos...

Page 888: ...0 miles or 24months Inspect drive belt Gasoline 9 Inspect drive shafts and boots Inspect exhaust system Inspect front suspension ball joints Inspect fuel filter cartridge Diesel 6 Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Diesel Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Continued Continued Inspect tire pressure tread wear Replace brake clutc...

Page 889: ...ines fuel hoses and connections Diesel Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Gasoline Inspect fuel tank air filter Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped 8 Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD Continued Continued Inspect rear differential oil 4WD 8 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Inspect transfer case oil 4WD 8 Inspect vapor ho...

Page 890: ...oline 9 Inspect drive shafts and boots Inspect exhaust system Inspect front suspension ball joints Inspect fuel filter cartridge Diesel 6 Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Diesel Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Continued Continued Inspect tire pressure tread wear Replace brake clutch if equipped fluid Replace climate contro...

Page 891: ...uel hoses and connections Gasoline Inspect fuel tank air filter Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped 8 Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD Inspect rear differential oil 4WD 8 Continued Continued Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Inspect transfer case oil 4WD 8 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Gasoline Replace air cleaner filter ...

Page 892: ...leaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C E Spark plug R Replace more frequently depending on the condition B H Manual transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles C D E G H I K Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 90 000 km 60 000 miles A C D E F G H I K Steering gear rack linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D...

Page 893: ...and go conditions MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION Front suspension ball joints I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D E F G Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D E G H Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D G H Drive shaft and boots I Inspect ...

Page 894: ...etails 5 This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel EN590 or equivalent If the diesel fuel specifications don t meet the EN590 it must be replaced more frequently HYUNDAI rec ommends every 7 500km inspection every 15 000km replacement If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting pr...

Page 895: ...ts Continued 15 000 km 10 000 miles or 12 months Inspect air cleaner filter Except Middle East Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Inspect battery condition Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Inspect disc brakes and pads Inspect front suspension ball joints Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread ...

Page 896: ...ttery condition Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Inspect disc brakes and pads Inspect front suspension ball joints Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Replace air cleaner filter Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter Diesel 1 Every 10 000 km 6 500 miles or 12 months Repla...

Page 897: ...ual transaxle fluid if equipped 6 Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD if equipped Inspect rear differential oil 4WD 6 Continued Continued Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Inspect transfer case oil 4WD 6 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Replace air cleaner filter For Middle East Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace e...

Page 898: ...rking brake Continued 75 000 km 50 000 miles or 60 months Inspect air cleaner filter Except Middle East Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Inspect battery condition Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Inspect disc brakes and pads Inspect front suspension ball joints Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressu...

Page 899: ...oner refrigerant compressor if equipped Inspect battery condition Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Inspect disc brakes and pads Inspect front suspension ball joints Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Replace air cleaner filter For Middle East Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil ...

Page 900: ... fuel hoses and connections Gasoline Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped 6 Continued Continued Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD if equipped Inspect rear differential oil 4WD 6 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Inspect transfer case oil 4WD 6 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Replace air cleaner filter For Middle East Replace ...

Page 901: ...rtridge Diesel 5 Replace fuel tank air filter Gasoline Replace spark plugs 2 0 Gasoline Every 160 000 km 100 000 miles or 120 months Replace spark plugs 1 6 Gasoline Every 150 000 km 100 000 miles or 120 months Add fuel additives 9 Every 5 000 km or 6 months Inspect Inspect and if necessary adjust correct clean or replace EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 29 AM Page 36 procarmanuals com ...

Page 902: ...ast R Every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or 6 months Diesel R Every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or 6 months Air cleaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C E Spark plug R Replace more frequently depending on the condition B H Manual transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles C D E G H I K Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 100 000 km 62 500 miles A C F G H I ...

Page 903: ... km h 106 mile h L Frequently driving in stop and go conditions Maintenance item Maintenance operation Maintenance intervals Driving condition Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D E G H Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D G H Drive shaft and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D...

Page 904: ...recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality If there are some impor tant matters like fuel flow restriction surging loss of power hard starting problem etc replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details 4 Inspect and if necessary correct or replace Inspect drive belt tentioner idler...

Page 905: ...t fuel tank air filter Gasoline Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Continued 15 000 km 10 000 miles or 12 months Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Inspect battery condition Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Inspect disc brakes and pads Inspe...

Page 906: ... brake clutch if equipped fluid Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Inspect disc brakes and pads Inspect front suspension ball joints Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Replace air cleaner filter Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter 1 Add fuel additives 8 Every 5 000 km or 6 months Inspect Inspect and if neces...

Page 907: ...ct fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Diesel Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Gasoline Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped 5 Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD if equipped Inspect rear differential oil 4WD 5 Continued Continued Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Inspect transfer case oil 4WD 5 Inspect vapor hose and f...

Page 908: ...t fuel filter cartridge Diesel 2 Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Diesel Inspect fuel tank air filter Gasoline Inspect parking brake Continued 75 000 km 50 000 miles or 60 months Inspect air cleaner filter Inspect air conditioner refrigerant compressor if equipped Inspect battery condition Inspect brake clutch if equipped fluid Inspect brake lines hoses and connections Inspect disc br...

Page 909: ...ect tire pressure tread wear Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter 1 Add fuel additives 8 Every 5 000 km or 6 months Continued Inspect propeller shaft 4WD if equipped Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Replace air cleaner filter Replace climate control air filter if equipped Replace engine oil and filter 1 Add fuel a...

Page 910: ...esel Inspect fuel lines fuel hoses and connections Gasoline Inspect manual transaxle fluid if equipped 5 Inspect parking brake Inspect propeller shaft 4WD if equipped Inspect rear differential oil 4WD 5 Inspect steering gear rack linkage and boots Inspect tire pressure tread wear Continued Continued Inspect transfer case oil 4WD 5 Inspect vapor hose and fuel filler cap Replace climate control air ...

Page 911: ...nths A B C F G H I J K L Air cleaner filter R Replace more frequently depending on the condition C E Spark plug R Replace more frequently depending on the condition B H Manual transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 120 000 km 80 000 miles C D E G H I K Automatic transaxle fluid if equipped R Every 90 000 km 60 000 miles A C F G H I K Steering gear rack linkage and boots I Inspect more frequently depe...

Page 912: ...over 170 km h 106 mile h L Frequently driving in stop and go conditions MAINTENANCE ITEM MAINTENANCE OPERATION MAINTENANCE INTERVALS DRIVING CONDITION Disc brakes and pads calipers and rotors I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D E G H Parking brake I Inspect more frequently depending on the condition C D G H Drive shaft and boots I Inspect more frequently depending on the condi...

Page 913: ...nstalling a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections We recommend that the fuel filter be replaced by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage We recommend that the fuel lines fuel hoses and connections be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer WARNING D...

Page 914: ...mage Air cleaner filter We recommend that you use air cleaner filter for replacement from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Spark plugs for gasoline engine Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Cooling system Check the cooling system parts such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be chan...

Page 915: ...nsion mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive s...

Page 916: ...n engine components Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci ties in section 8 WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you OLM073003 OLM073004 CAUTION Diesel engine Overfilling the engine oil may cause severe dieseling due to churning effect It may lead to engine ...

Page 917: ...down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Continued Continued Step back while the pressure is released from the cooling sys tem When you are sure all the pressure has been released press down on the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Even if the engine is not operat...

Page 918: ... glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freez ing DO NOT USE alcohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table OLM079006 Ambient Temperature Mixture Percentage volume Antifreeze Water...

Page 919: ... CAUTION Put a thick cloth or fabric around the radiator cap before refilling the coolant in order to prevent the coolant from overflowing into engine parts such as generator WARNING Coolant Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint ...

Page 920: ...on 8 Never mix different types of fluid OLM079008N WARNING Loss of brake fluid In the event the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid we recommend that the vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer WARNING Brake clutch fluid When changing and adding brake clutch fluid handle it careful ly Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid come in contact with...

Page 921: ...or less than specified we recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Stroke 6 clicks at a force of 20 kg 44 lbs 196 N OLM079010 WARNING Coolant Do not use radiator coolant or antifreeze in the washer fluid reservoir Radiator coolant can severely obscure visibility when sprayed on the windshield and may cause loss of vehicle control or damage to paint and body trim Windshi...

Page 922: ...oximately 50 times until the pump is hard 2 Extract air from the fuel filter by remov ing the bolt 2 with a cross tip screw driver and reinstall the bolt 2 3 Pump up and down 1 approximately 15 times 4 Extract air from the fuel filter by remov ing the bolt 2 with a cross tip screw driver and reinstall the bolt 2 5 Pump up and down 1 approximately 5 times NOTICE Use cloths when you extract air so t...

Page 923: ... cartridge replacement NOTICE When replacing the fuel filter cartridge we recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OLM079011 Type B EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 30 AM Page 58 procarmanuals com ...

Page 924: ... cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner 3 Replace the air cleaner filter 4 Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips OLM079013N OEL070013 Type A Type B OLM079012N OLM079014 EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 30 AM Page 59 procarmanuals com ...

Page 925: ...nditions in this section CAUTION Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear When removing the air cleaner fil ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result We recommend that you use parts for replacement from an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Improper parts could damage the air flow sensor turbocharger or engine EL FL Eng 7...

Page 926: ...earlier When you the owner replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents Replace the filter according to the main tenance Schedule Filter replacement 1 Open the glove box and remove the support strap 1 2 With the glove box open remove the stoppers on both sides OLM079015 OLM079016 EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9...

Page 927: ...the climate control air filter 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced OLM079018 OLM079017 EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 30 AM Page 62 procarmanuals com ...

Page 928: ... ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them CAUTION To prevent damage to t...

Page 929: ...e wiper arm to fall against the windshield 2 Open the cover of the blade 3 Compress the clip behind the wiper arm and lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly until it clicks into place 5 Close the cover of blade 6 Place back the wiper arm to the prop er position OED070112 OED070113 OED070114 EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 30 AM Page 64 procarmanuals com ...

Page 930: ... part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slight ly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components we recommend that the wiper blade be replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OHM078062 OHM078063 EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 30 AM Page 65 procarmanuals com ...

Page 931: ...e following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID Do not allow battery acid to contact your skin eyes clothing or pa...

Page 932: ...e components with the engine running or the ignition switched on Failure to follow the above warn ings can result in serious bodily injury or death Continued If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the contacted area If you feel a pain or a burning sensa tion get medical attention immediately Wear eye protection when charging or working near a battery Always provide ventilation when worki...

Page 933: ...g the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon nected WARNING Recharging battery When recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery Watc...

Page 934: ...1 mile Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tire wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the vehicle WARNING Tire underin flation Severe underinflation 70 kPa 10 psi or more can lead to severe heat build up causing blowouts tread ...

Page 935: ...res have been damaged replace them CAUTION Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tire pres sures at the proper levels If a tire frequently needs refilling we recommend that the sys tem be checked by an author ized HYUNDAI dealer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the center of the tire tr...

Page 936: ...ec ommended amount If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the tire valve Recheck the tire pressure with the tire gage Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture WARNING Inspect your tires frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tire pressure gauge Tires w...

Page 937: ... visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tire pressures to specification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tire and wheels in section 8 Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tires are rotated NOTICE Rotate radial tires that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left WARNING Do not use the compact spare tire for tire rot...

Page 938: ...wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tire CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights WARNING Replacing tires Driving on worn out tires is very hazardous and will reduce braking effectiveness steering accuracy and trac tion Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide for safe ride and han...

Page 939: ...dling ground clear ance stopping distance body to tire clearance snow tire clearance and speedometer reliability It is best to replace all four tires at the same time If that is not possible or necessary then replace the two front or two rear tires as a pair Replacing just one tire can seriously affect your vehicle s handling The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tire size can affect ...

Page 940: ...istics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tire size designation A tire s sidewall is marked with a tire size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tires for your car The follo...

Page 941: ... size designa tion on the sidewall of the tire This symbol corresponds to that tire s designed maximum safe operating speed 3 Checking tire life TIN Tire Identification Number Any tires that are over 6 years based on the manufacturing date tire strength and performance decline with age naturally even unused spare tires Therefore the tires including the spare tire should be replaced by new ones You...

Page 942: ...DWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of th...

Page 943: ...the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by the law WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include accelera tion cornering hydroplaning or peak traction cha...

Page 944: ...n passing over a pothole speed bump manhole or curb stone drive slowly so that the tires and wheels are not dam aged If the tire is impacted we rec ommend that you inspect the tire condition or contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer To prevent damage to the tire inspect the tire condition and pressure every 3 000km CAUTION It is not easy to recognize the tire damage with your own eyes But if there i...

Page 945: ...tem involved and we recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Four kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and fusible link for higher amperage rat ings NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items WARNING Fuse replace ment Never replace a fuse with any thing but another fuse of the same rating A higher capacity fuse coul...

Page 946: ...d the fuses are OK check the fuse block in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced OLM079020 OLM079021N CAUTION When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fas tening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and termin...

Page 947: ...NT connector NOTICE If the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section Even though the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be dis charged by operation of the head lights or other electrical devices Engine compartment panel fuse replacement 1 ...

Page 948: ...in fuse If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 4 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 5 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal CAUTION After checking the fuse box in the engine compartment securely install the fuse box cover If not electrical failures may occ...

Page 949: ... fuse panel on the right side in the engine compartment 4 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 5 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 6 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal NOTICE If the main fuse is blown we recom mend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer OLM079025 EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 31 AM Page 84 procarmanuals com ...

Page 950: ...e relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Diesel only Driver s side panel Main fuse Type A Type B NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle refer to the fuse box label EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 32 AM Page 85 procarmanuals com ...

Page 951: ... Seat Warmer Relay Relay LH RH 4 10A START E R Fuse Relay Box RLY 4 11 Start ATM P N Burglar Alarm Relay ECM 5 10A AIR BAG IND Instrument Cluster IND 6 10A CLUSTER Instrument Cluster IND Seat Belt Reminder Switch Console Switch BCM Smart Key Control Module Audio A V Navigation Head Unit ISG Switch Alternator 7 10A MODULE 4 E R Fuse Relay Box RLY 1 Blower Rain Sensor Diesel Box RLY 2 3 PTC Heater R...

Page 952: ... 10A FOG LP RR ICM Relay Box Rear Fog Lamp Relay 14 25A WIPER FRT E R Fuse Relay Box RLY 12 Front Wiper LO RLY 13 Rain Wiper Front Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Wiper 15 15A S HEATER FRT Console Switch 16 20A POWER OUTLET 1 Cigarette Lighter Front Power Outlet 17 10A BACK UP LP Back Up Lamp Relay Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH RH Rear Parking Assist Sensor Center LH RH 18 15A DR LOCK Door Lock U...

Page 953: ...mart Key Control ModuleFOB Holder Start Stop Button Switch 28 15A PDM PDM 29 25A P WDW LH Power Window Main Switch Passenger Power Window Switch RHD Rear Power Window Switch LH 30 25A AMP AMP DC DC Converter 31 7 5A HTD MIRR Rear Defogger Switch ECM G4FD Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror 32 20A SAFETY P WDW Driver Safety Power Window Module 33 7 5A MODULE 5 ATM Shift Lever Rear Parking Assist ...

Page 954: ...WER RLY 1 Blower Relay 7 60A B 3 Smart Junction Box Fuse F30 F35 F36 Power Connector F1 F2 8 60A B 2 Smart Junction Box Power Window Relay Fuse F23 F28 F33 IPS 0 IPS 1 IPS 2 IPS 3 FUSE 9 40A 50A GSL DSL COOLING FAN RLY 3 Cooling Fan Low Relay RLY 9 Cooling Fan High Relay 10 40A HEATED GLASS RR RLY 6 Rear Defogger Relay 11 30A IGN 1 W O Smart Key Ignition Switch With Smart Key PDM Relay Box IGN1 Re...

Page 955: ...rt Relay ECM PCM Multifunction Switch G4KD Mass Air Flow Sensor D4FD D4HA 19 7 5A ABS ESP Control Module ABS Control Module Multipurpose Check Connector Fuel Filter Warning Sensor D4FD D4HA Glow Relay Unit D4HA Diesel Box RLY 4 Fuel Filter Heater Relay D4FD D4HA 20 7 5A TCU 2 Transaxle Range Switch G4KD D4HA TCM D4HA Vehicle Speed Sensor 21 30A B 4 H LP HI Fuse 22 30A H LP WASHER RLY H LP WASHER 2...

Page 956: ...se Symbol Circuit Protected Relay Symbol Relay Type 1 50A PTC Heater Relay 1 MICRO PLUG 2 50A PTC Heater Relay 2 MICRO PLUG 3 50A PTC Heater Relay 3 MICRO PLUG 4 30A Fuel Filter Heater Relay MICRO PLUG 5 80A Glow Relay Unit EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 32 AM Page 91 procarmanuals com ...

Page 957: ...tion switch is turned to the LOCK position and turn off the lights to avoid sudden move ment of the vehicle and burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system CAUTION If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise we reco...

Page 958: ...Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and push ing it upward 5 Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly 6 Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb 7 Connect the headlight bulb socket connector 8 Install the headlight bulb cover by turn ing it clockwise NOTICE We recommend that ...

Page 959: ...s cycled it is likely the HID lamp needs to be replaced HID lighting components are more complex than conventional halo gen bulbs thus have higher replacement cost WARNING HID Headlight low beam if equipped Do not attempt to replace or inspect the low beam XENON bulb due to electric shock danger If the low beam XENON bulb is not working we recommend that the system be checked by an author ized HYU...

Page 960: ... 4 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 5 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Position light If the light bulb does not operate we rec ommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Continued If a ...

Page 961: ... Headlight and front fog light aim ing for Europe Headlight aiming 1 Inflate the tires to the specified pres sure and remove any loads from the vehicle except the driver spare tire and tools 2 The vehicle should be placed on a flat floor 3 Draw vertical lines Vertical lines pass ing through respective head lamp cen ters and a horizontal line Horizontal line passing through center of head lamps on ...

Page 962: ...s the same manner of the head lamps aiming With the front fog lamps and battery nor mal condition aim the front fog lamps To aim the front fog lamp up or down turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise OEL073256 EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 32 AM Page 97 procarmanuals com ...

Page 963: ... Distance between lamps H1 Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground High beam Low beam H2 Height between the fog lamp bulb center and ground W1 Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers High beam Low beam W2 Distance between the two fog lamp bulbs centers Aiming point OLMB073084 EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 32 AM Page 98 procarmanuals com ...

Page 964: ... the cut off line shown in the picture 3 When aiming the low beam vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming 4 If head lamp leveling device is equipped adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions OMD051054L Based on 10m screen EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 32 AM Page 99 procarmanuals com ...

Page 965: ... the cut off line shown in the picture 3 When aiming the low beam vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming 4 If head lamp leveling device is equipped adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions OMD051055L Based on 10m screen EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 32 AM Page 100 procarmanuals com ...

Page 966: ...ight 1 Turn the front fog lamp on with the driver 75 kg aboard 2 The cut off line should be projected in the allowable range shaded region OGDE071056 Based on 10m screen EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 32 AM Page 101 procarmanuals com ...

Page 967: ... HYUNDAI dealer Type B 1 Remove the light assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling the assembly out 2 Reinstall a new light assembly to the body of the vehicle Rear combination light bulb replacement 1 Stop and tail light 2 Rear turn signal light 3 Back up light OLM079031 OLM079050 OLM073033 EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 32 AM Page 102 procarmanuals com ...

Page 968: ...ull the bulb out of the socket 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Inside light 1 Open the tailgate 2 Remove the serv...

Page 969: ...ght does not operate we recom mend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer Rear fog light if equipped 1 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 2 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots in...

Page 970: ...ns by pressing the tabs 2 Remove the socket from the lens 3 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 4 Install a new bulb in the socket and install the socket to the lens 5 Reinstall the lens securely OLM079055 EL FL Eng 7 QXP 10 7 2013 9 33 AM Page 105 procarmanuals com ...

Page 971: ...ing notches and snap the lens into place Map lamp Glove box lamp if equipped Luggage room lamp if equipped Sunvisor lamp Room lamp OLM079040 OXM079041 OEL079042 OLM079044 OLM079045 WARNING Prior to working on the Interior Lights ensure that the OFF but ton is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage lens lens tab and plastic hou...

Page 972: ...hicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted sur faces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish WARNING Wet brakes After washing the vehicle test the brakes while driving slowly to see if they have been ...

Page 973: ...hicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced CAUTION Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result i...

Page 974: ... the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road ...

Page 975: ...y stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corro...

Page 976: ...orrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and tri...

Page 977: ...eb bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass clean...

Page 978: ...turn the ESP system back on by pressing the ESP switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass throu...

Page 979: ...fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehic...

Page 980: ...es and removes the accumulated soot according to the driving condition In other words the active burning by engine control system and high exhaust gas temperature caused by normal high driv ing condition burns and removes the accumulated soot However if the vehicle continues to be driven at low speed for long time the accumulated soot may not be automati cally removed because of low exhaust gas te...

Page 981: ...tem can be damaged and fuel consumption can be worsen CAUTION Diesel Fuel if equipped with DPF It is recommended to use the regu lated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped with the DPF system If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur more than 50 ppm sulfur and unspecified additives it can cause the DPF system to be dam aged and white smoke can be emit ted 7 116 Maintenance EL FL ...

Page 982: ...me 8 5 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 6 Available engine oil 8 7 Recommended sae viscosity number 8 8 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 9 Vehicle certification label 8 9 Tire specification and pressure label 8 10 Engine number 8 10 Air conditioner compressor label 8 11 E mark label for europe 8 11 Declaration of conformity 8 11 8 EL FL Eng 8 QXP 8 8 2013 6 57 PM Page 1 procarmanuals com...

Page 983: ... ENGINE Item Gasoline 1 6 Gasoline 2 0 Diesel 1 7 Diesel R2 0 Displacement cc cu in 1 591 97 09 1 999 121 99 1 685 102 8 1 995 121 74 Bore x Stroke mm in 77X85 4 3 03X3 36 81X97 3 19X3 81 77 2X90 3 04X3 81 84X90 3 30X3 54 Firing order 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 No of cylinders 4 In line 4 In line 4 In line 4 In line Item Weight of volume Classification Refrigerant 550 25g R134a Compressor lub...

Page 984: ...ED Side repeater lights 5 Front fog lights 27 Rear fog light 21 Stop and tail lights Outside 21 5 LED Stop and tail lights Inside LED Rear turn signal lights Outside 21 Tail light Inside 5 Back up lights Inside 16 High mounted stop light LED License plate lights 5 Map lamps 10 Room lamps 10 Luggage lamp 5 Glove box lamp 5 Vanity mirror lamps 5 EL FL Eng 8 QXP 8 8 2013 6 57 PM Page 3 procarmanuals ...

Page 985: ... 6 5Jx17 225 55R18 6 5J 18 CAUTION When replacing tires use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly 1 LI LOAD INDEX 2 SS SPEED SYMBOL Item Tire size Wheel size Load Capacity Speed Capacity LI 1 kg SS 2 km h Full size tire 215 70R16 6 5Jx16 100 800 H 210 225 60R17 6 5Jx17 99 775 H 210 225 55R18 6 5J ...

Page 986: ... 2WD 4WD 2WD 4WD 5 seater 1 930 4034 1 980 4365 2 030 4475 2 090 4607 2 140 4717 1 940 4276 Kg lbs ltem 5 Seater VDA MIN 465 l 16 4 cu ft MAX 1436 l 50 7 cu ft Min Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back Max Behind front seat to roof LUGGAGE VOLUME EL FL Eng 8 QXP 8 8 2013 6 58 PM Page 5 procarmanuals com ...

Page 987: ...bove GDI ACEA A5 or above Diesel Engine 1 7L with DPF 3 5 3 l 5 60 US qt ACEA C3 without DPF 3 5 3 l 5 60 US qt ACEA B4 2 0L with DPF 3 8 0 l 8 45 US qt ACEA C3 without DPF 3 8 0 l 8 45 US qt ACEA B4 Engine Oil Consumption Normal driving condition MAX 1L 1500 Km Severe driving condition MAX 1L 1000 Km Manual transaxle fluid Gasoline Engine 1 6L 1 8 1 9 l 1 90 2 01 US qt API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 2 0L MP...

Page 988: ...l Engine Available Engine oil Supplier Product Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine Shell HELIX ULTRA AH E 5W 30 HELIX ULTRA AP 5W 30 HELIX ULTRA 5W 40 SK ZIC LD5W 30 ZIC LS 5W 30 Chevron KIXX G1 LL KIXX D1 5W 30 Total QUARTZ HKS G 310 QUARTZ INEO MC3 5W 30 QUARTZ INEO MC3 5W 30 Fuchs TITAN SUPERSYN LONG LIFE 5W 30 40 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on 8 8 page 2 Engine oils labeled Ener...

Page 989: ...ect the recommended oil viscosity from the chart CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could b...

Page 990: ...over The VIN is also on a plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windshield from outside The vehicle certification label attached on the driver s or front passenger s side center pillar gives the vehicle identifica tion number VIN VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN OLM089001 Frame number VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL OLM089006N VIN label if e...

Page 991: ...de center pillar gives the tire pressures rec ommended for your vehicle TIRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL ENGINE NUMBER OEL089008 Gasoline engine 1 6L Gasoline engine 2 0L Diesel engine 1 7L Diesel engine 2 0L OEL080003 OEL083010 OEL080004 OLM089004 The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing EL FL Eng 8 QXP 8 8 2013 6 58 PM Page 10 procarmanuals com ...

Page 992: ...n tains the following information Country code Regulation number Regulation amendment number Approval number The radio frequency components of the vehicle comply with requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1995 5 EC Further information including the manu facturer s declaration of conformity is available on HYUNDAI web site as fol lows http service hyundai motor com OEL089009 AIR C...

Page 993: ...al 1 2 Fuel requirements 1 2 Petrol engine 1 2 Diesel engine 1 4 Vehicle handling instructions 1 5 Vehicle break In process 1 5 Indicator symbols on the instrument cluster 1 6 1 EL FL UK 1 QXP 8 5 2013 6 21 PM Page 1 procarmanuals com ...

Page 994: ...ation being sought WARNING CAUTION and NOTICE information is provided to enhance the personal safety of the vehicle user This information must be carefully read and followed NOTICE A NOTICE indicates interesting or help ful information is being provided Petrol engine Unleaded For the optimal vehicle performance we recommend you to use unleaded petrol with an octane rating of RON Research Octane Nu...

Page 995: ...Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight in your vehicle Fuel containing MTBE over 15 0 vol Oxygen Content 2 7 weight may reduce vehicle performance and produce vapour lock or hard starting Do not use methanol Fuels containing methanol wood alco hol should not be used in your vehicle This type of fuel can reduce vehicle per formance and damage components of the fuel syst...

Page 996: ...fuel heating oils or non approved fuel addi tives as this will increase wear and cause damage to the engine and fuel system The use of non approved fuels and or fuel additives will result in a limi tation of your warranty rights Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 is used in your vehicle If two types of diesel fuel are available use summer or winter fuel properly according to the following tem perature...

Page 997: ...brupt manoeuvres Again failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Be sure to read the Reducing the risk of a rollover driving guide lines in section 5 of this manual No special run in period is needed By following a few simple precautions for the first 600 miles 1 000 km you may add to the performance economy and life of your vehicle Do ...

Page 998: ...rning light Charging system warning light Door ajar warning light Glow indicator Diesel only Fuel filter warning light Diesel only Cruise indicator ESC indicator ESC OFF indicator Immobiliser indicator Shift pattern indicator Front fog light indicator Rear fog light indicator Low beam indicator Electric power steering EPS system warning light Key out warning KEY OUT DBC indicator Tailgate open war...

Page 999: ...O indicator ECO if equipped For more detailed explanations refer to section 4 Instrument cluster Engine coolant temperature warning light Auto stop for ISG system indicator Low tyre pressure telltale EL FL UK 1 QXP 8 5 2013 6 21 PM Page 7 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1000: ...Your vehicle at a glance Interior overview 2 2 Instrument panel overview 2 3 Engine compartment 2 4 2 EL FL UK 2 QXP 8 5 2013 6 22 PM Page 1 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1001: ...er lid release lever 4 27 8 Instrument panel illumination control switch 4 47 9 4WD Lock button 5 29 10 Idle Stop and Go system OFF button 5 17 11 Heated steering wheel button 4 35 12 DBC button 5 45 13 ESC OFF button 5 41 14 Fuse box 7 45 15 Steering wheel 4 34 16 Seat 3 2 17 Brake pedal 5 35 18 Accelerator pedal 19 Bonnet release lever 4 25 if equipped OEL013001R 1 The actual shape may differ fr...

Page 1002: ... 4 140 11 Passenger s front air bag ON OFF indicator 3 46 12 Hazard warning flasher switch 4 98 13 Climate control system 4 115 124 14 Seat warmer 3 13 15 Smart parking assist system ON OFF button 4 92 16 4WD Lock button 5 29 17 Parking assist system ON OFF button 4 81 18 Cigarette lighter 4 137 19 AUX USB 4 140 20 Power outlet 4 139 21 Shift lever 5 19 5 22 22 Passenger s front air bag 3 49 23 Gl...

Page 1003: ...7 19 4 Air cleaner 7 23 5 Fuse box 7 45 6 Negative battery terminal 7 30 7 Positive battery terminal 7 30 8 Radiator cap 7 18 9 Engine oil dipstick 7 15 10 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 7 20 if equipped Petrol Engine 1 6L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL UK 2 QXP 8 5 2013 6 22 PM Page 4 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1004: ...aner 7 23 5 Fuse box 7 45 6 Negative battery terminal 7 30 7 Positive battery terminal 7 30 8 Radiator cap 7 18 9 Engine oil dipstick 7 15 10 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 7 20 if equipped Petrol Engine 2 0L MPI GDI The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL UK 2 QXP 8 5 2013 6 22 PM Page 5 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1005: ...r cap 7 15 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 19 7 Air cleaner 7 23 8 Negative battery terminal 7 30 9 Positive battery terminal 7 30 10 Radiator cap 7 18 11 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 7 20 if equipped Diesel Engine 1 7L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL UK 2 QXP 8 5 2013 6 22 PM Page 6 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1006: ...r cap 7 15 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 19 7 Air cleaner 7 23 8 Negative battery terminal 7 30 9 Positive battery terminal 7 30 10 Radiator cap 7 18 11 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir 7 20 if equipped Diesel Engine 2 0L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL UK 2 QXP 8 5 2013 6 22 PM Page 7 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1007: ...operate 3 43 Do not install a child restraint on the front passenger seat 3 44 Air bag warning and indicator 3 45 SRS components and functions 3 47 Driver s and passenger s front air bag 3 49 Side air bag 3 54 Curtain air bag 3 56 Why didn t my air bag go off in a collision Inflation and non inflation conditions of the air bag 3 58 SRS Care 3 63 Additional safety precautions 3 64 Adding equipment ...

Page 1008: ... 2 Seatback angle 3 Seat cushion height Driver s seat 4 Lumbar support Driver s seat 5 Seat warmer 6 Head restraint Rear seat 7 Seatback folding 8 Head restraint 9 Armrest 10 Seat warmer if equipped SEAT OEL039001R EL FL UK 3 QXP 8 5 2013 6 25 PM Page 2 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1009: ...here are no other occupants around the seat If the seatback is returned without being held and controlled the back of the seat could spring forward resulting in accidental injury to a person struck by the seatback WARNING Loose objects Loose objects in the driver s foot area could interfere with the opera tion of the foot pedals possibly causing an accident Do not place anything under the front se...

Page 1010: ...ld ride in the cargo area or sit or lie on folded seatbacks whilst the vehicle is moving All passengers must be properly seated in seats and restrained properly whilst riding Continued WARNING After adjusting the seat always check that it is securely locked into place by attempting to move the seat forward or reverse without using the lock release lever Sudden or unexpected movement of the driver ...

Page 1011: ...by trying to move forward and backward without using the lever If the seat moves it is not locked properly Adjusting the seatback recliner To recline the seatback rotate the knob forward or rearward to the desired angle Seat cushion height for driver s seat if equipped To change the height of the seat cushion push the lever upwards or downwards To lower the seat cushion push down the lever several...

Page 1012: ...WARNING The power seat is operable with the ignition OFF Therefore children should never be left unattended in the vehicle CAUTION The power seat is driven by an electric motor Stop operating once the adjustment is complet ed Excessive operation may damage the electrical equipment When in operation the power seat consumes a large amount of electrical power To prevent unnecessary charging system dr...

Page 1013: ...ck angle Push the control switch forward or back ward to move the seatback to the desired angle Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position Seat height for driver s seat Pull the control switch up to raise or down to lower the seat cushion Release the switch once the seat reaches the desired position OLM039007 H OLM039008 H OLM039006 H EL FL UK 3 QXP 8 5 2013 6 26 PM Page 7 proca...

Page 1014: ...head restraint is at the same height of the centre of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the centre of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the head restraint as close to your head as possible For this reason the use of a cushion that holds the body away from the seatback is not recommended Do not operate the vehicle with the head restr...

Page 1015: ...that it properly supports the head and neck Adjusting the height up and down To raise the head restraint pull it up to the desired position 1 To lower the head restraint push and hold the release button 2 on the head restraint support and lower the head restraint to the desired position 3 HNF2041 1 H OEL039010 OEL039011 WARNING Excessive pulling or pushing may damage the head restraint WARNING A g...

Page 1016: ...anged as follows The seat warmer defaults to the OFF position whenever the ignition switch is turned on NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depending on the seat temperature OEL039012 WARNING Make sure the head restraint locks in position after adjusting it to properly protect the occupants OLM039013R OFF HIGH LOW CAUTION W...

Page 1017: ...r the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of pas sengers 1 Infants children elderly or hand icapped persons or hospital out patients 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3 Fatigued individuals 4 Intoxicated individuals 5 Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tablets etc OEL039015 WARNING Seatback pockets D...

Page 1018: ...f equipped WARNING For maximum effectiveness in case of an accident the head restraint should be adjusted so the middle of the head restraint is at the same height of the centre of gravity of an occupant s head Generally the centre of gravity of most people s head is similar with the height of the top of their eyes Also adjust the head restraint as close to your head as possible For this reason th...

Page 1019: ... warmer is provided to warm the rear seats during cold weather With the ignition switch in the ON position push either of the switches to warm rear seats During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat warmer is not needed keep the switches in the OFF position NOTICE With the seat warmer switch in ON position the heating system in the seat turns off or on automatically depe...

Page 1020: ...f used for long periods of time In particular the driver must exercise extreme care for the following types of pas sengers 1 Infants children elderly or hand icapped persons or hospital out patients 2 Persons with sensitive skin or those that burn easily 3 Fatigued individuals 4 Intoxicated individuals 5 Individuals taking medication that can cause drowsiness or sleepiness sleeping pills cold tabl...

Page 1021: ...ower the rear head restraints to the lowest position 4 Pull on the seatback folding lever then fold the seat toward the front of the vehicle 5 To use the rear seat lift and pull the seatback backward Pull the seatback firmly until it clicks into place Make sure the seatback is locked in place 6 Return the rear seat belt to the proper position 7 When the seatback is completely installed check the r...

Page 1022: ... in R Reverse or 1st and the parking brake is securely applied whenever loading or unloading cargo Failure to take these steps may allow the vehicle to move if shift lever is inad vertently moved to another posi tion WARNING Cargo Cargo should always be secured to prevent it from being thrown about the vehicle in a collision and caus ing injury to the vehicle occupants Special care of objects shou...

Page 1023: ...cks are in the upright position Children age 12 and younger must always be properly restrained in the rear seat Never allow children to ride in the front passenger seat If a child over 12 must be seated in the front seat he she must be properly belted and the seat should be moved as far back as possible Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm or behind your back An improperly positioned should...

Page 1024: ... of belt fastening If the driver s or front passenger s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition switch is turned ON or if it is disconnect ed after the ignition switch is turned ON the corresponding seat belt warning light will illuminate until the belt is fastened 1GQA2083 WARNING No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting device...

Page 1025: ...l it out of the retractor and insert the metal tab 1 into the buckle 2 There will be an audible click when the tab locks into the buckle The seat belt automatically adjusts to the proper length only after the lap belt por tion is adjusted manually so that it fits snugly around your hips If you lean for ward in a slow easy motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden sto...

Page 1026: ...039026 Front seat WARNING Verify the shoulder belt anchor is locked into position at the appro priate height Never position the shoulder belt across your neck or face Improperly positioned seat belts can cause serious injuries in an accident Failure to replace seat belts after an accident could leave you with damaged seat belts that will not provide protection in the event of another collision lea...

Page 1027: ...ear centre belt 1 Extract the tongue plate from the hole on the belt assembly cover and slowly pull the tongue plates out from the retractor 2 Insert the tongue plate A into the open end of the buckle C until an audible click is heard indicating the latch is locked Make sure the belt is not twisted B210A01NF H 1 1KMB3441 CAUTION Cargo Be sure that the cargo is securely loaded in the rear cargo are...

Page 1028: ...y motion the belt will extend and let you move around If there is a sudden stop or impact the belt will lock into position It will also lock if you try to lean forward too quickly To unfasten the rear centre belt 1 Press the release button on the buckle D and remove the tongue plate B from the buckle D 1KMB3443 CAUTION When using the rear centre seat belt the buckle with the CENTER mark must be us...

Page 1029: ... web A and allow the webbing to retract automatically 3 Insert the tongue plate A into the hole on the belt assembly cover Stowing the rear seat belt The rear seat belt buckles can be stowed in the pocket between the rear seatback and cushion when not in use OLM039057L 1KMB3453 OLM039029L EL FL UK 3 QXP 8 5 2013 6 27 PM Page 23 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1030: ...r if the occupant tries to lean forward too quickly the seat belt retractor will lock into position In certain frontal collisions the pre tensioner will activate and pull the seat belt into tighter contact against the occupant s body If the system senses excessive seat belt tension on the driver or passenger s seat belt when the pre tensioner activates the load limiter inside the pre tensioner wil...

Page 1031: ...all exposed skin areas thor oughly after an accident in which the pre tensioner seat belts were activat ed Because the sensor that activates the SRS air bag is connected with the pre tensioner seat belt the SRS air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds after the ignition switch has been turned to the ON position and then it should turn off 8KMB3311 H...

Page 1032: ...ensioner seat belt is not working properly this warning light will illuminate even if there is no malfunction of the SRS air bag If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is turned to ON or if it remains illuminated after illuminat ing for approximately 6 seconds or if it illuminates whilst the vehicle is being driven we recommend that the system be inspected by...

Page 1033: ...tion Refer to Child restraint system in this section WARNING All occupants of the vehicle must wear their seat belts at all times Seat belts and child restraints reduce the risk of serious or fatal injuries for all occupants in the event of a collision or sudden stop Without a seat belt occupants could be shifted too close to a deploying air bag strike the interior structure or be thrown from the ...

Page 1034: ... in the front seat of a vehicle If the shoulder belt portion slightly touch es the child s neck or face try placing the child closer to the centre of the vehicle If the shoulder belt still touches their face or neck they need to be returned to a child restraint system Pregnant women The use of a seat belt is recommended for pregnant women The seat belt should be worn as low and snugly as possible ...

Page 1035: ...d by being trapped in seat mechanisms door shuts etc WARNING Riding with a reclined seatback increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event of a col lision or sudden stop The protec tion of your restraint system seat belts and air bags is greatly reduced by reclining your seat Seat belts must be snug against your hips and chest to work proper ly The more the seatback is reclined t...

Page 1036: ...lean and dry If belts become dirty they can be cleaned using a mild soap solution and warm water Bleach dye strong deter gents or abrasives should not be used since the fabric may become damaged and weakened When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly or assem blies should be inspected by an autho rised repairer if the vehicle has been involved in an accident even if no dam age is evi...

Page 1037: ...an accident occur and cause the passenger side air bag to deploy it could severely injure or kill an infant or child seated in an infant or child seat Thus only use a child restraint in the rear seat of your vehicle A seat belt or child restraint sys tem can become very hot if it is left in a closed vehicle on a sunny day even if the outside tempera ture does not feel hot Be sure to check the seat...

Page 1038: ... let a child ride with the shoulder belt under their arm or behind their back Always prop erly position and secure children in rear seat Never allow a child to stand up or kneel on the seat or floorboard of a moving vehicle During a colli sion or sudden stop the child can be violently thrown against the vehicles interior resulting in serious injury Continued Continued Never use an infant carrier o...

Page 1039: ...e child restraint system read the instructions supplied by the child restraint system manufacturer If the seat belt does not operate as described in this section we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI autho rised repairer Failure to observe this manual s instructions regarding child restraint system and the instruc tions provided with the child restraint system could increase the cha...

Page 1040: ...ny slack After installa tion of the child restraint system try to move it in all directions to be sure the child restraint system is securely installed If you need to tighten the belt pull more webbing toward the retractor When you unbuckle the seat belt and allow it to retract the retractor will automatically revert back to its normal seated passen ger emergency locking usage condition OEN036101 ...

Page 1041: ...oremost Seat back upright Age Group Seating Position Front passenger Rear outboard Rear centre 0 Up to 10 kg 0 9 months U U U 0 Up to 13 kg 0 2 years U U U I 9 kg to 18 kg 9 months 4 years U U U II III 15 kg to 36 kg 4 12 years U U U WARNING We recommend that a child restraint seat be installed in the rear seat even if the front passen ger s air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position To ensu...

Page 1042: ...ppropriate child restraint hook holder and tighten to secure the seat OEL039034 WARNING Tether strap Never mount more than one child restraint to a single tether or to a single lower anchorage point The increased load caused by multiple seats may cause the tethers or anchorage points to break causing serious injury or death WARNING A child can be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the c...

Page 1043: ...e symbols indicate the position of the lower anchors for child restraints so equipped OLM039035R OLM039036N ISOFIX Anchor ISOFIX Anchor Position Indicator WARNING Child restraint check Check that the child restraint sys tem is secure by pushing and pulling it in different directions Incorrectly fitted child restraints may swing twist tip or separate causing death or serious injury WARNING Child re...

Page 1044: ... which is added to the ISOFIX seat WARNING Install the child restraint seat fully rearward against the seatback with the seatback reclined two positions from the most upright latched posi tion OLM039053N WARNING When using the vehicle s ISOFIX system to install a child restraint system in the rear seat all unused vehicle rear seat belt metal latch plates or tabs must be latched securely in their s...

Page 1045: ... the illustration Always follow the installation and use instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint CAUTION Do not allow the rear seat belt web bing to get scratched or pinched by the ISOFIX seat latch and ISOFIX anchor during installation WARNING Do not install a child restraint seat at the centre of the rear seat using the vehicle s ISOFIX anchors The ISOFIX anchors are onl...

Page 1046: ...st These ISOFIX CRS are those of the specific vehicle restricted or semi universal categories X ISOFIX position not suitable for ISOFIX child restraint system in this mass group and or this size class Both ISO R2 and ISO R3 are able to be set up only at the foremost position of the passenger seat ISOFIX child restraint system size classes and fixtures A ISO F3 Full Height Forward Facing toddler CR...

Page 1047: ...FAIR S r l rearward facing with vehicle E4 04443718 0 18kg specific ISOFIX platform type D Baby Safe Plus Britax Römer with vehicle 3 point safety seatbelt E1 04301146 FAIR G0 1 S FAIR S r l forward facing with vehicle E4 04443718 specific ISOFIX platform type A Britax Römer vehicle ISOFIX lower anchorage E1 04301133 Duo Plus Top Tether Britax Römer with vehicle 3 point safety seatbelt E1 04301133...

Page 1048: ...UPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM IF EQUIPPED WARNING Even in vehicles with air bags you and your passengers must always wear the safety belts provided in order to minimise the risk and severity of injury in the event of a collision or rollover OEL033301R OYN039026R The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL UK 3 QXP 8 5 2013 6 28 PM Page 42 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1049: ...ere collision the air bags must inflate rapidly The speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time in which a collision occurs and the need to get the air bag between the occupant and the vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures This speed of inflation reduces the risk of serious or life threatening injuries in a severe collision and is thus a necessary ...

Page 1050: ...nt passenger seat Never place a rear facing child restraint in the front passenger s seat other than that explained in section Passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if equipped If the air bag deploys it would impact the rear facing child restraint causing serious or fatal injury In addition do not place front facing child restraints in the front passenger s seat either If the front passenger air...

Page 1051: ...d restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it Never put a child restraint in the front passenger s seat other than that as mentioned in section Passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if equipped If the front passenger air ...

Page 1052: ...ON position The passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator also comes on when the passen ger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position and goes off when the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the ON position OEL039061 CAUTION If the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch malfunctions the passenger s front air bag OFF indi cator will not illuminate The pas senger s fron...

Page 1053: ...ag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for about 6 seconds after the ignition switch is turned to the ON position after which the air bag warning light should go out The front air bag modules are located both in the centre of the steering wheel and in the front passenger s panel above the glove box When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of the vehicle it...

Page 1054: ...lity to steer or operate other con trols B240B02L H B240B03L H Driver s front air bag 2 Driver s front air bag 3 B240B05L H Passenger s front air bag WARNING Do not install or place any acces sories drink holder cassette holder sticker etc on the front passenger s panel above the glove box in a vehicle with a pas senger s air bag Such objects may become dangerous projec tiles and cause injury if t...

Page 1055: ...yed Continued Continued The SRS can function only when the ignition key is in the ON position If the SRS air bag warn ing light does not illuminate or continuously remains on after illuminating for about 6 seconds when the ignition key is turned to the ON position or after the engine is started comes on whilst driving the SRS is not working properly If this occurs we recommend that the system be i...

Page 1056: ...occupant safety contained in this manual To reduce the chance of serious or fatal injuries and receive the maxi mum safety benefit from your restraint system Never place a child in any child or booster seat in the front seat NB See section Passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch if equipped ABC Always Buckle Children in the back seat It is the safest place for children of any age to ride Continued...

Page 1057: ...rec ommend that the system be inspected by a HYUNDAI autho rised repairer Air bags can only be used once we recommend that the system be replaced by a HYUNDAI autho rised repairer immediately after deployment The SRS is designed to deploy the front air bags only when an impact is sufficiently severe and when the impact angle is less than 30 from the forward longitu dinal axis of the vehicle Additi...

Page 1058: ...ate or reactivate the passen ger s front air bag To deactivate the passenger s front air bag insert the master key into the pas senger s front air bag ON OFF switch and turn it to the OFF position The pas senger s front air bag OFF indicator will illuminate and stay on until the pas senger s front air bag is reactivated To reactivate the passenger s front air bag insert the master key into the pas...

Page 1059: ...mately 60 seconds the SRS Control Module reactivate the passen ger s front air bag and the pas senger s front air bag will inflate in frontal impact crashes even if the passenger s front air bag ON OFF switch is set to the OFF position If this occurs we recommend that the system be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Continued Continued If the SRS air bag warning light does not illuminate w...

Page 1060: ...most safety in the event of an accident when they are restrained by a proper restraint system in the rear seat As soon as the child seat is no longer needed on the front pas senger s seat reactivate the front passenger s air bag WARNING The driver is responsible for the proper position of the passen ger s front air bag ON OFF switch Deactivate the passenger s front air bag only when the ignition s...

Page 1061: ...I autho rised repairer Inform that your vehicle is equipped with side air bags WARNING The side air bag is supplemental to the driver s and the passen ger s seat belt systems and is not a substitute for them Therefore your seat belts must be worn at all times whilst the vehicle is in motion The air bags deploy only in certain side impact conditions severe enough to cause signifi cant injury to the...

Page 1062: ...on the opposite side The curtain air bags are not designed to deploy in all side impact WARNING In order for side and curtain air bags to provide the best protec tion both front seat occupants and both outboard rear occu pants should sit in an upright position with the seat belts prop erly fastened Importantly chil dren should sit in a proper child restraint system in the rear seat When children a...

Page 1063: ...d passen gers when they are seated on seats equipped with side and or curtain air bags Never try to open or repair any components of the side curtain air bag system We recommend that the system be serviced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Failure to follow the above men tioned instructions can result in injury or death to the vehicle occu pants in an accident EL FL UK 3 QXP 8 5 2013 6 34 PM Page 5...

Page 1064: ...tion to the vehicle occupants These include rear impacts second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents low speed impacts offset collisions and vehicle roll over Air bag collision sensors 1 SRS control module 2 Front impact sensor 3 Side impact sensor if equipped OLM039040R OLM039041 H OEL033061 H OEL039044 1 2 3 EL FL UK 3 QXP 8 5 2013 6 28 PM Page 58 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1065: ...ould causing severe injury or death Therefore do not try to perform maintenance on or around the air bag sensors We recommend that the system be serviced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Continued Continued Problems may arise if the sensor installation angles are changed due to the deformation of the front bumper body or B pillar and C pillars where side collision sen sors are installed We recom m...

Page 1066: ...in air bags are designed to inflate only in side impact collisions but they may inflate in other collisions if the side impact sensors detect a sufficient impact If the vehicle chassis is impacted by bumps or objects on unimproved roads or sidewalks air bags may deploy Drive carefully on unimproved roads or on sur faces not designed for vehicle traffic to prevent unintended air bag deployment Air ...

Page 1067: ... collision and thus in side impacts frontal air bag deployment would not provide addi tional occupant protection However if equipped with side and curtain air bags the air bags may inflate depending on the intensity vehi cle speed and angles of impact In an angled collision the force of impact may direct the occupants in a direction where the air bags would not be able to provide any additional be...

Page 1068: ...ags may not inflate in rollover acci dents because air bag deployment would not provide protection to the occupants However side and or curtain air bags may inflate when the vehicle is rolled over by a side impact collision if the vehicle is equipped with side air bags and curtain air bags Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle collides with objects such as utility poles or trees where the point ...

Page 1069: ...ont passenger s panel above the glove box because any such object could cause harm if the vehicle is in a crash severe enough to cause the air bags to inflate If the air bags inflate we recom mend that the system be replaced by a HYUNDAI autho rised repairer Continued Continued Do not tamper with or disconnect SRS wiring or other components of the SRS system Doing so could result in injury due to ...

Page 1070: ...ured if the air bags inflate Do not attach or place objects on or near the air bag covers Any object attached to or placed on the front or side air bag covers could interfere with the proper operation of the air bags Do not modify the front seats Modification of the front seats could interfere with the operation of the sup plemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags Do not place...

Page 1071: ...gers including children of potential risk of air bag sys tem Note that these government warnings focus on the risk to children we also wants you to be aware of the risks which adults are exposed to Those have been described in previous pages Type B OLM039050 Type A OLM039050L EL FL UK 3 QXP 8 5 2013 6 28 PM Page 65 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1072: ... system 4 18 Child protector rear door lock 4 18 Tailgate 4 19 Opening the tailgate 4 19 Closing the tailgate 4 19 Windows 4 21 Power windows 4 22 Bonnet 4 25 Opening the bonnet 4 25 Closing the bonnet 4 26 Fuel filler lid 4 27 Opening the fuel filler lid 4 27 Closing the fuel filler lid 4 27 Panorama sunroof 4 30 Sunroof open warning 4 30 Tilting the sunroof 4 32 Resetting the sunroof 4 33 Steeri...

Page 1073: ...System malfunction warning 4 97 Rearview camera 4 98 Hazard warning flasher 4 98 Lighting 4 99 Battery saver function 4 99 Headlight escort function 4 99 Headlight welcome function 4 99 Lighting control 4 100 High beam operation 4 101 Turn signals and lane change signals 4 102 Front fog light 4 103 Rear fog light 4 103 Daytime running light 4 104 Headlight levelling device 4 104 Wipers and washers...

Page 1074: ...g and defogging 4 131 Manual climate control system 4 131 Automatic climate control system 4 133 Storage compartment 4 134 Centre console storage 4 134 Glove box 4 134 Cool box 4 135 Sunglass holder 4 135 Interior features 4 137 Cigarette lighter 4 137 Ashtray 4 137 Cup holder 4 138 Sunvisor 4 138 Power outlet 4 139 Digital clock 4 140 Aux USB and iPod 4 140 Floor mat anchor s 4 141 Luggage net ho...

Page 1075: ...the key is not in the ignition or start button is ACC or ON position Children copy adults and they could place the key in the ignition or press the start button The ignition key Smart key would enable children to operate power windows or other controls or even make the vehicle move which could result in serious bodily injury or even death Never leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised chil...

Page 1076: ...matically Without a valid ignition key for your vehicle the engine will not start NOTICE The immobiliser system detects the presence of a key in the ignition switch To ensure the system performs correct ly the keys should be separated after delivery of the vehicle so that only one key is near the ignition switch when using the vehicle The engine may not start or may stop shortly after starting if ...

Page 1077: ...ling Immobiliser system malfunction could occur CAUTION Do not change alter or adjust the immobiliser system because it could cause the immobiliser sys tem to malfunction We recommend that the system be serviced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Malfunctions caused by improper alterations adjustments or modifi cations to the immobiliser system are not covered by your vehicle manufacturer warranty E...

Page 1078: ...he unlock but ton is pressed The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that all doors are unlocked After depressing this button the doors will be locked automatically unless you open any door within 30 seconds Tailgate unlock 3 if equipped The tailgate is unlocked if the button is pressed for more than 1 second The hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the tailgate i...

Page 1079: ...the transmitter could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or sending receiving emails Avoid placing the transmitter and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket pocket and maintain adequate distance between the two devices CAUTION Changes or mo...

Page 1080: ...The keyless entry system trans mitter is designed to give you years of trouble free use howev er it can malfunction if exposed to moisture or static electricity If you are unsure how to use your transmitter or replace the battery we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Using the wrong battery can cause the transmitter to malfunc tion Be sure to use the correct battery To avoid ...

Page 1081: ...lowing for more details Locking Pressing the button of the front outside door handles with all doors and tailgate closed and any door unlocked locks all the doors and tailgate The hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that all doors and tailgate are locked The button will only operate when the smart key is within 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the outside door handle If you want to make sure th...

Page 1082: ... in 0 7 1 m from the out side door handle When the smart key is recognized in the area of 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the front outside door handle other people can also open a door without possession of the smart key Tailgate unlocking If you are within 28 40 in 0 7 1 m from the outside tailgate handle with your smart key in possession the tail gate will unlock and open when you press the tailgate hand...

Page 1083: ...he smart key is in close proximity to your cell phone or smart phone the signal from the smart key could be blocked by normal operation of your cell phone or smart phone This is especially important when the phone is active such as making call receiving calls text messaging and or sending receiving emails Avoid placing the smart key and your cell phone or smart phone in the same pants or jacket po...

Page 1084: ...lose the door and try again to lock the doors Lock the doors by pressing the button of the front outside door handles with the smart key in your possession After completion of the steps above the hazard warning lights will blink once to indicate that the system is armed If any door and tailgate remains open the hazard warning lights won t operate and theft alarm will not arm Close the door and try...

Page 1085: ...is pressed whilst carrying the smart key The engine is started After the doors are unlocked the hazard warning lights will blink twice to indicate that the system is disarmed After pressing the unlock button if any door or tailgate is not opened within 30 seconds the system will be rearmed NOTICE Immobiliser system If the system is not disarmed with the transmitter insert the key into the ignition...

Page 1086: ...e door is locked unlocked multi ple times in rapid succession with either the vehicle key or door lock switch the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect the circuit and prevent damage to system components To lock a door without the key push the inside door lock button 1 to the Lock position and close the door 2 If you lock the door with the central door lock switch all vehicle d...

Page 1087: ... the ignition key is in the ignition switch and any front door is opened Doors cannot be locked if the smart key is in the vehicle and any door is opened With central door lock switch Operate by depressing the central door lock switch When pushing down on the front por tion 1 of the switch all vehicle doors will lock When pushing down on the rear por tion 2 of the switch all vehicle doors will unl...

Page 1088: ...g can cause damage or injury WARNING Do not lock the doors with the smart key or the transmitter with anybody left in the vehicle The pas senger in the vehicle cannot unlock the doors with the door lock button For example if the door is locked with the transmitter the passenger in the vehicle cannot unlock the door without the transmitter WARNING Unlocked vehicles Leaving your vehicle unlocked can...

Page 1089: ...he rear edge of the door to the Lock position When the child safety lock is in the Lock position rear door will not open even though the inner door handle is pulled inside the vehi cle 3 Close the rear door To open the rear door pull the outside door handle Even though the doors may be unlocked the rear door will not open by pulling the inner door handle 1 until rear door child safety lock is unlo...

Page 1090: ...losing the tailgate To close the tailgate lower and push down the tailgate firmly Make sure that the tailgate is securely latched TAILGATE WARNING The tailgate swings upward Make sure no objects or people are near the rear of the vehicle when open ing the tailgate CAUTION Make certain that you close the tail gate before driving your vehicle Possible damage may occur to the tailgate lift cylinders ...

Page 1091: ...l out side air comes into the vehicle WARNING Rear cargo area Occupants should never ride in the rear cargo area where no restraints are available To avoid injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops occupants should always be properly restrained WARNING For emergencies be fully aware of the location of the emergency tailgate safety release lever in the vehicle and how to open the tail gate...

Page 1092: ...power window switch 4 Rear door left power window switch 5 Window opening and closing 6 Automatic power window up down 7 Power window lock switch if equipped NOTICE In cold and wet climates power win dows may not work properly due to freezing conditions WINDOWS OLM049020R EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 39 PM Page 21 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1093: ...vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation noise This noise is a normal occurrence and can be reduced or eliminated by taking the fol lowing actions If the noise occurs with one or both of the rear windows down partially lower both front windows approximately one inch If you experi ence the noise with the sunroof open slightly reduce the size of the sunroof opening Window opening and cl...

Page 1094: ...ately 12 in 30 cm to allow the object to be cleared If the window detects the resistance whilst the power window switch is pulled up continuously the window will stop upward movement then lower approxi mately 1 in 2 5 cm And if the power window switch is pulled up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by the automatic window reversal feature the automatic window reversal ...

Page 1095: ...main switch on the driver s door and the individual door window switch in opposing directions at the same time If this is done the window will stop and cannot be opened or closed WARNING Windows NEVER leave the keys in your vehicle with unsupervised chil dren when the engine is running NEVER leave any child unattend ed in the vehicle Even very young children may inadvertently cause the vehicle to ...

Page 1096: ...pened with the sup port rod BONNET OLM049025R OLM049027 WARNING Hot parts Grasp the support rod in the area wrapped in rubber The plastic will help prevent you from being burned by hot metal when the engine is hot WARNING Open the bonnet after turning off the engine on a flat surface shift ing the shift lever to the P Park position for automatic transaxle and to the 1st First gear or R Reverse for...

Page 1097: ...esent in the bonnet opening may result in property damage or severe personal injury Do not leave gloves rags or any other combustible material in the engine compartment Doing so may cause a heat induced fire WARNING Always double check to be sure that the bonnet is firmly latched before driving away If it is not latched the bonnet could fly open whilst the vehicle is being driven causing a total l...

Page 1098: ...tor anti freeze or move the vehicle to a warm place and allow the ice to melt 1 Stop the engine 2 To open the fuel filler lid pull the fuel filler lid opener up 3 Pull the fuel filler lid 1 out to fully open 4 To remove the cap 2 turn the fuel tank cap counterclockwise 5 Refuel as needed Closing the fuel filler lid 1 To install the cap turn it clockwise until it clicks This indicates that the cap ...

Page 1099: ...y dis charge by touching a metal part of the vehicle away from the fuel filler neck nozzle or other petrol source When using an approved portable fuel container be sure to place the container on the ground prior to refuelling Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite fuel vapours causing a fire Once refuelling has begun contact with the vehi cle should be maintained until the fill...

Page 1100: ...flammable and can when ignited result in fire Continued Continued If a fire breaks out during refu elling leave the vicinity of the vehicle and immediately contact the manager of the gas station and then contact the local fire department Follow any safety instructions they provide CAUTION Make sure to refuel your vehicle according to the Fuel require ments suggested in section 1 If the fuel filler...

Page 1101: ... Sunroof open image will appear on the LCD display Close the sunroof securely when leaving your vehicle NOTICE In cold and wet climates the sunroof may not work properly due to freez ing conditions After a vehicle is washed or in a rain storm be sure to wipe off any water that is on the sunroof before operating it PANORAMA SUNROOF IF EQUIPPED OLM049030 CAUTION Do not continue to move the sun roof ...

Page 1102: ...ull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily To close the sunroof automatically Push the sunroof control lever forward to the second detent position and then release it The sunroof will automatically close all the way To stop the sunroof sliding at any point pull or push the sunroof control lever momentarily OLM049031 WARNING Never adjust the sunroof or roller blind whilst driving This could ...

Page 1103: ...before closing it Tilting the sunroof Before opening or closing the sunroof open the roller blind To open the sunroof push the sunroof control lever upward To close the sunroof pull the sunroof lever with the safety switch 1 downward until the sunroof moves to the desired position OLM049032 WARNING Never try pinching any part of your body intentionally to acti vate the Automatic reversal func tion...

Page 1104: ... a lit tle Then release the lever 6 Push the sunroof control lever forward in the direction of close until the sun roof operates as follows TILT OPEN SLIDE OPEN SLIDE CLOSE Then release the lever When this is complete the sunroof sys tem has been reset OXM049031 WARNING Sunroof Be careful that no head hands and body parts are obstructed by a closing sunroof Do not extend the face neck arms or body...

Page 1105: ...g effort is high immediately after turning the ignition switch on This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics When the diagnostics is completed the steering wheel will return to its normal condi tion A click noise may be heard from the EPS relay after the ignition switch is turned to the ON or LOCK position Motor noise may be heard when the vehicle is at a stop or at a low drivi...

Page 1106: ...ering wheel if equipped When the ignition switch is in the ON position pressing the heated steering wheel button warms the steering wheel The indicator on the button will illuminate To turn the steering wheel off press the button once again The indicator on the button will turn off It will turn off automatically approximate ly 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is turned on If you turn on ...

Page 1107: ...rely to operate it or hit it with your fist Do not press on the horn with a sharp pointed object CAUTION Do not install any grip to operate the steering wheel This causes damage to the heated steering wheel system When cleaning the heated steering wheel do not use an organic sol vent such as paint thinner ben zene alcohol and petrol Doing so may damage the surface of the steering wheel If the surf...

Page 1108: ...ode button is pressed the selected steering mode will appear on the LCD display If the steering mode button is pressed within 4 seconds the steering mode will change as above pictures If the steering wheel mode button is not pressed for about 4 seconds the LCD display will change to the previous screen Normal mode The normal mode offers medium steer ing effort OLM043353 OLM043354 OEL043365R EL FL ...

Page 1109: ... OLM043355 OLM043356 CAUTION For your safety if you press the steering mode button whilst oper ating the steering wheel the LCD display will change but the steer ing effort will not change immedi ately After operating the steering wheel the steering effort will change automatically to the selected mode Be careful when changing the steering mode whilst driving When the electronic power steer ing is...

Page 1110: ...ngine is running the glare is automatically controlled by the sensor mounted in the rearview mirror Whenever the shift lever is shifted into reverse R the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in order to improve the drivers view behind the vehi cle MIRRORS WARNING Rear visibility Do not place objects in the rear seat or cargo area which would interfere with your vision out the rea...

Page 1111: ...It is turned off by pressing and holding the button for same time once more 1 To operate Compass feature Press and release the button then the vehicle s directional heading will be dis played Pressing and releasing the button again will turn off the display Heading display E East W West S South N North ex NE North East 2 Calibration procedure Press and hold the button for more than 9 but less than...

Page 1112: ...4 41 Features of your vehicle Campasss Zone OUN046101L EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 40 PM Page 41 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1113: ...seconds 2 Release then press the button to tog gle between L and R NOTICE This procedure also causes the compass to be de calibrated 3 To re calibrate the compass drive the vehicle in 2 complete circles at less than 5mph 8km h CAUTION 1 Do not install the ski rack anten na etc which are attached to the vehicle by means of a magnet They affect the operation of the compass 2 If the compass deviates ...

Page 1114: ... or fold the outside rearview mirrors whilst the vehicle is moving This could result in loss of control and an accident which could cause death serious injury or property damage WARNING Rearview mir rors The right outside rearview mirror is convex In some countries the left outside rearview mirror is also convex Objects seen in the mirror are closer than they appear Use your interior rearview mirr...

Page 1115: ...right After adjustment put the lever into neu tral position to prevent the inadvertent adjustment Folding the outside rearview mirror Manual type To fold outside rearview mirror grasp the housing of mirror and then fold it toward the rear of the vehicle OLM049039R CAUTION The mirrors stop moving when they reach the maximum adjust ing angles but the motor contin ues to operate whilst the switch is ...

Page 1116: ...tric type outside rearview mirror don t fold it by hand It could cause motor failure CAUTION The electric type outside rearview mirror operates even though the ignition switch is in the OFF posi tion However to prevent unneces sary battery discharge do not adjust the mirrors longer than nec essary whilst the engine is not run ning EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 41 PM Page 45 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1117: ...uge 5 Warning and indicator lights if equipped 6 Odometer Trip computer if equipped 7 LCD display OEL043308R OEL043307R The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from the illustration For more details refer to the Gauges in the next pages Type A Type B EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 41 PM Page 46 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1118: ... panel illumination is displayed If the brightness reaches to the maxi mum or minimum level an alarm will sound LCD Display Control if equipped The LCD display modes can be changed by using the control buttons on the crash pad 1 MODE button for changing modes 2 SELECT RESET button For the LCD modes refer to LCD Display in this chapter OLM049052R OEL043306 OLM043401E Type A Type B OEL043702 Q EL FL...

Page 1119: ...r indicates the forward speed of the vehicle The speedometer is calibrated in miles per hour and or kilometers per hour OEL049307 OEL049038 OEL049309 OEL049310 Type A km h Type B km h Type A MPH Type B MPH EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 41 PM Page 48 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1120: ... and will not affect the accuracy of the tachometer once the engine is running Engine temperature gauge This gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant when the ignition switch is ON Do not continue driving with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to If the engine overheats in section 6 OEL049305 OEL049306 Type A Petrol Diesel Type B Petrol Diesel CAUTION Do not operate th...

Page 1121: ...nt is under pressure and could cause severe burns Wait until the engine is cool before adding coolant to the reservoir CAUTION If the gauge pointer moves beyond the normal range area toward the position it indicates over heating that may damage the engine OEL049312 ODMEMM2351 Type A Type B WARNING Fuel gauge Running out of fuel can expose vehicle occupants to danger You must stop and obtain additi...

Page 1122: ...ing inattentive The temperature unit from C to F or from F to C can be changed by using the User Settings mode of the LCD dis play For more details refer to LCD Display in this chapter Icy Road Warning Light if equipped This warning light is to warn the driver the road may be icy When the following conditions occur the warning light including Outside Temperature Gauge blinks 10 times and then illu...

Page 1123: ...matic Transaxle Shift Indicator if equipped This indicator displays which automatic transaxle shift lever is selected Park P Reverse R Neutral N Drive D Sports Mode 1 2 3 4 5 6 Automatic Transaxle Shift Indicator if equipped For Europe In the Sports Mode this indicator informs which gear is desired whilst driving to save fuel Shifting up 2 3 4 5 6 Shifting down 1 2 3 4 5 OVF041049 OEL043701 EL FL ...

Page 1124: ...Manual Transaxle Shift Indicator if equipped This indicator informs which gear is desired whilst driving to save fuel Shifting up 2 3 4 5 6 Shifting down 1 2 3 4 5 For example Indicates that shifting up to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 2nd or 1st gear Indicates that shifting down to the 3rd gear is desired currently the shift lever is in the 4th 5th or 6th gear When t...

Page 1125: ... mode displays driving information like the tripmeter fuel economy and so on For more details refer to Trip Computer in this chapter Information This mode informs of service interval mileage or days and warning messages relat ed to TPMS or washer fluid User Settings On this mode you can change settings of the doors lamps and so on EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 41 PM Page 54 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1126: ...ice required message is displayed for several seconds each time you set the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop Button to the ON position The mileage and time changes to To reset the service interval to the mileage and days you inputted before Activate the reset mode by pressing the button for more than 5 seconds then press the button again for more than 1 second Europe Press the button for more ...

Page 1127: ... the P Park position to the R Reverse N Neutral or D Drive position Auto Door Unlock if equipped Off The auto door unlock operation will be canceled Key Out or Power Off All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from ignition switch or Engine Star Stop Button is set to the OFF position Driver Door Unlock All doors will be automatically unlocked if the driver s door ...

Page 1128: ...headlamp delay and headlamp welcome function will be activated Settings Language if equipped Choose the language you prefer within the LCD display SPAS Voice if equipped Adjust the volume of SPAS voice infor mation Temperature Unit Convert the temperature unit from C to F or from F to C AVG Fuel Eco Reset Auto Reset The average fuel economy will reset automatically when refuelling Manual Reset The...

Page 1129: ...tem and automatic transaxle This warning message illuminates if you try to turn off the engine without the shift lever in P Park position At this time the Engine Start Stop Button turns to the ACC position If you press the Engine Start Stop Button once more it will turn to the ON posi tion Low Key Battery for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the battery of the smart key is dis ...

Page 1130: ...e steering wheel right and left Steering wheel unlocked for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF position Check steering wheel lock system for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the steering wheel does not lock nor mally when the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the OFF positi...

Page 1131: ... for smart key system and manual transaxle This warning message illuminates if the Engine Start Stop Button changes to the ACC position twice by pressing the button repeatedly without depressing the clutch pedal It means that you should depress the clutch pedal to start the engine Key not in vehicle for smart key system This warning message illuminates if the smart key is not in the vehicle when y...

Page 1132: ...means that you could start the engine by pressing the Engine Start Stop Button once more If the warning illuminates each time you press the Engine Start Stop Button we recommend that you have the vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Press start button with smart key for smart key system This warning message illuminates if you press the Engine Start Stop Button whilst the warning mess...

Page 1133: ... in the ACC position Shift to P or N to start engine for smart key system and automatic transaxle This warning message illuminates if you try to start the engine with the shift lever not in the P Park or N Neutral position NOTICE You can start the engine with the shift lever in the N Neutral position But for your safety we recommend that you start the engine with the shift lever in the P Park posi...

Page 1134: ...that the sunroof is open Low Washer Fluid if equipped This warning message illuminates on the service reminder mode if the wash er fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty It means that you should refill the washer fluid OLM043419 OLM043420 OLM043501N EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 42 PM Page 63 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1135: ...computer for example Average Vehicle Speed resets if the battery is disconnected Trip Modes Trip mode is changed as below whenev er pushing the button shortly Type A TRIP button Type B Type A if equipped if equipped TRIP COMPUTER OEL043703 OEL043702 Type A Type B TRIP Elapsed time Distance to empty Average vehicle speed Average fuel economy Instant fuel economy EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 42 PM Pag...

Page 1136: ...speed is calculat ed by the total driving distance and driving time since the last average vehicle speed reset Speed range 0 999 km h or MPH To reset the average vehicle speed press the trip button Type A TRIP Type B for more than 1 second when the average vehicle speed is dis played Distance to empty Average fuel economy Instant fuel economy Tripmeter B Average vehicle speed B Elapsed time B Trip...

Page 1137: ...ng Fuel Economy Distance To Empty 1 The distance to empty is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven with the remaining fuel Distance range 50 9999 km or 30 9999 mi If the estimated distance is below 50 km 30 mi the trip computer will display as distance to empty NOTICE If the vehicle is not on level ground or the battery power has been interrupt ed the distance to empty function may not ...

Page 1138: ... Automatic reset The average fuel economy will be cleared to zero when the vehicle speed exceeds 1 km h after refuelling more than 6 litres 1 6 gallons NOTICE The average fuel economy is not dis played for more accurate calculation if the vehicle does not drive more than 10 seconds or 50 meters 0 03 miles since the ignition switch or Engine Start Stop button is turned to ON Instant Fuel Economy 3 ...

Page 1139: ... if equipped This indicator light illuminates When you activate the active ECO sys tem by pressing the ACTIVE ECO button For more details refer to Active ECO System in chapter 5 Air bag warning light if equipped This warning light will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn the ignition switch to the ON posi tion This light also comes on when the SRS is not working properly If t...

Page 1140: ...e time whilst driving your vehicle may have a malfunction with ABS and EBD system In this case your ABS and regular brake system may not work normally We rec ommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer NOTICE If the ABS warning light or EBD warn ing light is on and stays on the speedometer or odometer tripmeter may not work Also the EPS warning light may illuminate and the s...

Page 1141: ...s indicated If this occurs we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer This indicator also blinks when the haz ard warning switch is turned on Low Beam Indicator Light if equipped This indicator light illuminates when the headlights are on High beam indicator This indicator illuminates when the head lights are on and in the high beam posi tion or when the turn signal l...

Page 1142: ...rfill the engine oil to ensure the oil level is not above F mark on the dipstick CAUTION If the oil pressure warning light stays on whilst the engine is run ning serious engine damage may result The oil pressure warning light comes on whenever there is insufficient oil pressure In normal operation it should come on when the ignition switch is turned on then go out when the engine is started If the...

Page 1143: ...es do not operate properly We recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Your vehicle is equipped with dual diago nal braking systems This means you still have braking on two wheels even if one of the dual systems should fail With only one of the dual systems working more than normal pedal travel and greater pedal pressure are required to stop the car Also the car will not stop in as...

Page 1144: ...ped This indicator will illuminate when the engine enters the Idle Stop mode of the ISG Idle Stop and Go system When the automatic starting occurrs the auto stop indicator on the cluster will blink for 5 seconds For more details refer to the ISG Idle Stop and Go system on the front of chapter 5 NOTICE When the engine automatically starts by the ISG system some warning lights ABS ESP ESP OFF EPS or...

Page 1145: ...y with the igni tion switch in any position Tailgate open warning light This warning light illuminates when the tailgate is not closed securely with the ignition switch in any position Door open position indicator including tailgate This indicator illuminates when a door or tailgate is not closed securely The indicator displays which door or tail gate is opened Sunroof open warning light if equipp...

Page 1146: ...Stop Button with the smart key For more details refer to Starting the Engine in section 5 If the indicator illuminates only for 2 seconds and goes out when the ENGINE START STOP button is turned to ON position with the smart key in the vehicle we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer When the battery is weak if the ENGINE START STOP button is pressed the indicator w...

Page 1147: ...will continue to be drivable but we recommend that the sys tem be checked by a HYUNDAI autho rised repairer CAUTION Diesel engine if equipped with DPF When the malfunction indicator light is blinks it may stop blinking after driving the vehicle at more than 37 mph 60km h or at more than second gear with 1500 2000 engine rpm for a certain time for about 25 minutes If the malfunction indicator light...

Page 1148: ...ds and then goes off When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button For more details refer to Electronic Stability Control ESC in chapter 5 Cruise indicator if equipped CRUISE indicator The indicator illuminates when the cruise control system is enabled The cruise indicator in the instrument cluster is illuminated when the cruise control ON OFF button on the steering wheel is pu...

Page 1149: ...Y OUT indicator if equipped When the ENGINE START STOP button is in the ACC or ON position if any door is open the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator will blink and if all doors are closed the chime will also sound for about 5 seconds The indicator will go off whilst the vehicle is moving Keep the smart key in the vehicle Key reminder warning chime...

Page 1150: ...he water from the fuel filter For more Information refer to Fuel filter in section 7 4WD system warning light if equipped When the ignition switch is turned to the ON position the 4WD indicator will illumi nate and then go off in a few seconds If the 4WD system warning light illuminates this indicates that there is a malfunction in the 4WD system If this occurs we recommend that the system be chec...

Page 1151: ...with an overheat ed engine If your vehicle overheats refer to Overheating in section 6 NOTICE If the engine coolant temperature warn ing light illuminates it indicates over heating that may damage the engine Electronic power steering EPS system warning light if equipped This indicator light comes on after the ignition key is turned to the ON position and then it will go out This light also comes o...

Page 1152: ...ject is sensed within a distance of 120 cm 47 in behind the vehicle This system is a sup plemental system and it is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care and attention of the driver The sensing range and objects detectable by the back sensors are limit ed Whenever backing up pay as much attention to what is behind you as you would in a vehicle without a rear parking assist ...

Page 1153: ...m is in operation is approximately 120 cm 47 in When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be recognized first Types of warning sound When an object is 120 cm to 61 cm 47 2 in to 24 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps intermittently When an object is 60 cm to 31 cm 23 6 in to 12 2 in from the rear bumper Buzzer beeps more frequently When an object is within 30 cm ...

Page 1154: ...ot or cold The following objects may not be recog nized by the sensor 1 Sharp or slim objects such as ropes chains or small poles 2 Objects which tend to absorb the sen sor frequency such as clothes spongy material or snow 3 Undetectable objects smaller than 1 m 40 in in height and narrower than 14 cm 6 in in diameter Rear parking assist system precau tions The rear parking assist system may not s...

Page 1155: ...this may indicate a malfunction in the rear parking assist system If this occurs we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer WARNING Your new vehicle warranty does not cover any accidents or damage to the vehicle or injuries to its occu pants due to a rear parking assist system malfunction Always drive safely and cautiously WARNING Pay close attention when the vehi cle...

Page 1156: ...te When more than two objects are sensed at the same time warning indi cator is displayed all When more than two objects are sensed at the same time the closest one will be warned by warning sound Whilst backing up if the front and rear sensor recognizes an object at the same distance the rear will be warned first The warnings by side sensors are operated when the shift lever is in R Reverse posit...

Page 1157: ...the sensor Always perform a visual inspection to make sure the vehicle is clear of all obstructions before moving the vehicle in any direction CAUTION This system can only sense objects within the range and loca tion of the sensors It can not detect objects in other areas where sensors are not installed Also small or slim objects such as poles or objects located between sensors may not be detected...

Page 1158: ...n off the smart parking assist system and park the vehicle by manual parking If you select this system the warning sound always let you know whether there are the objects or not by distance with operating the front rear parking assist system Whilst operating this system if you turn off the front rear parking assist system after searching parking space the smart parking assist system is also turned...

Page 1159: ...long or wide cargo com pared to vehicle Diagonal line parking If there is trash grass or barriers in parking space When snowing or raining heavily Pole is close to parking line Being equipped with snow chain or spare tyre Low or High tyre pressure Being connected to trailer Surface of road is slippery or not clear If there is bumpy road If there is truck or bus in parking space The sensor is cover...

Page 1160: ...edal the crash accident may occur Continued OLM041290 Continued 2 Parking in snowed space Following amount of snow cover the sensing ability could be low When the vehicle is slipped during parking by smart parking assist System system can be canceled If driver is unfamiliar with controlling the accelerator and brake pedal the crash accident may occur Continued Continued 3 Narrow parking space When...

Page 1161: ...in uneven road When vehicle is parked in uneven road driver needs to properly con trol the pedal clutch accelerator or brake by himself If not unexpect ed result may occur The system may cancel when the vehicle slips If driver is unfamiliar with controlling the pedal the crash accident may occur Continued Continued 6 Parking behind a truck When vehicle is parked behind a vehicle of which storage c...

Page 1162: ...ed for driver 5 Steering wheel support Rear Parking type 1 Operate shift lever by display in cluster 2 Always drive slowly with applying to brake 6 Smart parking assist system complete 7 If required move vehicle to manual operation According to parking space select mode and surrounding environment the sequence of display or situation could be changed Refer to next operation way Continued 7 If ther...

Page 1163: ...inuously the left side parallel mode is selected If you push again you can get out the smart parking assist system mode 3 Parking space search As pictures keep distance between parked vehicles in 0 5 1 5m constantly Drive slowly to desired parking space The parking space is searched from side sensor automatically If the speed is over 30km h notice the warning message to driver If the speed is over...

Page 1164: ...rozen 2 When the sensors are dirty 3 Heavy snowing or raining 4 By the pillar or objects Use the smart parking assist sys tem after confirming the safety securely even if the parking searching is completed CAUTION When the park ing space is searched For parallel parking when the park ing space is searched keep the 50 150cm distance with parked vehicle and drive slowly If the vehicle closes to the ...

Page 1165: ... wheel control support Rear Parking type When the transaxle is shifted to R the steering wheel is automatically controlled with the notice in cluster In this time if you put your hands to space of steering wheel it may result in damage to your hands So do not left your hands to space of steering wheel If you crab the steering wheel firmly not to support parking the system turns off However the dri...

Page 1166: ...ft the transaxle to desired gear on cluster park the vehicle with using brake Be sure to check the front and rear view before releasing the brake pedal Stop the vehicle when the speed of your vehi cle is high and stop immediately by depressing the brake pedal if necessary OLM043434E OLM043435E OLM043422E WARNING Whilst parking the vehicle unex pected vehicles or pedestrians may be close to vehicle...

Page 1167: ...u grab the steering strongly 6 Smart parking assist system completion Even if the vehicle is parked by smart parking assist system the driver needs to control the brake pedal by himself According to message on cluster finish the parking the vehicle By surrounding circumstance finish the parking the vehi cle with using the steering wheel After finishing the smart parking assist system check the fro...

Page 1168: ...m if you turn on the sys tem the warning message occurs and the indicator on button The buzzer beep sounds 3 times In this time do not use the smart parking assist system We recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer OLM043424E EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 43 PM Page 97 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1169: ...hen you must make such an emer gency stop always pull off the road as far as possible The hazard warning lights are turned on by pushing in the hazard switch This causes all turn signal lights to blink The hazard warning lights will operate even though the key is not in the ignition switch To turn the hazard warning lights off push the switch a second time REARVIEW CAMERA IF EQUIPPED WARNING This ...

Page 1170: ...he headlights can be turned off by pressing the lock button on the transmit ter or smart key twice or turning off the light switch from the headlight or Auto light position Headlight welcome function if equipped When the headlight switch is in the ON or AUTO position and all doors and tail gate are closed and locked if you press the door unlock button on the transmitter or smart key the headlights...

Page 1171: ...uto light position if equipped Parking light position When the light switch is in the parking light position the tail position license and instrument panel lights are ON Headlight position When the light switch is in the headlight position the head tail position license and instrument panel lights are ON NOTICE The ignition switch must be in the ON position to turn on the headlights OBK049047N OBK...

Page 1172: ... charged do not leave the lights on for a prolonged time whilst the engine is not running OBK049050N CAUTION Never place anything over the sensor 1 located on the instru ment panel this will ensure better auto light system control Don t clean the sensor using a window cleaner the cleaner may leave a light film which could interfere with sensor operation If your vehicle has window tint or other typ...

Page 1173: ...o flash after a turn manually return the lever to the OFF position To signal a lane change move the turn signal lever slightly and hold it in position B The lever will return to the OFF posi tion when released If an indicator stays on and does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out and will require replacement One touch lane change function if equipped...

Page 1174: ... to the on position The rear fog lights turn on when the rear fog light switch is turned on after the front fog light switch if equipped is turned on and the headlight switch is in the park light position To turn the rear fog lights off turn the rear fog light switch to the on position again or turn the headlight switch off or front fog light switch off NOTICE To turn on the rear fog light switch ...

Page 1175: ... gage area turn the beam levelling switch The higher the number of the switch position the lower the headlight beam level Always keep the headlight beam at the proper levelling position or head lights may dazzle other road users Listed below are the examples of proper switch settings For loading conditions other than those listed below adjust the switch position so that the beam level may be the n...

Page 1176: ...eam under various conditions WARNING If it does not work properly even though your car is inclined back ward according to passenger s posture or the headlight beam is irradiated to the high or low posi tion we recommend that you have your vehicle inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Do not attempt to inspect or replace the wiring yourself EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 44 PM Page 105 procarmanua...

Page 1177: ...speed B Intermittent control wipe time adjustment C Wash with brief wipes front D Rear wiper washer control Continuous wipe Intermittent wipe if equipped O Off E Wash with brief wipes rear if equipped WIPERS AND WASHERS Windscreen wiper washer Rear window wiper washer OXM049230L OAM049048L EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 44 PM Page 106 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1178: ...her sys tem Auto control if equipped The rain sensor located on the upper end of the windscreen glass senses the amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the proper interval The more it rains the faster the wiper operates When the rain stops the wiper stops To vary the speed setting turn the speed control knob 1 If the wiper switch is set in AUTO mode when the ignition switch is ON the...

Page 1179: ...e your vision CAUTION When washing the vehicle set the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation The wiper may operate and be dam aged if the switch is set in the AUTO mode whilst washing the vehicle Do not remove the sensor cover located on the upper end of the driver side windscreen glass Damage to system parts could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty W...

Page 1180: ...be operated 15 minutes after being operated last time Rear window wiper and washer switch The rear window wiper and washer switch is located at the end of the wiper and washer switch lever Turn the switch to the desired position to operate the rear wiper and washer Normal wiper operation Intermittent wiper operation if equipped O Wiper is not in operation Push the lever away from you to spray rear...

Page 1181: ...re locked the light will turn off immediately If a door except tailgate is opened with the ignition switch in the ACC or LOCK position the light with room lamp stays on for about 20 minutes However if a door except tailgate is opened with the ignition switch in the ON position the light with room lamp stays on continuously The lights turn off even if a door is opened When the lamp is turned ON by ...

Page 1182: ...d The luggage room lamp comes on when the boot lid is opened OLM049105 H OLM049103 OEL049101 CAUTION Vanity mirror lamp if equipped Always have the switch in the off position when the vanity mirror lamp is not in use If the sunvisor is closed without the lamp off it may discharge the battery or damage the sunvisor Turn off the lamp before return the sunvisor to its original posi tion EL FL UK 4A Q...

Page 1183: ...love box lamp if equipped The glove box lamp comes on when the glove box is opened The parking lights or headlights must be ON for the glove box lamp to function OLM049102 H EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 45 PM Page 112 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1184: ...he rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON If there is heavy accumulation of snow on the rear window brush it off before oper ating the rear defroster The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the defroster press the rear window defroster button again DEFROSTER CAUTION To prevent ...

Page 1185: ...ivate the front wiper deicer press the front wiper deicer but ton The indicator on the button illumi nates when the deicer is ON The front wiper deicer automatically turns off after 20 minutes or when the ignition switch is turned off To turn off the deicer press the front wiper deicer but ton again With smart key If your vehicle is equipped with the wiper deicer it will operate at the same time y...

Page 1186: ...n speed control knob 2 MAX defroster button Front windscreen defroster 3 MAX A C selection button if equipped 4 Temperature control knob 5 Air conditioning button if equipped 6 Mode selection button 7 Air intake control button Type A Type B EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 45 PM Page 115 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1187: ... heating and cooling Heating Cooling 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 5 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 6 If air conditioning is desired turn the air conditioning system if equipped on OEL049120R EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 45 PM Page 116 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1188: ...y each outlet can be controlled to direct the air discharged from the outlet Floor Level C E A D Most of the air flow is directed to the floor Defrost Level A D Most of the air flow is directed to the windscreen Also you may select 2 3 modes at the same time for desired air flow face floor mode face defrost mode floor defrost mode face floor defrost mode MAX A C Level B D if equipped The MAX A C m...

Page 1189: ...ontrol the temperature of the air flow ing from the ventilation system To change the air temperature in the pas senger compartment turn the knob to the right position for warm and hot air or left position for cooler air Air intake control The air intake control is used to select the outside fresh air position or recircu lated air position To change the air intake control position press the control...

Page 1190: ...ontrol The ignition switch must be in the ON position for fan operation The fan speed control knob allows you to control the fan speed of the air flowing from the ventilation system To change the fan speed turn the knob to the right for higher speed or left for lower speed Setting the fan speed control knob to the 0 position turns off the fan WARNING Continue using the climate con trol system in t...

Page 1191: ...air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed Heating 1 Set the mode to the position 2 Set the air intake control to the outside fresh air position 3 Set the temperature control to the desired position 4 Set the fan speed control to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired tu...

Page 1192: ...refrigerant 1 Start the engine Push the air condi tioning button 2 Set the mode to the position 3 Set the air intake control to the outside air or recirculated air position 4 Adjust the fan speed control and tem perature control to maintain maximum comfort When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control to the extreme left position press the MAX A C posi tion selection button if equipp...

Page 1193: ...ir conditioning system in the recirculated air position provides maximum cooling however continual operation in this mode may cause the air inside the vehicle to become stale During cooling operation you may occasionally notice a misty air flow because of rapid cooling and humid air intake This is a normal system opera tion characteristic Climate control air filter if equipped The climate control ...

Page 1194: ...the performance of the air conditioning is reduced Overfilling also has a bad influ ence on the air conditioning system Therefore if abnormal operation is found we recommend that the system be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer NOTICE It is important when servicing the air conditioning system that the correct type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used Otherwise damage to the com presso...

Page 1195: ...rature control button 3 A C display 4 Passenger s temperature control button 5 Dual temperature control selection button 6 OFF button 7 Front windscreen defroster button 8 Air conditioning button 9 Fan speed control button 10 Air intake control button 11 Mode selection button EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 46 PM Page 124 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1196: ...ng Mode selection button Front windscreen defroster button Fan speed control button The selected function will be con trolled manually whilst other func tions operate automatically For your convenience and to improve the effectiveness of the climate control use the AUTO button and set the tem perature to 22 C 71 F NOTICE Never place anything over the sensor located on the instrument panel to ensur...

Page 1197: ...ton in order to con vert to full automatic control of the sys tem Mode selection The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the venti lation system Refer to the illustration in the Manual cli mate control system If you push the button once the corre sponding switch will turn on and if you push the button again the switch will turn off Face Level B D Air flow is direct...

Page 1198: ...ents The outlet vents can be opened or closed separately using the thumbwheel Also you can adjust the direction of air delivery from these vents using the vent control lever as shown Temperature control The temperature will increase to the maximum HI by holding the button The temperature will decrease to the minimum Lo by holding the button When pressing the button the tempera ture will increase o...

Page 1199: ...1 Press the DUAL button again to deac tivate DUAL mode The passenger side temperature will be set to the same temperature as the driver side 2 Operate the driver side temperature control button The driver and passen ger side temperature will be adjusted equally Temperature conversion if equipped You can switch the temperature mode between Centigrade to Fahrenheit as fol lows Whilst pressing the OF...

Page 1200: ...become stale In addition prolonged use of the air con ditioning with the recirculated air posi tion selected will result in excessively dry air in the passenger compartment WARNING Continue using the climate control system in the recirculated air posi tion may allow humidity to increase inside the vehicle which may fog the glass and obscure vis ibility Do not sleep in a vehicle with the air condit...

Page 1201: ...blower OFF button Air conditioning Press the A C button to turn the air con ditioning system on indicator light will illuminate Press the button again to turn the air conditioning system off OFF mode Press the front blower OFF button to turn off the front air climate control system However you can still operate the air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is in the ON position OEL049129R ...

Page 1202: ...iciency and to reduce the probability of fogging up the inside of the windscreen Manual climate control system To defog inside windscreen 1 Set the fan speed to the desired posi tion 2 Select desired temperature WINDSCREEN DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING WARNING Windscreen heating Do not use the position during cooling operation in extremely humid weather The difference between the temperature of the out...

Page 1203: ... and or outside fresh air position are not select ed automatically press the correspon ding button manually To defrost outside windscreen 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot position 3 Select the position 4 The outside fresh air and air condi tioning if equipped will be selected automatically OEL049133 Type B OEL049133U Type A EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2...

Page 1204: ...air conditioning is not selected automatically adjust the corresponding button manually If the position is selected lower fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan speed To defrost outside windscreen 1 Set the fan speed to the highest posi tion 2 Set the temperature to the extreme hot HI position 3 Press the defroster button 4 The air conditioning will turn on according to the detected ambient tempera...

Page 1205: ... reduce the risk of injury in an accident or sudden stop always keep the glove box door closed whilst driving CAUTION Do not keep food in the glove box for a long time WARNING Flammable materials Do not store cigarette lighters propane cylinders or other flamma ble explosive materials in the vehi cle These items may catch fire and or explode if the vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extend...

Page 1206: ...closed position NOTICE If some items in the cool box block the vent the cooling effectiveness of the cool box is reduced Sunglass holder To open the sunglass holder press the cover and the holder will slowly open Place your sunglasses in the compart ment door with the lenses facing out Push to close OEL049220R Open Close OLM049142 WARNING Do not put the perishable food in the cool box because it m...

Page 1207: ...engers in the vehicle Do not open the sunglasses hold er whilst the vehicle is moving The rear view mirror of the vehi cle can be blocked by an open sunglass holder Do not put the glasses forcibly into a sunglass holder to prevent breakage or deformation of glasses It may cause personal injury if you try to open it forcibly when the glasses are jammed in holder EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 47 PM Pag...

Page 1208: ...y open the cover To clean or empty the ashtray pull it out INTERIOR FEATURES CAUTION The use of plug in accessories shavers hand held vacuums and coffee pots for example may dam age the socket or cause electrical failure WARNING Ashtray use Do not use the vehicle s ashtrays as waste receptacles Putting lit cigarettes or matches in an ashtray with other com bustible materials may cause a fire WARNI...

Page 1209: ...ollgate ticket if equipped OLM049147 Rear if equipped OEL049146 H Front OLM049207R CAUTION Do not place uncovered cups in the cup holder whilst the vehicle is in motion If the liquid spills electric systems may malfunction WARNING Keep cans or bottles out of direct sun light and do not put them in a vehicle that is heated up It may explode WARNING Hot liquids Do not place uncovered cups of hot liq...

Page 1210: ...cessory plug for prolonged periods of time with the engine off could cause the battery to dis charge Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 10A in elec tric capacity Adjust the air conditioner or heater to the lowest operating level when using the power outlet Close the cover when not in use Some electronic devices can cause electronic interference when plugged into a vehicle s powe...

Page 1211: ...ng the knob 1 and press it 3 Set the clock by turning the knob 1 and press it Aux USB and iPod if equipped If your vehicle has an aux and or USB universal serial bus port you can use an aux port to connect audio devices and an USB port to plug in an USB NOTICE When using a portable audio device connected to the power outlet noise may occur during playback If this happens use the power source of th...

Page 1212: ...ing ANY floor mat to the vehicle Ensure that the floor mats are securely attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchor s before driving the vehicle Do not use ANY floor mat that cannot be firmly attached to the vehicle s floor mat anchors Do not stack floor mats on top of one another e g all weather rub ber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat Only a single floor mat should be installed in each posi ti...

Page 1213: ...LM049203 OLM049204 CAUTION To prevent damage to the goods or the vehicle care should be taken when carrying fragile or bulky objects in the luggage compart ment WARNING To avoid eye injury DO NOT over stretch the luggage net ALWAYS keep your face and body out of the luggage net s recoil path DO NOT use the luggage net when the strap has visible signs of wear or dam age EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013 6 4...

Page 1214: ...ehicle and possibly injure vehi cle occupants during an accident or when braking Never allow anyone to ride in the luggage compartment It is designed for luggage only Maintain the balance of the vehi cle and locate the weight as far forward as possible CAUTION Since the cargo security screen may be damaged or malformed do not put the luggage on it when it is used OLM049205 EL FL UK 4A QXP 8 5 2013...

Page 1215: ...udden upward pressure on items loaded on the roof rack This is especially true when car rying large flat items such as wood panels or mattresses This could cause the items to fall off the roof rack and cause damage to your vehicle or others around you To prevent damage or loss of cargo whilst driving check fre quently before or whilst driving to make sure the items on the roof rack are securely fa...

Page 1216: ...counterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise AUDIO SYSTEM CAUTION Before entering a place with a low height clearance or a car wash remove the antenna by rotating it counterclockwise If not the antenna may be damaged When reinstalling your antenna it is important that it is fully tight ened and adjusted to the upright position to ensure proper recep tion But it could be folded or remo...

Page 1217: ... DOWN button If the SEEK button is pressed for less than 0 8 second it will work as follows in each mode RADIO mode It will function as the PRESET STATION select buttons CDP mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button CDC mode It will function as the TRACK UP DOWN button Detailed information for audio control buttons is described in the following pages in this section MODE 3 Press the button...

Page 1218: ...ived at greater distances than FM broadcasts This is because AM radio waves are transmitted at low frequencies These long low frequency radio waves can fol low the curvature of the earth rather than travelling straight out into the atmos phere In addition they curve around obstructions so that they can provide bet ter signal coverage FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frequencies and do not ben...

Page 1219: ...ng This can be caused by a direct and reflect ed signal from the same station or by signals from two stations with close frequencies If this occurs select another station until the condition has passed Using a cellular phone or a two way radio When a cellular phone is used inside the vehicle noise may be produced from the audio system This does not mean that something is wrong with the audio equip...

Page 1220: ...into the CD player Do not insert more than one CD at a time Keep CDs in their cases after use to protect them from scratches or dirt Depending on the type of CD R CD RW CDs certain CDs may not operate normally according to manufacturing companies or making and recording methods In such circumstances con tinued use may cause malfunctions to your audio system NOTICE Playing an Incompatible Copy Prot...

Page 1221: ...li ty is in the safe and legal opera tion of a vehicle and use of any handheld devices other equip ment or vehicle systems which take the driver s eyes attention and focus away from the safe operation of a vehicle or which are not permissible by law should never be used during operation of the vehicle Continued Please refrain from use if the screen is blank or no sound can be heard as these signs ...

Page 1222: ...product malfunction please contact your place of pur chase or After Service center Placing the audio system within an electromagnetic environment may result in noise interference Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oil from contacting the dashboard because they may cause damage or discoloration CAUTION Operating the device while driv ing could lead to accidents due to a lack of ...

Page 1223: ... not either 512BYTE or 2048BYTE then the device will not be recognized Use only a USB device formatted to FAT 12 16 32 USB devices without USB I F authen tication may not be recognizable Make sure the USB connection termi nal does not come in contact with the human body or other objects If you repeatedly connect or discon nect the USB device in a short period of time it may break the device You ma...

Page 1224: ...r USB types liable to con nection failures due to vehicle vibra tions are not supported i stick type Some non standard USB devices METAL COVER TYPE USB can be unrecognizable Continued Continued Some USB flash memory readers such as CF SD micro SD etc or external HDD type devices can be unrecognizable Music files protected by DRM DIGI TAL RIGHTS MANAGEMENT are not recognizable The data in the USB m...

Page 1225: ...pon purchasing an iPod d device Skipping or improper operation may occur depending on the characteris tics of your iPod iPhone device If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetooth Wireless Technology and USB the sound may not be prop erly played In your iPhone select the Dock connector or Bluetooth Wireless Technology to change the sound output source Continued Continued When connecting iPod w...

Page 1226: ... Features of your vehicle CD Player AC100ELEE AC110ELEE No logo will be shown if the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature is not supported EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 20 AM Page 155 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1227: ...iPod AUX My Music BT Audio 4 if eqipped Operates Phone Screen When a phone is not connected the connection screen is displayed 5 Radio Mode Automatically searches for broadcast frequencies CD USB iPod My Music modes Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to next or previous song file Press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds Rewinds or fast forwards the current song 6 PWR VOL knob Power Kno...

Page 1228: ... 0 8sec onds TA On Off Press and hold the key over 0 8seconds Previews each broadcast for 5 seconds each Media mode Press and hold the key over 0 8sec onds Previews each song file for 10 seconds each Press and holding the key again to continue listening to the current song file 10 Shortly press the key under 0 8 sec onds Moves to the Display Sound Clock Phone System setting modes Press and hold th...

Page 1229: ...right When the desired song is displayed press the knob to play the song Moves focus in all selection menus and selects menus 14 Changes to FM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode changed in order of FM1 FM2 FMA 15 Changes to AM mode Each time the key is pressed the mode changed in order of AM AMA AM FM EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 20 AM Page 158 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1230: ...e pop up screen is displayed use the TUNE knob or keys to select the desired mode Scroll text Scroll text Set Maintains scroll Scrolls only one 1 time Song Info When playing an MP3 file select the desired display info from Folder File or Album Artist Song Sound Settings Press the key Select Sound through TUNE knob or key Select menu through TUNE knob 2 RDM SETUP CLOCK Off On Off On 6 1 MEDIA RADIO...

Page 1231: ... balance Default Restores default settings Return While adjusting values re pressing the TUNE knob will restore the parent menu Speed Dependent Volume Control This feature is used to automatically con trol the volume level according to the speed of the vehicle Select Speed Dependent Vol Set in 4 levels Off Low Mid High of TUNE knob Volume Dialogue Adjusts voice recognition volume Select Volume Dia...

Page 1232: ...NE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to set the hour and press the tune knob to set the minute Day Settings This menu is used to set the date Select Day Settings Set through TUNE knob Press TUNE knob Adjust the number currently in focus to make the settings and press the tune knob to move to the next setting Set in order of Year Month Day 3 SETUP CLOCK EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 20...

Page 1233: ...splay when Power is OFF Select Clock Disp Pwr Off Set through TUNE knob Displays time date on screen Turn off Automatic RDS Time This option is used to automatically set the time by synchronizing with RDS Select Automatic RDS Time Set through TUNE knob Turn on Automatic Time Turn off Off On Off On Off On Off On EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 20 AM Page 162 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1234: ...minutes the mobile phone pairing process will automatically be canceled Pairing completion is displayed In some mobile phones pairing will automatically be followed by connec tion It is possible to pair up to five Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled mobile phones SETUP CLOCK CAUTION To pair a Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled mobile phone authentication and connection processes are first req...

Page 1235: ... phone that is not cur rently connected Connect the selected mobile phone Connection completion is displayed If a phone is already connected dis connect the currently connected phone and select a new phone to con nect Disconnecting a connected phone Select Phone List Select mobile phone through TUNE knob Select Disconnect Phone Select the currently connected mobile phone Disconnect the selected mo...

Page 1236: ...ist Select mobile phone through TUNE knob Select Delete Select the desired mobile phone Delete the selected mobile phone Deletion completion is displayed When attempting to delete a currently connected phone the phone is first disconnected Phone book Download This feature is used to download phone book and call histories into the audio sys tem Select Phone book Download Select through TUNE knob CA...

Page 1237: ...luetooth Wireless Technology enabled handsfree call Select Outgoing Volume Set volume through TUNE knob While on a call the volume can be changed by using the key Bluetooth Wireless Technology System Off This feature is used when you do not wish to use the Bluetooth Wireless Technology system Select Bluetooth System Off Set through TUNE knob If a phone is already connected dis connect the currentl...

Page 1238: ... Bluetooth Wireless Technology system is turned on the system will automatically try to connect the most recently connected Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone YES SETUP CLOCK SETUP CLOCK PHONE PHONE CAUTION Bluetooth Wireless Technology con nection may become intermittently disconnected in some mobile phones Follow these next steps to try again 1 Turn the Bluetooth Wireless Technology func...

Page 1239: ...The currently used memory is displayed on the left side while the total system memory is displayed on the right side Language This menu is used to set the display and voice recognition language Select Language Set through TUNE knob The system will reboot after the lan guage is changed Language support by region SETUP CLOCK EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 20 AM Page 168 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1240: ... saved in the corresponding key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Pressing and holding the desired key from will save the currently playing broadcast to the selected key and sound a BEEP SCAN Press the key Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds The broadcast frequency increases and previews each broad cast for 5 seconds each After scan ning all frequencies returns and plays the ...

Page 1241: ...e most recently received frequency will be broadcast Saves only to the Preset memory of FMA or AMA mode AF Alternative Frequency Press the key Set AF through TUNE knob or key The Alternative Frequency option can be turned On Off Region Press the key Set Region through TUNE knob or key The Region option can be turned On Off News Press the key Set News through TUNE knob or key The News option can be...

Page 1242: ...s inserted The USB music is automatically played when a USB is connected Repeat While song file is playing RPT key Audio CD MP3 CD USB iPod My Music mode RPT on screen To repeat one song Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Repeats the current song MP3 CD USB mode FLD RPT on screen To repeat folder pressing twice repeats all files within the current folder Press the key again to turn off rep...

Page 1243: ...ing Song File While song file is playing key Shortly pressing the key Plays the cur rent song from the beginning If the key is pressed again within 1 second the previ ous song is played Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Rewinds the song While song file is playing key Shortly pressing the key Plays the next song Pressing and holding the key over 0 8 seconds Fast forwards the song Scan W...

Page 1244: ...D Press the CD MP3 mode key to set the Repeat Random Information features Information features Repeat Press the key Set RPT through the TUNE knob or key to repeat the current song Press RPT again to turn off Random Press the key Set RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play songs within the current folder Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob ...

Page 1245: ...et A RDM through the TUNE knob or key to randomly play all songs within the CD Press A RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key to display information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Copy Press the key Set Copy through the TUNE knob or key This is used to copy the current song into My Music You can play the copied Music in My ...

Page 1246: ...s all songs within the currently play ing category in random order Press RDM again to turn off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Search Press the key Set Search through the TUNE knob or key Displays iPod category list Searching iPod category is key pressed move to parent category MENU 4 ME...

Page 1247: ...M again to turn random off Information Press the key Set Info through the TUNE knob or key Displays information of the current song Press the key to turn off info display Delete Press the key Set Delete through the TUNE knob or key Deletes currently playing file In the play screen pressing delete will delete the currently playing song Deletes file from list Select the file you wish to delete by us...

Page 1248: ...an be stored The same song can be copied up to 1 000 times Memory info can be checked in the System menu of Setup AUX AUX is used to play external MEDIA cur rently connected with the AUX terminal AUX mode will automatically start when an external device is connected with the AUX terminal If an external device is connected you can also press the key to change to AUX mode AUX mode cannot be started ...

Page 1249: ...such marks is under license Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners A Bluetooth enabled cell phone is required to use Bluetooth Wireless Technology Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio can be used only when the Audio Streaming of Phone is turned On Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio Streaming Press the key Select Phone through the tune knob Select Audio Stream...

Page 1250: ...he vehicle If you do not want automatic Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone connection set the Bluetooth Wireless Technology power to OFF Making a call using the Steering wheel remote controller 1 VOLUME button Raises or lowers speaker volume 2 MUTE button Mute the microphone during a call 3 button Activates voice recognition 4 button Places and transfers calls 5 button Ends calls or cancels func ...

Page 1251: ...he phone book is displayed and can be used to select a number and make a call If more than one number is saved to one contact then a screen showing the mobile phone number Home and office number is displayed Select the desired number to make the call If phone book do not exist a screen asking whether to download phone book is displayed The download fea ture may not be supported in some mobile phon...

Page 1252: ...tions can be disturbed While a phone is connected through Bluetooth Wireless Technology your phone may discharge quicker than usual for additional Bluetooth Wireless Technology related opera tions Some cellular phones or other devices may cause interference noise or mal function to audio system In this case store the device in a different location may resolve the condition Phone contact names shou...

Page 1253: ...obile phone has been turned on Methods of turning on the Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled feature may differ depending on the mobile phone Continued Continued In some mobile phones starting the ignition while talking through Bluetooth Wireless Technology enabled handsfree call will result in the call becoming disconnected Switch the call back to your mobile phone when starting the ignition So...

Page 1254: ...inued Voice recognition may not function properly due to outside noise The fol lowing conditions can affect the per formance of Voice Recognition When the windows and sunroof are open When the heating cooling system is on When passing a tunnel When driving on rugged and uneven roads After downloading Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone book the system requires some times to convert the phone book ...

Page 1255: ...d after the guidance mes sage and the Beep sound Skipping the Guidance Message While the guidance message is being stated shortly press the key under 0 8 seconds to discontinue the guidance message and sound the beep After the beep say the voice command Ending Voice Command While using voice command press and hold the key over 0 8 sec onds to end voice command While using voice command pressing th...

Page 1256: ...ncel More Help Please say a command Please say a More Help You can say Radio FM AM Media CD USB Aux My Music iPod Bluetooth Audio Phone Call History or Phone book Please say a command Phone book Please say the name of the Phone book you want to call More Help You can say Radio FM AM Media CD USB Aux My Music iPod Bluetooth Audio Phone Call History or Phone book Please say a command Beep Beep Beep ...

Page 1257: ...an say the number that you want to call Redial Connects the most recently called number Radio When listening to the radio displays the next radio screen FM1 FM2 FMA AM AMA When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played radio screen Command Function FM When currently listening to the FM radio maintains the current state When listening to a different mode displays the most rece...

Page 1258: ... file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music iPod Plays iPod music Search iPod Moves to the iPod file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music My Music Plays the music saved in My Music Search My Music Moves to My Music file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music Command Function AUX Auxili...

Page 1259: ...requencies from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 10 seconds each AF on Enable Alternative Frequency feature AF off Disable Alternative Frequency feature Region Enable Region feature Command Function Region off Disable Region feature Program Type Moves to the RDS Program type selection screen After manual...

Page 1260: ...es from the next files for 10 sec onds each Search File Moves to the file selection screen Search Folder Moves to the folder selection screen Information Displays the information screen of the current file Copy Copies the current file into My Music Command Function All Random Randomly plays all saved songs Random Randomly plays the songs within the current category Random Off Cancels random play t...

Page 1261: ...cels repeat play to play files in sequential order Next File Plays the next file Previous File Plays the previous file Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec onds each Search File Moves to the file selection screen Information Displays the information screen of the current file Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Delete All Deletes all fi...

Page 1262: ...Features of your vehicle APPENDIX Name Description AST A store Automatically selects and saves channels SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 191 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1263: ...Features of your vehicle 192 4 CD Player AC111ELEE EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 192 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1264: ...r Press to turn power on off Volume Turn left right to control vol ume 6 When pressed shortly under 0 8 sec onds Radio mode plays previous next fre quency Media CD USB iPod My Music modes changes the track Song file When pressed and held 0 8 seconds Radio mode continuously changes the frequency Upon release plays the cur rent frequency Media CD USB iPod My Music modes rewinds or fast forwards the ...

Page 1265: ...eceivable broadcasts for 5 seconds each Media CD USB My Music modes Long key Previews each song file for 10 seconds each 12 Converts to Setup mode 13 TUNE knob Radio mode turn to change broadcast frequencies Media CD USB iPod My Music modes turn to search tracks chan nels files SETUP TA SCAN EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 194 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1266: ...s with superior reception to Preset buttons 6 RDS Menu Displays the RDS Menu 7 RDS Info Displays RDS broadcast information Switching to Radio Mode Pressing the key will change the operating mode in order of FM1 FM2 FMA AM AMA If Pop up Mode is turned on within Display then pressing the key will display the Radio Pop up Mode screen Turn the TUNE knob to move the focus Press the knob to select RADIO...

Page 1267: ...splay the broadcast information for the frequency saved to each button NOTICE While listening to a frequency you want to save as a preset press and hold one of the 1 6 preset buttons over 0 8 sec onds to save the current frequency to the selected preset Auto Store Press the button to automatically save receivable frequencies to Preset buttons NOTICE While Auto Store is operating pressing the Cance...

Page 1268: ... mode Scan Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds to preview frequencies with superior reception for 5 seconds each NOTICE Once scan is complete the previous fre quency will be restored While Scan is operating pressing and holding the key over 0 8 sec onds will cancel the scan operation TA SCAN TA SCAN EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 197 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1269: ...gram type press the TUNE knob After selecting the desired Program Type and while the Program Type is blinking approximately 5 seconds pressing the key will allow you to select a different Program Type broadcast TA Traffic Announcement Press the key to turn the TA Traffic Announcement feature On Off TA SCAN SEEK TRACK PTY FOLDER EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 198 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1270: ...ft cloth The use of CD R CD RW discs attached with labels may result in disc slot jams or difficulties in disc removal Such discs may also result in noise while playing Some CD R CD RW discs may not properly operate depending on the disc manufacturer production method and the record method as used by the user If problems persist trying using a different CD as contin ued use may result in malfuncti...

Page 1271: ...2 64 64 128 80 80 160 96 96 192 112 112 224 128 128 256 144 144 320 160 160 2 Sampling Frequencies Hz MPEG1 MPEG2 MPEG2 5 WMA 44100 22050 11025 32000 48000 24000 12000 44100 3000 16000 8000 48000 For MP3 WMA compression files dif ferences in sound quality will occur depending on the bitrate Higher sound quality can be experienced with higher bitrates This device only recognizes files with MP3 WMA ...

Page 1272: ...are recorded by sessions and have no media limitation Precautions upon Writing CDs 1 In all cases except when creating mul tisession discs check the close ses sion option before creating the disc Though product malfunctions will not occur some time may be required for the device to check whether the ses sion state is closed approximately 25 seconds Additional time may also be required depending on...

Page 1273: ...de screen Turn the TUNE knob to move the focus Press the knob to select NOTICE The media mode pop up screen can be displayed only when there are two or more media modes turned on Title Icon When a Bluetooth Wireless Technology iPod USB or AUX device is connected or a CD is inserted the corresponding mode icon will be displayed Icon Title Bluetooth Wireless Technology CD iPod USB AUX MEDIA SETUP ME...

Page 1274: ...3 Track Info Displays information about the current track 4 Play Pause Changes the play pause state 5 Play Time Displays the current play time 6 Info Shows detailed information about the current track 7 Random Shuffle Turns the Random Shuffle feature on off 8 Repeat Turns the Repeat feature on off 9 List Moves to the list screen EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 203 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1275: ...opy CD R CDs with labels The artist and title information are displayed on the screen if track infor mation is included within the audio CD Changing Tracks Press the key to move to the previous or next track NOTICE Pressing the key after the track has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current track from the beginning Pressing the key before the track has been playing for 1 seconds will sta...

Page 1276: ...rt playing Rewinding Fast forwarding Tracks While playing press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds to rewind or fast forward the current track Scan for RDS model Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds to play the first 10 seconds of each file Pressing and holding the key again to turn off TA SCAN SEEK TRACK EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 205 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1277: ...tton again to turn the Random Shuffle feature off Random Shuffle Plays all tracks in random Shuffle order Repeat Press the button to repeat the cur rent track Press the button again to turn the repeat feature off Repeat Repeats the current track List Press the button to display the track list screen Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for tracks Once the desired track is displayed press the kn...

Page 1278: ...4 File Info Displays information about the current file 5 Play Pause Changes the play pause state 6 Play Time Displays the current play time 7 Info Shows detailed information about the current file 8 Random Shuffle Turns the Random Shuffle feature on off 9 Repeat Turns the Repeat feature on off 10 Copy Copies the current file into My Music 11 List Moves to the list screen EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 1...

Page 1279: ...he file has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current file from the begin ning Pressing the key before the file has been playing for 1 seconds will start the previous file Selecting from the List Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for the desired file Once you find the desired file press the TUNE knob to start playing Rewinding Fast forwarding Files While playing press and hold the ke...

Page 1280: ... Press the key to select and search folders Once the desired folder is displayed press the TUNE knob to select The first file within the selected folder will begin playing PTY FOLDER EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 209 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1281: ...is set as the default display the folder name file name are displayed as detailed file information The title artist and album info are displayed only when such information are recorded within the MP3 file ID3 tag Random Shuffle Press the button to play files in random Shuffle order Each time the button is pressed the fea ture changes in order of Random Shuffle Folder Random Shuffle All Off Random ...

Page 1282: ...current Folder Copying Files Press the button to copy the cur rent file into My Music NOTICE Selecting another feature during copy ing will display a pop up asking whether you wish to cancel copying To cancel select Yes List Press the button to display the file list screen Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for files Once the desired file is displayed press the knob to select and play EL FL U...

Page 1283: ...tion A strange noise may occur when dis connecting the USB Make sure to connect disconnect external USB devices with the audio power turned off The amount of time required to recog nize the USB device may differ depending on the type size or file for mats stored in the USB Such differ ences in time are not indications of malfunctions The device only supports USB devices used to play music files US...

Page 1284: ...used by connect ing an Adaptor SD Type or CF Type may not be properly recognized The device may not operate properly when using USB HDDs or USBs sub ject to connection failures caused by vehicle vibrations e g i stick type Continued Continued Avoid use of USB memo ry products that can also be used as key chains or mobile phone accessories Use of such products may cause damage to the USB jack Conne...

Page 1285: ...File Info Displays information about the current file 5 Play Pause Changes the play pause state 6 Play Time Displays the current play time 7 Info Displays detailed information for the cur rent file 8 Random Shuffle Turns the Random Shuffle feature on off 9 Repeat Turns the Repeat feature on off 10 Copy Copies the current file into My Music 11 List Moves to the list screen EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 1...

Page 1286: ...file searching Normal operations will resume once loading is complete The device may not support normal operation when using a USB memory type besides Metal Cover Type USB Memory Changing Files Press the keys to move to the previous or next file NOTICE Pressing the key after the file has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current file from the begin ning Pressing the key before the file has...

Page 1287: ...nds to rewind or fast forward the current file Scan Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds to play the first 10 seconds of each file Pressing and holding the key again to turn off Searching Folders Press the key to select and search folders Once the desired folder is displayed press the TUNE knob to select The first file within the selected folder will begin playing PTY FOLDER TA SCAN SEEK TRACK ...

Page 1288: ...info are dis played only when such information are recorded within the MP3 file ID3 tag Random Shuffle Press the button to play files in random Shuffle order Each time the button is pressed the fea ture changes in order of Random Shuffle Folder Random Shuffle All Off Random Shuffle Folder Plays the files in the current folder in random Shuffle order Random Shuffle All Plays all files in random Shu...

Page 1289: ...ring copy ing will display a pop up asking whether you wish to cancel copying To cancel select Yes List Press the button to display the file list screen Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for files Once the desired file is displayed press the knob to select and play EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 218 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1290: ...he iPod or AUX device power is connected to the power jack playing the external device may result in noise In such cases disconnect the power con nection before use Skipping or improper operation may occur depending on the characteristics of your iPod iPhone device If your iPhone is connected to both the Bluetooth Wireless Technology and USB the sound may not be properly played In your iPhone sele...

Page 1291: ...g Index Displays the current song total number of songs 4 Song Info Displays information about the current song 5 Play Pause Changes the play pause state 6 Play Time Displays the current play time 7 Random Shuffle Turns the Random Shuffle feature on off 8 Repeat Turns the Repeat feature on off 9 List Moves to the list screen EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 220 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1292: ...e key to move to the previous or next song NOTICE Pressing the key after the song has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current song from the beginning Pressing the key before the song has been playing for 1 seconds will start the previous song Slight time differences may exist depending your iPod product Rewinding Fast forwarding Songs While playing press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds...

Page 1293: ...ongs Composers Audiobooks and Podcasts Category Menu Within the iPod Category menu you will have access to the Home and features 1 Displays the play screen 2 Moves to the iPod root catego ry screen 3 Moves to the previous category NOTICE If the search mode is accessed while playing a song the most recently searched category is displayed Search steps upon initial connection may differ depending on ...

Page 1294: ...rn the ran dom Shuffle feature off Repeat Press the button to repeat the cur rent song Press the button again to turn the repeat feature off Repeat Repeats the current song List Press the button to display the Category Menu Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for the desired category Once you find the desired category press the TUNE knob to select and play EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21...

Page 1295: ... be used only when an external audio player camcorder car VCR etc has been connected The AUX volume can be controlled separately from other audio modes Connecting a connector jack to the AUX terminal without an external device will convert the system to AUX mode but only output noise When an external device is not being used also remove the connector jack When the external device power is connecte...

Page 1296: ...ber of files 4 File Info Displays information about the current file 5 Play Pause Changes the play pause state 6 Play Time Displays the current play time 7 Info Displays detailed information for the cur rent file 8 Random Shuffle Turns the Random Shuffle feature on off 9 Repeat Turns the Repeat feature on off 10 Delete Deletes the current file 11 List Moves to the list screen EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP...

Page 1297: ...vious or next file NOTICE Pressing the key after the file has been playing for 2 seconds will start the current file from the begin ning Pressing the key before the file has been playing for 1 seconds will start the previous file Selecting from the List Turn the TUNE knob left right to search for the desired file Once you find the desired file press the TUNE knob to start playing SEEK TRACK SEEK T...

Page 1298: ...Shuffle Repeat Delete and List features Info Press the button to display details about the current file NOTICE The title artist and album info are dis played only when such information is recorded within the MP3 file ID3 tag Random Press the button to play files in random order Press the button again to turn the Random feature off Repeat Press the button to repeat the cur rent song Press the butto...

Page 1299: ...nt to delete Once files are selected the button and buttons will be enabled 1 Moves to the previous screen 2 Select All Selects all files 3 Unselet All Deselects all selected files 4 Delete Deletes selected files After selecting the files you want to delete press the button to delete the selected files NOTICE If there is memory available up to 6 000 files can be saved Identical files cannot be cop...

Page 1300: ...one is connect ed then the music will also stop Moving the Track up down while playing Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio mode may result in pop noises in some mobile phones Bluetooth Wireless Technology streaming audio may not be support ed in some mobile phones Continued Continued When returning to Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio mode after ending a call the mode may not automatically resta...

Page 1301: ... dis play the Bluetooth Wireless Technology connection screen It is possible to use the pair phone con nect disconnect and delete features from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone NOTICE If the Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio is not operating properly check whether the feature is turned off at Phone Audio stream ing Streaming Audio If the feature is off turn back on and try again If music...

Page 1302: ...make phone calls with Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phones through the audio system CAUTION Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree is a feature that enables drivers to practice safe driving Connecting the car audio system with a Bluetooth Wireless Technology phone allows the user to conveniently make calls receive calls and manage the phone book Before using the Bluetooth Wireless Technolo...

Page 1303: ...th Wireless Technology features within your mobile refer to your mobile phone user s manual 2 Turn off the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature in your car audio system To turn off the Bluetooth Wireless Technology feature in your car audio system go to Phone and turn off the Bluetooth Wireless Technology fea ture Park the vehicle when connecting the car audio system with your mobile phone Contin...

Page 1304: ...the connection process cannot be can celed Only Bluetooth Wireless Technology Handsfree and Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio related features will operate within this system Normal operation is possible only for devices that support Handsfree or audio features such as a Bluetooth Wireless Technology mobile phone or a Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio device Only one function can be used at a ...

Page 1305: ...ring remote controller The following screen is displayed 2 Press the button to enter the Pair Phone screen 1 Device Name of device as shown when searching from your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device 2 Passkey Passkey used to pair the device 3 From your Bluetooth Wireless Technology device i e Mobile Phone search and select your car audio sys tem 4 After a few moments a screen is dis played wher...

Page 1306: ...evi ous page NOTICE The waiting period during phone pair ing will last for one minute The pair ing process will fail if the device is not paired within the given time If the pairing process fails you must start the process from the beginning Generally most Bluetooth Wireless Technology devices will automatically connect once pairing is complete However some devices may require a separate verificat...

Page 1307: ...Paired Phone List 1 Connected Phone Device that is cur rently connected 2 Paired Phone Device that is paired but not connected From the paired phone list select the device you want to connect and press the button SETUP EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 236 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1308: ... the paired phone list select the phone you want to switch to the highest priority then press the button from the Menu The selected device will be changed to the highest priority NOTICE When a device is currently connected even if you change the priority to a differ ent device the currently connected phone will always be set as the highest priority Disconnecting a Device Press the key Select Phone...

Page 1309: ...CE When deleting the currently connect ed device the device will automatical ly be disconnected to proceed with the deleting process If a paired Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is deleted the device s call history and phone book data will also be deleted To re use a deleted device you must pair the device again SETUP EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 238 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1310: ...hone book list screen 4 Setup Displays Phone related set tings NOTICE If you press the Call History button but there is no call history data a prompt is displayed which asks whether to download call history data If you press the Phone book button but there is no phone book data a prompt is displayed which asks whether to download phone book data This feature may not be supported in some mobile pho...

Page 1311: ...nnected will display the following screen 1 Caller Displays the other party s name when the incoming caller is saved within your phone book 2 Incoming Number Displays the incoming number 3 Accept Accept the incoming call 4 Reject Reject the incoming call NOTICE When an incoming call pop up is dis played most Audio and SETUP mode features are disabled Only the call volume will operate The telephone...

Page 1312: ...played Press the Download button to download the call history 1 Call History Displays recent calls call history Connects call upon selection 2 Download Download Recent Call History NOTICE The call history list will display up to 30 outgoing incoming and missed calls Upon downloading call histories pre viously saved histories are deleted Incoming calls with hidden caller IDs will not be saved in th...

Page 1313: ...ata will be deleted Downloading is not possible if the phone book download feature is turned off within the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device Also some devices may require device authorization upon attempting to download If downloading cannot be normally conducted check the Bluetooth Wireless Technology device setting or the screen state Caller ID information will not be dis played for unsaved ...

Page 1314: ...sound When the windows and sunroof are open When the wind of the cooling heat ing device is strong When entering and passing through tunnels When driving on rugged and uneven roads During severe rain heavy rains windstorms Continued Continued Phone related voice commands can be used only when a Bluetooth Wireless Technology device is connected When making calls by stating a name the corresponding ...

Page 1315: ...enson instead of Dad 2 Do not use abbreviations i e use Lieutenant instead of Lt or Sergeant instead of Sgt 3 Do not use acronyms i e use County Finance Department instead of CFD 4 Do not use special characters e g hyphen asterisk amper sand 5 If a name is not recognized from the contact list change it to a more descriptive name e g use Grandpa Joseph instead of Pa Joe Skipping Prompt Messages Whi...

Page 1316: ...ice command pressing a steering wheel remote control or a different key will end voice command When the system is waiting for a voice command say cancel or end to end voice command When the system is waiting for a voice command press and hold the key on the steering wheel remote con troller to end voice command EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 21 AM Page 245 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1317: ... Aux My Music iPod Bluetooth Audio Phone Call History or Phone book Please say a command More Help You can say Radio FM AM Media CD USB Aux My Music iPod Bluetooth Audio Phone Call History or Phone book Please say a command Ding Ding Shortly pressing the key under 0 8 seconds Phone book Cancel Please say a command Phone book Please say the name of the phone book you want to call Ding Di Ding Cance...

Page 1318: ...an say the number that you want to call Redial Connects the most recently called number Radio When listening to the radio displays the next radio screen FM1 FM2 FMA AM AMA When listening to a different mode displays the most recently played radio screen Command Function FM When currently listening to the FM radio maintains the current state When listening to a different mode displays the most rece...

Page 1319: ... file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music iPod Plays iPod music Search iPod Moves to the iPod file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music My Music Plays the music saved in My Music Search My Music Moves to My Music file selection screen After manually operate the device to select and play music Command Function AUX Auxili...

Page 1320: ...encies from the current broadcast and plays for 10 seconds each Preset Scan Moves to the next preset from the current present and plays for 10 seconds each AF on Enable Alternative Frequency feature AF off Disable Alternative Frequency feature Region Enable Region feature Command Function Region off Disable Region feature Program Type Moves to the RDS Program type selection screen After manually o...

Page 1321: ...es from the next files for 10 sec onds each Search File Moves to the file selection screen Search Folder Moves to the folder selection screen Information Displays the information screen of the current file Copy Copies the current file into My Music Command Function All Random Randomly plays all saved songs Random Randomly plays the songs within the current category Random Off Cancels random play t...

Page 1322: ...ncels repeat play to play files in sequential order Next File Plays the next file Previous File Plays the previous file Scan Scans the files from the next files for 10 sec onds each Search File Moves to the file selection screen Information Displays the information screen of the current file Delete Deletes the current file You will bypass an additional confirmation process Delete All Deletes all f...

Page 1323: ...et 1 Automatic Adjusts the brightness automatically 2 Day Always maintains the brightness on high 3 Night Always maintains the bright ness on low Pop up Mode Press the key Select Display Select Pop up Mode This feature is used to display the Pop up Mode screen when entering radio and media modes When this feature is turned on pressing the or key will display the Pop up Mode screen NOTICE The media...

Page 1324: ...text is repeatedly scrolled When turned off the text is scrolled just once MP3 Information Display Press the key Select Display Select Song Info This feature is used to change the infor mation displayed within USB and MP3 CD modes 1 Folder File Displays file name and folder name 2 Album Artist Song Displays album name artist name song SETUP SETUP EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 22 AM Page 253 p...

Page 1325: ...ns to adjust the Bass Middle Treble settings Press the button to reset SDVC Speed Dependent Volume Control Press the key Select Sound Select Speed Dependent Vol The volume level is controlled automati cally according to the vehicle speed SDVC can be set by selecting from Off Low Mid High SETUP Default SETUP EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 22 AM Page 254 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1326: ...und Select Touch Screen Beep This feature is used to turn the touch screen beep on off Clock Day Setting Setting Press the key Select Clock Day Select Clock Settings Use the buttons to set the Hour Minutes and AM PM setting NOTICE Press and hold the key over 0 8 seconds to display the Clock Day screen CLOCK SETUP SETUP SETUP EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 22 AM Page 255 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1327: ...s the key Select Clock Day Select Time Format This feature is used to change the clock format between 12hr or 24hr Clock Display Press the key Select Clock Day Select Clock Display Power off This feature is used to display a clock on the screen when the audio system is turned off SETUP SETUP SETUP EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 22 AM Page 256 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1328: ...icle Automatic RDS Time Press the key Select Clock Day Select Automatic RDS Time This feature is used to set time automat ically by synchronizing with RDS SETUP EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 22 AM Page 257 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1329: ... Upon selecting a paired phone the setup menu is displayed For more information refer to the Setting Bluetooth Wireless Technology Connection section within Bluetooth Wireless Technology 1 Moves to the previous screen 2 Connect Disconnect Phone Connect disconnects currently selected phone 3 Delete Deletes the currently selected phone 4 Change Priority Sets currently selected phone to highest conne...

Page 1330: ... can be copied into car phone book Up to 1 000 phone book entries can be saved for each paired device Upon downloading phone book data previously saved phone book data will be deleted However Phone book entries saved to other paired phones are not deleted Auto Download Phone Book Press the key Select Phone Select Auto Download This feature is used to automatically download mobile phone book entrie...

Page 1331: ...ing volume level Turning Bluetooth System Off Press the key Select Phone Select Bluetooth System Off Once Bluetooth Wireless Technology is turned off Bluetooth Wireless Technology related features will not be supported within the audio system NOTICE To turn Bluetooth Wireless Technology back on go to Phone and press Yes SETUP SETUP SETUP SETUP CAUTION Bluetooth Wireless Technology audio streaming ...

Page 1332: ...t the desired prompt feedback option from Normal and Expert 1 Normal When using voice recogni tion provides detailed guidance prompts 2 Expert When using voice recognition omits some guidance prompts NOTICE Voice Recognition is depend on the Audio System Language Press the key Select System Select Language This feature is used to change the sys tem and voice recognition language If the language is...

Page 1333: ...ignition key is turned ON and the transmission lever is set to R The rear view camera will automatical ly stop operating when set to a differ ent lever CAUTION The rear view camera has been equipped with an optical lens to provide a wider range of vision and may appear different from the actu al distance For safety directly check the rear and left right sides EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 22 ...

Page 1334: ...p sound Treble High sound BT Audio Bluetooth Wireless Technology Audio FMA FM Radio Auto store Power Bass This is a sound system fea ture that provides live bass Power Treble This is a sound system fea ture that provides live treble Preset Saved radio frequency RDS Search Radio Data System Search TA Off Traffic Announcement EL FL UK 4B AUDIO QXP 7 15 2013 10 22 AM Page 263 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1335: ...our wheel drive 4WD 5 28 Tight corner brake effect 5 28 Four Wheel Drive 4WD transfer mode selection 5 29 For safe four wheel drive operation 5 30 Reducing the risk of a rollover 5 32 Brake system 5 35 Power brakes 5 35 Parking brake 5 36 Anti lock brake system ABS 5 38 Electronic stability control ESC 5 41 Vehicle stability management VSM 5 44 Hill start assist control HAC 5 45 Downhill brake con...

Page 1336: ...ant 5 63 Check battery and cables 5 63 Change to winter weight oil if necessary 5 63 Check spark plugs and ignition system 5 63 To keep locks from freezing 5 64 Use approved window washer anti freeze in system 5 64 Don t let your parking brake freeze 5 64 Don t let ice and snow accumulate underneath 5 64 Carry emergency equipment 5 64 Trailer towing 5 65 towbars 5 66 Safety chains 5 67 Trailer bra...

Page 1337: ...leakage exists Confined Areas Do not run the engine in confined spaces allowing the engine to idle in a garage even when the doors are open is dangerous practice Only start the engine immediately prior to moving the vehicle out of the garage Prolonged Idling If it is necessary to allow the vehicle to idle for prolonged periods ensure that the heating system air intake control is set to the Fresh p...

Page 1338: ...and make sure the brake warning light goes out For safe operation be sure you are famil iar with your vehicle and its equipment BEFORE DRIVING WARNING All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is mov ing Refer to Seat belts in section 3 for more information on their proper use WARNING Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for people especially children before putti...

Page 1339: ...ly to have a serious accident if you drink or take drugs and drive If you are drinking or taking drugs don t drive Do not ride with a driv er who has been drinking or taking drugs Choose a designated driver or call a cab KEY POSITIONS WARNING When you intend to park or stop the vehicle with the engine on be careful not to depress the accel erator pedal for a long period of time It may overheat the...

Page 1340: ... then it returns to the ON position The brake warning lamp can be checked in this position WARNING Ignition key Never turn the ignition switch to LOCK or ACC whilst the vehicle is moving This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat al...

Page 1341: ...e ignition switch to START and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key 4 In extremely cold weather below 18 C 0 F or after the vehicle has not been operated for several days let the engine warm up without depress ing the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator CAUTION If the engine stalls whil...

Page 1342: ...e START posi tion and hold it there until the engine starts a maximum of 10 seconds then release the key NOTICE If the engine were not started within 10 seconds after the preheating is complet ed turn the ignition key once more to the LOCK position during 10 seconds and then to the ON position in order to preheat again Starting and stopping the engine for tur bocharger intercooler 1 Do not race or...

Page 1343: ...ut ton will not change to the OFF position but to the ACC position Also the steering wheel locks when the engine start stop button is in the OFF position to protect you against theft It locks when the door is opened If the steering wheel is not locked prop erly when you open the driver s door the warning chime will sound Try locking the steering wheel again If the problem is not solved we recommen...

Page 1344: ...tart stop button whilst it is in the ACC position without depress ing the brake pedal The warning lights can be checked before the engine is started Do not leave the engine start stop button in the ON position for a long time The battery may discharge because the engine is not running Orange indicator Blue indicator CAUTION You are able to turn off the engine START RUN or vehicle power ON only whe...

Page 1345: ... for a long time the battery will discharge WARNING Never press the engine start stop button whilst the vehicle is in motion This would result in loss of directional control and braking function which could cause an accident The anti theft steering column lock is not a substitute for the parking brake Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is engaged in P Park set the pa...

Page 1346: ...e engine is cold or warm it should be started without depressing the accelerator Starting the diesel engine if equipped To start the diesel engine when the engine is cold it has to be pre heated before starting the engine and then have to be warmed up before starting to drive 1 Make sure the parking brake is applied 2 Manual Transaxle Depress the clutch pedal fully and shift the transaxle into Neu...

Page 1347: ...w the tur bocharger to cool prior to shutting the engine off Even if the smart key is in the vehicle if it is far away from you the engine may not start When the engine start stop button is in the ACC position or above if any door is opened the system checks for the smart key If the smart key is not in the vehicle the indicator and the KEY OUT indicator will blink And if all doors are closed the c...

Page 1348: ...start without depressing the brake pedal But for your safety always depress the brake pedal before starting the engine CAUTION Do not press the engine start stop button for more than 10 seconds except when the stop lamp fuse is blown CAUTION If the engine stalls whilst the vehi cle is in motion do not attempt to move the shift lever to the P Park position If the traffic and road con ditions permit...

Page 1349: ...he ISG system some warning lights ABS ESC ESC OFF EPS or Parking brake warning light may turn on for a few seconds This happens because of low battery voltage It does not mean the system is malfunctioning Auto stop To stop the engine in idle stop mode 1 Decrease the vehicle speed to less than 5 km h 2 Shift into N Neutral position 3 Release the clutch pedal The engine will stop and the green AUTO ...

Page 1350: ...dicator on the instrument cluster will go out The engine will also restart automati cally without the driver s any actions if the following occurs The fan speed of manual climate con trol system is set above the 3rd position when the air conditioning is on The fan speed of automatic climate control system is set above the 6th position when the air conditioning is on When a certain amount of time h...

Page 1351: ...tem is deactivated The light on the ISG OFF button will illuminate and the notice will illuminate on the LCD display if equipped If the light or notice is come on con tinuously please check the operation condition ISG system deactivation If you desire to deactivate the ISG sys tem press the ISG OFF button The light on the ISG OFF button will illumi nate and the notice will illuminate on the LCD di...

Page 1352: ...hen the ISG OFF button light comes on it may stop illuminating after driv ing your vehicle at approximately 80 km h for a maximum of two hours and setting the fan speed control knob below the 2nd position If the ISG OFF button light continues to be illu minated in spite of the procedure we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer WARNING When the engine is in Idle Stop mode it s po...

Page 1353: ...fting may be difficult until the transaxle lubricant has warmed up This is normal and not harmful to the transaxle If you ve come to a complete stop and it s hard to shift into 1st or R Reverse put the shift lever in N Neutral posi tion and release the clutch Press the clutch pedal back down and then shift into 1st or R Reverse gear position MANUAL TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED CAUTION When downshifting f...

Page 1354: ...utch pedal down fully If you don t press the clutch pedal fully the clutch may be damaged or noise may occur To prevent possible damage to the clutch system do not start with the 2nd second gear engaged except when you start on a alippery road WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always set the parking brake fully and shut the engine off Then make sure the transaxle is shifted into 1st gear wh...

Page 1355: ... you attempt to shift into reverse The transaxle can be dam aged if you do not To shift into reverse depress the clutch move the shift lever to neutral wait three seconds then shift to the reverse position Exercise extreme caution when driving on a slippery surface Be especially careful when braking accelerating or shifting gears On a slippery surface an abrupt change in vehicle speed can cause th...

Page 1356: ...2 5 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE IF EQUIPPED OEL059010R The shift lever can be moved freely Depress the brake pedal when shifting if your vehicle is equipped shift lock system EL FL UK 5 QXP 8 5 2013 6 57 PM Page 22 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1357: ...s come to a complete stop before shifting into P Park This position locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating WARNING Automatic transaxle Always check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for peo ple especially children before shifting a vehicle into D Drive or R Reverse Before leaving the driver s seat always make sure the shift lever is in the P Park position then set th...

Page 1358: ...Always come to a complete stop before shifting into D Drive WARNING Shifting into P Park whilst the vehicle is in motion will cause the drive wheels to lock which will cause you to lose control of the vehicle Do not use the P Park position in place of the parking brake Always make sure the shift lever is latched in the P Park position and set the parking brake fully Never leave a child unattended ...

Page 1359: ...upshift automatically To maintain the required levels of vehicle performance and safety the system may not execute certain gearshifts when the shift lever is oper ated When driving on a slippery road push the shift lever forward into the up position This causes the transaxle to shift into the 2nd gear which is better for smooth driving on a slippery road Push the shift lever to the down side to sh...

Page 1360: ...d repairer Type B 1 Carefully remove the cap 1 covering the shift lock override access hole 2 Insert a screwdriver into the access hole and press down on the screwdriv er 3 Move the shift lever 4 We recommend that the system be inspected by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Ignition key interlock system if equipped The ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in the P Park position Eve...

Page 1361: ...art depress the brake pedal shift the shift lever to D Drive Select the appropriate gear depending on load weight and steepness of the grade and release the parking brake Depress the accelerator gradually whilst releasing the service brakes When accelerating from a stop on a steep hill the vehicle may have a ten dency to roll backwards Shifting the shift lever into 2 Second Gear will help prevent ...

Page 1362: ...river s responsibility for the safety of him herself and his or her pas sengers Tight corner brake effect Tight corner brake effect is a unique characteristic of four wheel drive vehicles caused by the difference in tyre rotation at the four wheels and the zero degree alignment of the front wheels and sus pension Sharp turns at low speeds should be car ried out with caution FOUR WHEEL DRIVE 4WD IF...

Page 1363: ...noise and vibration will disappear when the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated Some parts of the power train may be dam aged by prolonged driving with the noise and vibration When the 4WD LOCK mode is deactivated a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front wheels This shock is not a mechanical failure Four Wheel Drive 4WD transfer mode selection Transfer mode Selection butt...

Page 1364: ...ed to extreme stress than under normal road conditions Slow down and be ready for changes in the composition and traction of the surface under your tyres If you have any doubt about the safety of the conditions you are facing stop and consider the best way to pro ceed Do not exceed the ability of yourself or your vehicle to operate safely WARNING Hills Driving across the contour of steep hills can...

Page 1365: ...t grab the inside of the steer ing wheel when you are driving off road You may hurt your arm by a sudden steering manoeuvre or from steering wheel rebound due to impact with objects on the ground You could lose control of the steer ing wheel WARNING Wind danger If you are driving in heavy wind the vehicle s higher centre of gravity decreases your steering control capacity and requires you to drive...

Page 1366: ...designed for cornering at the same speeds as conventional passenger vehi cles any more than low slung sports vehicles are designed to perform satis factorily in off road conditions Due to this risk driver and passengers are strongly recommended to buckle their seat belts In a rollover crash an unbelted person is more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt There are steps that a driver can...

Page 1367: ...arrying capacity If you never theless decide to equip your vehi cle with any tyre wheel combina tion not recommended by HYUNDAI for off road driving we recommend that you do not use these tyres for highway driving WARNING Rollover As with other Sports Utility Vehicle SUV failure to operate this vehi cle correctly may result in loss of control an accident or vehicle rollover Utility vehicles have a...

Page 1368: ... the parking brake 4 Place the rear wheels on the tempo rary free roller as shown in the illustra tion WARNING Dynamometer testing Keep away from the front of the vehicle whilst the vehicle is in gear on the dynamometer This is very dangerous as the vehicle can jump forward and cause serious injury or death OCM051044L Roll tester speedometer Temporary free roller CAUTION When lifting up the vehicl...

Page 1369: ...e brakes to overheat and could result in a temporary loss of braking per formance Wet brakes may impair the vehi cle s ability to sefely slow down the vehicle may also pull to one side when the brakes are applied Applying the brakes lightly will indicate whether they have been affected in this way Always test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep water To dry the brakes apply them...

Page 1370: ...ition it is recommended that when parking the vehicle on a gradient the shift lever should be in a low gear on manual transaxle vehicles or in the Park position on automatic transaxle vehicles Releasing the parking brake To release the parking brake first apply the foot brake and pull up the parking brake lever slightly Secondly depress the release button 1 and lower the parking brake lever 2 whil...

Page 1371: ...reach a safe loca tion or repair shop CAUTION Driving with the parking brake applied will cause excessive brake pad and brake rotor wear Do not operate the parking brake whilst the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation It could damage the vehicle sys tem and make endanger driving safety WARNING To prevent unintentional move ment when stopped and leaving the vehicle do not use the gear...

Page 1372: ...the brakes WARNING ABS or ESC will not prevent acci dents due to improper or danger ous driving manoeuvres Even though vehicle control is improved during emergency braking always maintain a safe distance between you and objects ahead Vehicle speeds should always be reduced during extreme road conditions The braking distance for vehicle equipped with an anti lock braking system Electronic Stability...

Page 1373: ...on and stays on you may have a problem with the ABS In this case howev er your regular brakes will work normally The ABS warning light will stay on for approximately 3 seconds after the ignition switch is ON During that time the ABS will go through self diagnosis and the light will go off if everything is normal If the light stays on you may have a problem with your ABS We rec ommend that you cont...

Page 1374: ... may not run as smoothly and the ABS warning light may turn on at the same time This happens because of the low battery voltage It does not mean your ABS is malfunctioning Do not pump your brakes Have the battery recharged before driving the vehicle EL FL UK 5 QXP 8 5 2013 6 57 PM Page 40 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1375: ...apply your brakes under con ditions which may lock the wheels you may hear a tik tik sound from the brakes or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal This is normal and it means your ESC is active NOTICE A click sound may be heard in the engine compartment when the vehicle begins to move after the engine is start ed These conditions are normal and indicate that the Electronic Stability P...

Page 1376: ...ctronic Stability Control is operating properly you can feel a slight pulsation in the vehicle This is only the effect of brake control and indi cates nothing unusual When moving out of the mud or slippery road pressing the accelerator pedal may not cause the engine rpm revo lutions per minute to increase ESC operation off ESC OFF state This car has 2 kinds of ESC off states If the engine stops wh...

Page 1377: ...indicator light blinks whenever ESC is operating or illuminates when ESC fails to operate ESC OFF indicator light comes on when the ESC is turned off with the button ESC indicator light ESC OFF indicator light CAUTION Driving with varying tyre or wheel sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction When replacing tyres make sure they are the same size as your original tyres WARNING The Electronic S...

Page 1378: ... ESC OFF indicator light remains on the instrument cluster ESC indicator light remains on the instrument cluster VSM operation off If you press the ESC OFF button to turn off the ESC the VSM will also cancel and the ESC OFF indicator light illumi nates To turn on the VSM press the button again The ESC OFF indicator light goes out Malfunction indicator The VSM can be deactivated even if you don t c...

Page 1379: ...titute for safe driving practices but a sup plementary function only It is the responsibility of the driver to always check the speed and the distance to the vehicle ahead Always hold the steering wheel firmly whilst driving Your vehicle is designed to acti vate according to the driver s intention even with installed VSM Always follow all the normal precautions for driving at safe speeds for the c...

Page 1380: ...under 22 mph 35 km h whilst driving down a steep hill the DBC will activate automatically In the activated mode the DBC will temporarily deacti vate under the following conditions The hill is not steep enough The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed If the above conditions are gone the DBC will automat ically activate again The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions The DBC butt...

Page 1381: ... vehicle emergency braking When the vehicle speed is under 25 mph 40 km h and the ABS deactivates or the sudden stop situation is over the stop light will not blink Instead the hazard warning flasher will turn on automatically The hazard warning flasher will turn off when the vehicle speed is over 6 mph 10 km h after the vehicle has stopped Also it will turn off when the vehicle drives at low spee...

Page 1382: ...l to one side To dry the brakes apply the brakes lightly until the braking action returns to normal taking care to keep the vehicle under control at all times If the braking action does not return to normal stop as soon as it is safe to do so and we recommend that you call a HYUNDAI authorised repairer for assistance Don t coast down hills with the vehicle out of gear This is extremely haz ardous ...

Page 1383: ... transaxle If your vehicle is facing downhill turn the front wheels into the kerb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If your vehicle is facing uphill turn the front wheels away from the kerb to help keep the vehicle from rolling If there is no kerb or if it is required by other conditions to keep the vehicle from rolling block the wheels Under some conditions your parking brake can freeze in th...

Page 1384: ... cluster illuminated the cruise control can be switched on accidentally Keep the cruise control system off CRUISE indicator light OFF when the cruise control is not in use to avoid inadvertently set ting a speed Use the cruise control system only when travelling on open highways in good weather Do not use the cruise control when it may not be safe to keep the vehicle at a constant speed for instan...

Page 1385: ...Release the accelerator pedal The desired speed will automatically be maintained On a steep grade the vehicle may slow down or speed up slightly whilst going downhill To increase cruise control set speed Follow either of these procedures Move the lever 1 up to RES and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the lever at the speed you want Move the lever 1 up to RES and release it immediately ...

Page 1386: ...to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on depress the accelerator pedal Increased speed will not interfere with cruise control operation or change the set speed To return to the set speed take your foot off the accelerator To cancel cruise control do one of the following Press the brake pedal Press the clutch pedal with a manual transaxle Shift into N Neutral with an automatic transaxl...

Page 1387: ...an cel cruising speed and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when you move the lever 1 up to RES It will not resume however if the vehicle speed has dropped below approximately 25 mph 40 km h To turn cruise control off do one of the following Push the Cruise ON OFF symbol but ton the Cruise indicator light in the instrument cluster will go off Turn th...

Page 1388: ...noise may become loud Vehicle speed may drop The air conditioner performance may decline Limitation of Active ECO opera tion If the following conditions occur whilst Active ECO is operating the system operation is limited even though there is no change in the ECO indicator When the coolant temperature is low The system will be limited until engine performance becomes normal When driving up a hill ...

Page 1389: ... overheat which reduces their effectiveness and may lead to more serious consequences Take care of your tyres Keep them inflated to the recommended pressure Incorrect inflation either too much or too little results in unnecessary tyre wear Check the tyre pressures at least once a month Be sure that the wheels are aligned correctly Improper alignment can result from hitting kerbs or driving too fas...

Page 1390: ...at high speeds can reduce fuel economy Fuel economy is less in crosswinds and headwinds To help offset some of this loss slow down when driving in these conditions Keeping a vehicle in good operating con dition is important both for economy and safety Therefore we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer to perform scheduled inspec tions and maintenance WARNING Engine off dur ing m...

Page 1391: ... and left to clear the area around your front wheels Then shift back and forth between 1st First and R Reverse in vehicles equipped with a manual transaxle or R Reverse and any forward gear in vehicles equipped with an automatic transaxle Do not race the engine and spin the wheels as little as possible If you are still stuck after a few tries have the vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle to avoid e...

Page 1392: ...eep your headlights clean and prop erly aimed on vehicles not equipped with the automatic headlight aiming feature Dirty or improperly aimed headlights will make it much more diffi cult to see at night WARNING Spinning tyres Do not spin the wheels especially at speeds more than 35 mph 56 km h Spinning the wheels at high speeds when the vehicle is station ary could cause a tyre to overheat which co...

Page 1393: ...e sure your tyres are in good shape Turn on your headlights to make it eas ier for others to see you Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes If you must go through puddles try to drive through them slowly If you believe you may have gotten your brakes wet apply them lightly whilst driving until normal braking operation returns Driving in flooded areas Avoid driving through fl...

Page 1394: ...may result in overheating of the engine 1VQA1004R WARNING Underinflated or overinflated tyres can cause poor handling loss of vehicle control and sud den tyre failure leading to acci dents injuries and even death Always check the tyres for proper inflation before driving For prop er tyre pressures refer to section 8 Tyres and wheels Driving on tyres with no or insuf ficient tread is dangerous Worn...

Page 1395: ...the brake gently It should be noted that installing tyre chains on the tyre will provide a greater driving force but will not prevent side skids NOTICE Tyre chains are not legal in all countries Check the country laws before fitting tyre chains Snow tyres If you mount snow tyres on your vehicle make sure they are radial tyres of the same size and load range as the original tyres Mount snow tyres o...

Page 1396: ...ody or chassis stop and tighten them If they still make contact slow down until it stops Remove the chains as soon as you begin driving on cleared roads CAUTION Make sure the snow chains are the correct size and type for your tyres Incorrect snow chains can cause damage to the vehicle body and suspension and may not be covered by your vehicle manufac turer warranty Also the snow chain connecting h...

Page 1397: ...s recommended that a lower viscosity winter weight oil be used during cold weather See section 8 for recommendations If you aren t sure what weight oil you should use we rec ommend that you consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Check spark plugs and ignition system Inspect your spark plugs and replace them if necessary Also check all ignition wiring and components to be sure they are not cracked w...

Page 1398: ...accumulation of snow or ice around or near the rear brakes or if the brakes are wet If there is a risk the parking brake may freeze apply it only temporar ily whilst you put the shift lever in P auto matic transaxle or in first or reverse gear manual transaxle and block the rear wheels so the vehicle cannot roll Then release the parking brake Do not park a vehicle on a public road without the park...

Page 1399: ...andling durability and fuel economy Successful safe trailering requires correct equip ment and it has to be used properly This section contains many time tested important trailering tips and safety rules Many of these are important for your safety and that of your passengers Please read this section carefully before you pull a trailer Load pulling components such as the engine transaxle wheel asse...

Page 1400: ...be sure to seal the holes later when you remove the towbar If you don t seal them deadly carbon monoxide CO from your exhaust can get into your vehicle as well as dirt and water The bumpers on your vehicle are not intended for towbars Do not attach rental towbars or other bumper type towbars to them Use only a frame mounted towbar that does not attach to the bumper A HYUNDAI accessory trailer towb...

Page 1401: ...odify your vehicle s brake system Driving with a trailer Towing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience Before setting out for the open road you must get to know your trailer Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and braking with the added weight of the trailer And always keep in mind that the vehicle you are driving is now a good deal longer and not nearly so responsive as your ve...

Page 1402: ...objects Avoid jerky or sudden manoeuvres Signal well in advance Turn signals when towing a trailer When you tow a trailer your vehicle has to have a different turn signal flasher and extra wiring The green arrows on your instrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn or lane change Properly connected the trailer lights will also flash to alert other drivers you re about to turn change lane...

Page 1403: ...ng a trailer will minimise heat build up and extend the life of your transaxle CAUTION When towing a trailer on steep grades in excess of 6 pay close attention to the engine coolant temperature gauge to ensure the engine does not over heat If the needle of the coolant tem perature gauge moves across the dial towards H HOT pull over and stop as soon as it is safe to do so and allow the engine to id...

Page 1404: ...ce chocks under the trailer wheels on the down hill side of the wheels 5 Start the vehicle hold the brakes shift to neutral release the parking brake and slowly release the brakes until the trailer chocks absorb the load 6 Reapply the brakes reapply the park ing brake and shift the vehicle to R Reverse for manual transaxle or P Park for automatic transaxle 7 Shut off the vehicle and release the ve...

Page 1405: ...check Each item is covered in this manual and the Index will help you find them quickly If you re trailering it s a good idea to review these sections before you start your trip Don t forget to also maintain your trailer and towbar Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and check it periodically Preferably con duct the check at the start of each day s driving Most importantl...

Page 1406: ...erate speed less than 60 mph 100 km h On a long uphill grade do not exceed 45 mph 70 km h or the posted towing speed limit whichever is lower The chart contains important consider ations that have to do with weight M T Manual transaxle A T Automatic transaxle Engine Item Petrol Engine Diesel Engine 1 6L 2 0L 1 7L 2 0L M T M T A T M T M T A T Maximum trailer weight Ibs kg Without brake System 1653 ...

Page 1407: ... that weight The trailer tongue should weigh a maxi mum of 10 of the total loaded trailer weight within the limits of the maximum permissible trailer tongue load After you ve loaded your trailer weigh the trail er and then the tongue separately to see if the weights are proper If they aren t you may be able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer WARNING Trailer Never loa...

Page 1408: ...s is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the compliance label The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross vehicle weight This is the maximum allowed weight of the vehicle contents passengers and optional equipment GVWR Gross vehicle weight rating This is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehi...

Page 1409: ... monitoring system malfunction indicator 6 10 Changing a tyre with tpms 6 11 Tyre pressure monitoring system TPMS Type B 6 13 Low tyre pressure telltale 6 14 Low tyre pressure position telltale 6 14 TPMS tyre pressure monitoring system malfunction indicator 6 15 Changing a tyre with tpms 6 16 If you have a flat tyre 6 19 Jack and tools 6 19 Removing and storing the spare tyre 6 20 Changing tyres 6...

Page 1410: ... near the edge of a road way Depress the flasher switch with the igni tion switch in any position The flasher switch is located in the centre console switch panel All turn signal lights will flash simultaneously The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not The turn signals do not work when the hazard flasher is on Care must be taken when using the hazard warning flash...

Page 1411: ...r possible upon firm level ground to facilitate wheel chang ing 2 If the vehicle is creating a hazard and the road conditions do not permit the wheel to be changed safely assis tance should be sought 3 Passengers must not be allowed to remain inside the vehicle during wheel changing If a puncture occurs whilst the vehicle is on a motorway the pas sengers should take refuge on the motorway embankme...

Page 1412: ...h the ignition switch in the LOCK OFF position check all connectors at ignition coil and spark plugs Reconnect any that may be discon nected or loose 3 Check the fuel line in the engine com partment 4 If the engine still does not start we recommend that you call a HYUNDAI authorised repairer WARNING If the engine refuses to start no attempt should be made to push or tow start the vehicle Vehicles ...

Page 1413: ...from the battery The battery pro duces hydrogen gas which may explode if exposed to flame or sparks If these instructions are not fol lowed exactly serious personal injury and damage to the vehicle may occur If you are not sure how to follow this procedure seek qualified assistance Automobile batteries contain sul furic acid This is poisonous and highly corrosive When jump starting wear protective...

Page 1414: ...repairer Push starting Your manual transaxle equipped vehicle should not be push started because it might damage the emission control sys tem Vehicles equipped with automatic transaxle cannot be push started Follow the directions in this section for jump starting WARNING Never tow a vehicle to start it because the sudden surge forward when the engine starts could cause a collision with the tow veh...

Page 1415: ...ld water to be draining from it when you stop 5 If the water pump drive belt is broken or engine coolant is leaking out stop the engine immediately and we recom mend that you call a HYUNDAI autho rised repairer 6 If the cause of the overheating cannot be found wait until the engine temper ature has returned to normal Then if coolant has been lost carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the...

Page 1416: ...s han dling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tyre mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tyre pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tyre pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not...

Page 1417: ... If you can not reach a service station or if the tyre cannot hold the newly added air replace the low pressure tyre with the spare tyre Then the Low Tyre Pressure telltale may flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated after restarting and about 20 minutes of continuous driving before you have the low pressure tyre repaired and replaced on the vehicle CAUTION In w...

Page 1418: ...nd increased braking distances Continued driving on low pres sure tyres can cause the tyres to overheat and fail CAUTION The TPMS malfunction indica tor may be illuminated if the vehicle is moving around elec tric power supply cables or radios transmitter such as at police stations government and public offices broadcast ing stations military installa tions airports or transmitting towers etc This...

Page 1419: ...le or we recommend that the TPMS sensor mounted on the replaced spare wheel be initiated by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer the TPMS mal function indicator and the low tyre pressure telltale will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving We recommend that the system be checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer CAUTION If original mou...

Page 1420: ...S malfunctions Tampering with modifying or disabling the Tyre Pressure Monitoring System TPMS com ponents may void the warranty for that portion of the vehicle WARNING TPMS The TPMS cannot alert you to severe and sudden tyre dam age caused by external fac tors such as nails or road debris If you feel any vehicle instabil ity immediately take your foot off the accelerator apply the brakes gradually...

Page 1421: ...d to tyre failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tyre tread life and may affect the vehicle s han dling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tyre mainte nance and it is the driver s responsi bility to maintain correct tyre pres sure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumina tion of the TPMS low tyre pressure tel...

Page 1422: ... The low tyre pressure position telltale light will indicate which tyre is significant ly under inflated by illuminating the corresponding position light If either telltale illuminates immedi ately reduce your speed avoid hard cornering and anticipate increased stopping distances You should stop and check your tyres as soon as pos sible Inflate the tyres to the proper pres sure as indicated on the...

Page 1423: ...ystem be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer WARNING Low pressure damage Significantly low tyre pressure makes the vehicle unstable and can contribute to loss of vehicle control and increased braking distances Continued driving on low pres sure tyres can cause the tyres to overheat and fail CAUTION In winter or cold weather the low tyre pressure telltale may be illuminated if the tyre pressur...

Page 1424: ...lfunction indica tor and the low tyre pressure and position telltales will extinguish within a few minutes of driving If the indicator is not extinguished after a few minutes of driving we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer CAUTION We recommend that you use the sealant approved by HYUNDAI The sealant on the tyre pressure sensor and wheel shall be elim inated when...

Page 1425: ... 3 hour period CAUTION If the TPMS sensor on the origi nal mounted wheel located in the spare tyre carrier still acti vates the tyre pressure moni toring system may not operate properly We recommend that the system be serviced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer CAUTION We recommend that you do not use any tyre sealant except the Tyre Mobility Kit approved by HYUNDAI if your vehicle is equipped with ...

Page 1426: ...y interfere with the TPMS function The wheels on the market do not have a TPMS sensor For your safety we recom mend that you use parts for replacement from a HYUNDAI authorised repairer If you use the wheels on the market use a TPMS sensor approved by a HYUNDAI deal er If your vehicle is not equipped with a TPMS sensor or TPMS does not work prop erly you may fail the periodic vehicle inspection co...

Page 1427: ...llow jacking instructions to reduce the possibility of personal injury OLM069001 WARNING Changing tyres Never attempt vehicle repairs in the traffic lanes of a public road or motorway Always move the vehicle com pletely off the road and onto the shoulder before trying to change a tyre The jack should be used on firm level ground If you cannot find a firm level place off the road call a tow ing ser...

Page 1428: ...R Reverse with manual transaxle or P Park with automatic transaxle 3 Activate the hazard warning flash er OEL069002 Continued The vehicle can easily roll off the jack causing serious injury or death Do not get under a vehicle that is supported by a jack Do not start or run the engine whilst the vehicle is on the jack Do not allow anyone to remain in the vehicle whilst it is on the jack Make sure a...

Page 1429: ... turn each but do not remove any nut until the tyre has been raised off the ground WARNING Changing a tyre To prevent vehicle movement whilst changing a tyre always set the parking brake fully and always block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed We recommend that the wheels of the vehicle be chocked and that no person remain in a vehicle that is being jacked 1VQA4023 OCM049011N E...

Page 1430: ... chance for movement or slippage 9 Loosen the wheel nuts and remove them with your fingers Slide the wheel off the studs and lay it flat so it cannot roll away To put the wheel on the hub pick up the spare tyre line up the holes with the studs and slide the wheel onto them If this is difficult tip the wheel slightly and get the top hole in the wheel lined up with the top stud Then jiggle the wheel...

Page 1431: ...y other nut until they are all tight Then double check each nut for tightness After changing wheels we recommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Wheel nut tightening torque Steel wheel aluminium alloy wheel 65 79 lb ft 9 11 kg m WARNING Wheels and wheel covers may have sharp edges Handle them carefully to avoid possible severe injury Before putting the wheel into place ...

Page 1432: ... certain during wheel removal that the same nuts that were removed are reinstalled or if replaced that nuts with metric threads and the same chamfer configuration are used Installation of a non metric thread nut on a metric stud or vice versa will not secure the wheel to the hub properly and will damage the stud so that it must be replaced Note that most lug nuts do not have metric threads Be sure...

Page 1433: ...ates the tyre After you ensured that the tyre is properly sealed you can drive cau tiously on the tyre distance up to 120 miles 200 km at a max speed of 50 mph 80 km h in order to reach a service station or tyre dealer to have the tyre replaced OEL069019 OEL069018 CAUTION One sealant for one tyre When two or more tyres are flat do not use the tyre mobility kit because the supported one sealant of ...

Page 1434: ...can be sealed using the tyre mobility kit Do not use on motorcycles bicy cles or any other type of tyres When the tyre and wheel are dam aged do not use Tyre Mobility Kit for your safety Use of the Tyre Mobility Kit may not be effective for tyre damage larger than approximately 0 24 in 6 mm If the tyre cannot be made road worthy with the Tyre Mobility Kit we recommend that you contact a HYUNDAI au...

Page 1435: ...nnect compressor and sealant bottle or compressor and wheel Connectors cable and connection hose are stored in the compressor housing Strictly follow the specified sequence otherwise the sealant may escape under high pressure WARNING Expired sealant Do not use theTyre sealant after the sealant has expired i e pasted the expiration date on the sealant container This can increase the risk of tyre fa...

Page 1436: ...om pressor is not pressed 4 Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the defective wheel and screw filling hose 2 of the sealant bottle onto the valve 5 Insert the sealant bottle into the housing of the compressor 4 so that the bottle is upright 6 Ensure that the compressor is switched off position 0 7 Connect between compressor and the vehicle power outlet using the cable and connectors OEL069019 ...

Page 1437: ...ute the sealant in the tyre WARNING Carbon monoxide Do not leave your vehicle run ning in a poorly ventilated area for extended periods of time Carbon monoxide poisoning and suffocation can occur CAUTION Tyre pressure Do not attempt to drive your vehicle if the tyre pressure is below 200kpa 29 PSI This could result in an accident due to sudden tyre failure CAUTION Do not exceed a speed of 80 km h ...

Page 1438: ...y switch off the compressor NOTICE The pressure gauge may show high er than actual reading when the compressor is running To get an accurate tyre reading the compres sor needs to be turned off To reduce the inflation pres sure Press the button 8 on the compressor WARNING Do not let the compressor run for more than 10 minutes other wise the device will overheat and may be damaged CAUTION If the inf...

Page 1439: ...e car battery Never leave the TMK unattended whilst it is being used Do not leave the compressor run ning for more than 10 min at a time or it may overheat Do not use the TMK if the ambient temperature is below 30 C 22 F When both the tyre and wheel are damaged do not use Tyre Mobility Kit for your safety Technical Data System voltage DC 12 V Working voltage DC 10 15 V Amperage rating max 15 A Sui...

Page 1440: ... wheels off the ground If any of the loaded wheels or suspen sion components are damaged or the vehicle is being towed with the front wheels on the ground use a towing dolly under the front wheels When being towed by a commercial tow truck and wheel dollies are not used the front of the vehicle should always be lift ed not the rear OXM069028 dolly dolly CAUTION The 4WD vehicle should never be towe...

Page 1441: ...e the tow ing hook from the tool case 2 Remove the hole cover pressing the lower part of the cover on the front or rear bumper 3 Install the towing hook by turning it clockwise into the hole until it is fully secured 4 Remove the towing hook and install the cover after use CAUTION Failure to place the transaxle shift lever in N Neutral may cause inter nal damage to the transaxle OEL063013 OLM06901...

Page 1442: ...icle out of mud sand or other con ditions from which the vehicle cannot be driven out under its own power Avoid towing a vehicle heavier than the vehicle doing the towing The drivers of both vehicles should communicate with each other frequent ly Before emergency towing check that the hook is not broken or damaged Fasten the towing cable or chain securely to the hook Do not jerk the hook Apply ste...

Page 1443: ... steering system will be disabled If you are driving down a long hill the brakes may overheat and brake per formance will be reduced Stop often and let the brakes cool off WARNING Use extreme caution when towing the vehicle Avoid sudden starts or erratic driving manoeuvres which would place excessive stress on the emergency towing hook and tow ing cable or chain The hook and towing cable or chain ...

Page 1444: ...must be in the towed vehi cle to operate the steering and brakes To avoid serious damage to the automatic transaxle limit the vehicle speed to 10 mph 15 km h and drive less than 1 mile 1 5 km when towing Before towing check the auto matic transaxle fluid leak under your vehicle If the automatic transaxle fluid is leaking a flatbed equipment or towing dolly must be used 6 36 What to do in an emerge...

Page 1445: ...king brake 7 21 Fuel Filter For Diesel 7 21 Draining water from fuel filter 7 21 Extracting air from the fuel filter 7 21 Fuel filter cartridge replacement 7 22 Air cleaner 7 23 Filter replacement 7 23 Climate control air filter 7 25 Filter inspection 7 25 Filter replacement 7 25 Wiper blades 7 27 Blade inspection 7 27 Blade replacement 7 27 Battery 7 30 For best battery service 7 30 Battery capac...

Page 1446: ...mbination light bulb replacement 7 65 Rear fog light 7 67 High mounted stop light bulb replacement 7 67 License plate light bulb replacement 7 68 Interior light bulb replacement 7 69 Appearance care 7 70 Exterior care 7 70 Interior care 7 75 Emission control system 7 76 Crankcase emission control system 7 76 Evaporative emission control system 7 76 Exhaust emission control system 7 77 7 EL FL UK 7...

Page 1447: ...servoir 4 Air cleaner 5 Fuse box 6 Negative battery terminal 7 Positive battery terminal 8 Radiator cap 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir if equipped Petrol Engine 1 6L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 01 PM Page 3 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1448: ... cleaner 5 Fuse box 6 Negative battery terminal 7 Positive battery terminal 8 Radiator cap 9 Engine oil dipstick 10 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir if equipped Petrol Engine 2 0L MPI GDI The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 01 PM Page 4 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1449: ...er cap 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 Air cleaner 8 Negative battery terminal 9 Positive battery terminal 10 Radiator cap 11 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir if equipped Diesel Engine 1 7L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 01 PM Page 5 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1450: ...er cap 6 Brake clutch fluid reservoir 7 Air cleaner 8 Negative battery terminal 9 Positive battery terminal 10 Radiator cap 11 Windscreen washer fluid reservoir if equipped Diesel Engine 2 0L The actual engine room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 01 PM Page 6 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1451: ... on the following pages You need this infor mation to establish your compliance with the servicing and maintenance require ments of your vehicle warranties Detailed warranty information is provided in your Service Passport Repairs and adjustments required as a result of improper maintenance or a lack of required maintenance are not covered when your vehicle is covered by warran ty Owner maintenanc...

Page 1452: ...nd equipment to do the work we recommend that the system be serviced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Working under the bonnet with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing These can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Therefore if you must run the engine whilst work ing under the bonnet make cer tain that you remove a...

Page 1453: ...n the steering wheel Notice any increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel or change in its straight ahead position Notice if your vehicle constantly turns slightly or pulls to one side when trav elling on smooth level road When stopping listen and check for unusual sounds pulling to one side increased brake pedal travel or hard to push brake pedal If any slipping or changes in t...

Page 1454: ...clean cloth dampened with wash er fluid Check headlight alignment Check muffler exhaust pipes shields and clamps Check the lap shoulder belts for wear and function Check for worn tyres and loose wheel lug nuts At least once a year Clean body and door drain holes Lubricate door hinges and checks and bonnet hinges Lubricate door and bonnet locks and latches Lubricate door rubber weatherstrips Check ...

Page 1455: ... where salt or other corrosive materials are being used Driving on rough or muddy roads Driving in mountainous areas Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for a prolonged period in cold temperatures and or extremely humid climates More than 50 driving in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32 C 90 F If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions you should inspe...

Page 1456: ...nstalling a new filter run the engine for several minutes and check for leaks at the connections We recommend that the fuel filter be replaced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections Check the fuel lines fuel hoses and con nections for leakage and damage We recommend that the fuel lines fuel hoses and connections be replaced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer WARNING ...

Page 1457: ...damage Air cleaner filter We recommend that you use air cleaner filter for replacement from a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Spark plugs for petrol engine Make sure to install new spark plugs of the correct heat range Cooling system Check the cooling system parts such as radiator coolant reservoir hoses and connections for leakage and damage Replace any damaged parts Coolant The coolant should be cha...

Page 1458: ...ension mounting bolts Check the suspension connections for looseness or damage Retighten to the specified torque Steering gear box linkage boots lower arm ball joint With the vehicle stopped and engine off check for excessive free play in the steering wheel Check the linkage for bends or damage Check the dust boots and ball joints for deterioration cracks or damage Replace any damaged parts Drive ...

Page 1459: ...on engine components Use only the specified engine oil Refer to Recommended lubricants and capaci ties in section 8 WARNING Radiator hose Be very careful not to touch the radiator hose when checking or adding the engine oil as it may be hot enough to burn you CAUTION Diesel engine Overfilling the engine oil may cause severe dieseling due to churning effect It may lead to engine damage accompanied ...

Page 1460: ...e and could result in serious personal injury from escaping hot coolant or steam Turn the engine off and wait until it cools down Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap Wrap a thick towel around it and turn it counterclockwise slowly to the first stop Continued WARNING Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oils may result in serious skin disorders including dermatitis and cancer...

Page 1461: ...the cap using a thick towel and continue turning counterclockwise to remove it Even if the engine is not operat ing do not remove the radiator cap or the drain plug whilst the engine and radiator are hot Hot coolant and steam may still blow out under pressure causing seri ous injury WARNING The electric motor cool ing fan is controlled by engine coolant tempera ture refrigerant pres sure and vehic...

Page 1462: ...cohol or methanol coolant or mix them with the specified coolant Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze or less than 35 antifreeze which would reduce the effectiveness of the solution For mixture percentage refer to the fol lowing table WARNING Radiator cap Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine and radiator are hot Scalding hot coolant and steam may blow out under pre...

Page 1463: ...w we recommend that the brake system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Use only the specified brake clutch fluid Refer to Recommended lubricants or capacities in section 8 Never mix different types of fluid WARNING Loss of brake fluid In the event the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid we recommend that the system be inspected by a HYUNDAI autho rised repairer OLM079008R C...

Page 1464: ...e washer fluid or the washer fluid reservoir Damage to the vehicle or occupants could occur Windscreen washer fluid is poi sonous to humans and animals Do not drink and avoid contact ing windscreen washer fluid Serious injury or death could occur WARNING Brake fluid When changing and adding brake fluid handle it carefully Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake fluid should come in c...

Page 1465: ...e recommend that the system by checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Extracting air from the fuel filter If you drive until you have no fuel left or if you replace the fuel filter be sure to extract air from the fuel system as it makes it difficult to start the engine 1 Pump up and down 1 approximately 50 times until the pump is hard 2 Extract air from the fuel filter by remov ing the bolt 2 wi...

Page 1466: ... careful ly Do not let it come in contact with your eyes If brake clutch fluid come in contact with your eyes immediately flush them with a large quantity of fresh tap water Have your eyes examined by a doctor as soon as possible CAUTION Do not allow brake clutch fluid to contact the vehicle s body paint as paint damage will result Brake clutch fluid which has been exposed to open air for an exten...

Page 1467: ...r cleaner element Clean the filter by using compressed air 1 Loosen the air cleaner cover attaching clips and open the cover 2 Wipe the inside of the air cleaner 3 Replace the air cleaner filter 4 Lock the cover with the cover attaching clips OLM079012N OLM079014 OLM079013N OEL070013 Type A Type B EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 02 PM Page 23 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1468: ...Do not drive with the air cleaner removed this will result in exces sive engine wear When removing the air cleaner fil ter be careful that dust or dirt does not enter the air intake or damage may result We recommend that you use parts for replacement from a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Improper parts could damage the air flow sensor turbocharger or engine EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 02 PM Page 24 pro...

Page 1469: ...earlier When you the owner replace the climate control air filter replace it per forming the following procedure and be careful to avoid damaging other compo nents Replace the filter according to the main tenance Schedule Filter replacement 1 Open the glove box and remove the support strap 1 2 With the glove box open remove the stoppers on both sides OLM079015R OLM079016 H EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 ...

Page 1470: ...e the climate control air filter 5 Reassemble in the reverse order of disassembly NOTICE When replacing the climate control air filter install it properly Otherwise the system may produce noise and the effec tiveness of the filter may be reduced OLM079018 OLM079017 EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 03 PM Page 26 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1471: ...p ing properly clean both the window and the blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent and rinse thoroughly with clean water Blade replacement When the wipers no longer clean ade quately the blades may be worn or cracked and require replacement CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use petrol kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them CAUTION To prevent damage to th...

Page 1472: ...wiper arm to fall against the windscreen 2 Open the cover of the blade 3 Compress the clip behind the wiper arm and lift it off the arm 4 Install the blade assembly until it clicks into place 5 Close the cover of blade 6 Place back the wiper arm to the prop er position OED070112 H OED070113 H OED070114 H EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 03 PM Page 28 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1473: ... part into the slot in the wiper arm until it clicks into place 3 Make sure the blade assembly is installed firmly by trying to pull it slight ly To prevent damage to the wiper arms or other components we recommend that the wiper blade be replaced by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer OHM078062 OHM078063 EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 03 PM Page 29 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1474: ...sconnect the bat tery cables WARNING Battery dangers Always read the following instructions carefully when handling a battery Keep lighted cigarettes and all other flames or sparks away from the battery Hydrogen a highly com bustible gas is always present in battery cells and may explode if ignited Keep batteries out of the reach of children because batteries contain highly corrosive SULFURIC ACID...

Page 1475: ...ition system works with high voltage Never touch these components with the engine running or the ignition switched on Failure to follow the above warn ings can result in serious bodily injury or death Continued If any electrolyte gets into your eyes flush your eyes with clean water for at least 15 minutes and get immedi ate medical attention If electrolyte gets on your skin thoroughly wash the con...

Page 1476: ...ing the battery turn off all accessories and stop the engine The negative battery cable must be removed first and installed last when the battery is discon nected WARNING Recharging battery When recharging the battery observe the following precautions The battery must be removed from the vehicle and placed in an area with good ventilation Do not allow cigarettes sparks or flame near the battery Wa...

Page 1477: ...1 6 km Recommended pressures must be maintained for the best ride top vehi cle handling and minimum tyre wear For recommended inflation pressure refer to Tyre and wheels in section 8 All specifications sizes and pres sures can be found on a label attached to the vehicle WARNING Tyre underin flation Severe underinflation 10 psi 0 7 bar or more can lead to severe heat build up causing blowouts tread...

Page 1478: ...es have been damaged replace them CAUTION Underinflation also results in excessive wear poor handling and reduced fuel economy Wheel deformation also is possible Keep your tyre pres sures at the proper levels If a tyre frequently needs refilling we recommend that the sys tem be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Overinflation produces a harsh ride excessive wear at the centre of the tyre tre...

Page 1479: ...e recommended amount If you overfill the tyre release air by pushing on the metal stem in the centre of the tyre valve Recheck the tyre pressure with the tyre gauge Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and mois ture WARNING Inspect your tyres frequently for proper inflation as well as wear and damage Always use a tyre pressure gauge Tyre...

Page 1480: ... visible After rotation be sure to bring the front and rear tyre pressures to spec ification and check lug nut tightness Refer to Tyre and wheels in section 8 Disc brake pads should be inspected for wear whenever tyres are rotated NOTICE Rotate radial tyres that have an asymmetric tread pattern only from front to rear and not from right to left WARNING Do not use the compact spare tyre for tyre ro...

Page 1481: ... wait for the band to appear across the entire tread before replac ing the tyre CAUTION Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle s alu minum wheels Use only approved wheel weights WARNING Replacing tyres Driving on worn out tyres is very hazardous and will reduce braking effectiveness steering accuracy and trac tion Your vehicle is equipped with tyres designed to provide for safe ride and ha...

Page 1482: ...ndling ground clear ance stopping distance body to tyre clearance snow tyre clearance and speedometer reliability It is best to replace all four tyres at the same time If that is not possible or necessary then replace the two front or two rear tyres as a pair Replacing just one tyre can seriously affect your vehicle s handling The ABS works by comparing the speed of the wheels Tyre size can affect...

Page 1483: ...o provides the tyre identification number TIN for safety standard certification The TIN can be used to identify the tyre in case of a recall 1 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or Brand name is shown 2 Tyre size designation A tyre s sidewall is marked with a tyre size designation You will need this information when selecting replace ment tyres for your car The following explains what the let...

Page 1484: ... size desig nation on the sidewall of the tyre This symbol corresponds to that tyre s designed maximum safe oper ating speed 3 Checking tyre life TIN Tyre Identification Number Any tyres that are over 6 years based on the manufacturing date tyre strength and performance decline with age naturally even unused spare tyres Therefore the tyres including the spare tyre should be replaced by new ones Yo...

Page 1485: ...DWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A Tread wear The tread wear grade is a compara tive rating based on the wear rate of the tyre when tested under controlled conditions on a specified govern ment test course For example a tyre graded 150 would wear one and a half times 1 as well on the gov ernment course as a tyre graded 100 The relative performance of tyres depends upon the actual conditions of th...

Page 1486: ... the tyre to degenerate and reduce tyre life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tyre failure Grades B and A represent higher levels of perform ance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by the law WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tyre is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include accelera tion cornering hydroplaning or peak traction ch...

Page 1487: ...ing over a pothole speed bump manhole or kerb stone drive slowly so that the tyres and wheels are not dam aged If the tyre is impacted we rec ommend that you inspect the tyre condition or contact a HYUNDAI authorised repairer To prevent damage to the tyre inspect the tyre condition and pressure every 1 800 miles 3 000 km CAUTION It is not easy to recognize the tyre damage with your own eyes But if...

Page 1488: ...stem involved and we recommend that you consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Four kinds of fuses are used blade type for lower amperage rating cartridge type and fusible link for higher amperage rat ings NOTICE The actual fuse relay panel label may differ from equipped items WARNING Fuse replace ment Never replace a fuse with any thing but another fuse of the same rating A higher capacity fuse co...

Page 1489: ... are OK check the fuse block in the engine compartment If a fuse is blown it must be replaced OLM079020R OLM079021N CAUTION When replacing a blown fuse or relay with a new one make sure the new fuse or relay fits tightly into the clips The incomplete fas tening fuse or relay may cause the vehicle wiring and electric systems damage and a possible fire Do not remove fuses relays and terminals fasten...

Page 1490: ...the memory fuse is pulled up from the fuse panel the warning chime audio clock and interior lamps etc will not operate Some items must be reset after replacement Refer to Battery in this section Even though the memory fuse is pulled up the battery can still be dis charged by operation of the head lights or other electrical devices Engine compartment panel fuse replacement 1 Turn the ignition switc...

Page 1491: ...ain fuse If the main fuse is blown it must be removed as follows 1 Turn off the engine 2 Disconnect the negative battery cable 3 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 4 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 5 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal CAUTION After checking the fuse box in the engine compartment securely install the fuse box cover If not electrical failures may oc...

Page 1492: ...e fuse panel on the right side in the engine compartment 4 Remove the nuts shown in the picture above 5 Replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating 6 Reinstall in the reverse order of removal NOTICE If the main fuse is blown we recom mend that you consult a HYUNDAI authorised repairer OLM079025 EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 04 PM Page 48 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1493: ...use relay label describing fuse relay name and capacity Diesel only Driver s side panel Main fuse Type A Type B NOTICE Not all fuse panel descriptions in this manual may be applicable to your vehicle It is accurate at the time of printing When you inspect the fuse box on your vehicle refer to the fuse box label EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 04 PM Page 49 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1494: ...ar Seat Warmer Relay Relay LH RH 4 10A START E R Fuse Relay Box RLY 4 11 Start ATM P N Burglar Alarm Relay ECM 5 10A AIR BAG IND Instrument Cluster IND 6 10A CLUSTER Instrument Cluster IND Seat Belt Reminder Switch Console Switch BCM Smart Key Control Module Audio A V Navigation Head Unit ISG Switch Alternator 7 10A MODULE 4 E R Fuse Relay Box RLY 1 Blower Rain Sensor Diesel Box RLY 2 3 PTC Heater...

Page 1495: ...3 10A FOG LP RR ICM Relay Box Rear Fog Lamp Relay 14 25A WIPER FRT E R Fuse Relay Box RLY 12 Front Wiper LO RLY 13 Rain Wiper Front Wiper Motor Multifunction Switch Wiper 15 15A S HEATER FRT Console Switch 16 20A POWER OUTLET 1 Cigarette Lighter Front Power Outlet 17 10A BACK UP LP Back Up Lamp Relay Rear Parking Assist Sensor LH RH Rear Parking Assist Sensor Centre LH RH 18 15A DR LOCK Door Lock ...

Page 1496: ...Smart Key Control ModuleFOB Holder Start Stop Button Switch 28 15A PDM PDM 29 25A P WDW LH Power Window Main Switch Passenger Power Window Switch RHD Rear Power Window Switch LH 30 25A AMP AMP DC DC Converter 31 7 5A HTD MIRR Rear Defogger Switch ECM G4FD Driver Passenger Power Outside Mirror 32 20A SAFETY P WDW Driver Safety Power Window Module 33 7 5A MODULE 5 ATM Shift Lever Rear Parking Assist...

Page 1497: ...OWER RLY 1 Blower Relay 7 60A B 3 Smart Junction Box Fuse F30 F35 F36 Power Connector F1 F2 8 60A B 2 Smart Junction Box Power Window Relay Fuse F23 F28 F33 IPS 0 IPS 1 IPS 2 IPS 3 FUSE 9 40A 50A GSL DSL COOLING FAN RLY 3 Cooling Fan Low Relay RLY 9 Cooling Fan High Relay 10 40A HEATED GLASS RR RLY 6 Rear Defogger Relay 11 30A IGN 1 W O Smart Key Ignition Switch With Smart Key PDM Relay Box IGN1 R...

Page 1498: ...art Relay ECM PCM Multifunction Switch G4KD Mass Air Flow Sensor D4FD D4HA 19 7 5A ABS ESP Control Module ABS Control Module Multipurpose Check Connector Fuel Filter Warning Sensor D4FD D4HA Glow Relay Unit D4HA Diesel Box RLY 4 Fuel Filter Heater Relay D4FD D4HA 20 7 5A TCU 2 Transaxle Range Switch G4KD D4HA TCM D4HA Vehicle Speed Sensor 21 30A B 4 H LP HI Fuse 22 30A H LP WASHER RLY H LP WASHER ...

Page 1499: ...use Symbol Circuit Protected Relay Symbol Relay Type 1 50A PTC Heater Relay 1 MICRO PLUG 2 50A PTC Heater Relay 2 MICRO PLUG 3 50A PTC Heater Relay 3 MICRO PLUG 4 30A Fuel Filter Heater Relay MICRO PLUG 5 80A Glow Relay Unit EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 04 PM Page 55 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1500: ...ition switch is turned to the LOCK position and turn off the lights to avoid sudden move ment of the vehicle and burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock CAUTION Be sure to replace the burned out bulb with one of the same wattage rating Otherwise it may cause damage to the fuse or electric wiring system CAUTION If you don t have necessary tools the correct bulbs and the expertise we rec...

Page 1501: ...4 Unsnap the headlight bulb retaining wire by depressing the end and push ing it upward 5 Remove the bulb from the headlight assembly 6 Install a new headlight bulb and snap the headlight bulb retaining wire into position by aligning the wire with the groove on the bulb 7 Connect the headlight bulb socket connector 8 Install the headlight bulb cover by turn ing it clockwise NOTICE We recommend tha...

Page 1502: ...g or longer than halogen bulbs depending on their frequency of use They will probably require replacement at some point in the life of the vehicle Cycling the headlamps on and off more than typical use will shorten HID lamps life HID lamps do not fail in the same manner as halogen incandescent lamps If a headlamp goes out after a period of operation but will immediately relight when the headlamp s...

Page 1503: ...et 4 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 5 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise Position light If the light bulb does not operate we rec ommend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Continued If...

Page 1504: ...r Headlight and front fog light aim ing for Europe Headlight aiming 1 Inflate the tyres to the specified pres sure and remove any loads from the vehicle except the driver spare tyre and tools 2 The vehicle should be placed on a flat floor 3 Draw vertical lines Vertical lines pass ing through respective head lamp cen tres and a horizontal line Horizontal line passing through centre of head lamps on...

Page 1505: ...as the same manner of the head lamps aiming With the front fog lamps and battery nor mal condition aim the front fog lamps To aim the front fog lamp up or down turn the driver clockwise or counterclockwise OEL073256 EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 04 PM Page 61 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1506: ...t Distance between lamps H1 Height between the head lamp bulb centre and ground High beam Low beam H2 Height between the fog lamp bulb centre and ground W1 Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centres High beam Low beam W2 Distance between the two fog lamp bulbs centres Aiming point OLMB073084 EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 05 PM Page 62 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1507: ...cut off line shown in the picture 3 When aiming the low beam vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming 4 If head lamp levelling device is equipped adjust the head lamp levelling device switch with 0 positions OMD051055L Based on 10m screen EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 05 PM Page 63 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1508: ...light 1 Turn the front fog lamp on with the driver 75 kg aboard 2 The cut off line should be projected in the allowable range shaded region OGDE071056 Based on 10m screen EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 05 PM Page 64 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1509: ...horised repairer Type B 1 Remove the light assembly from the vehicle by prying the lens and pulling the assembly out 2 Reinstall a new light assembly to the body of the vehicle Rear combination light bulb replacement 1 Stop and tail light 2 Rear turn signal light 3 Back up light OLM079031 OLM079050 OLM073033 EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 05 PM Page 65 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1510: ...Pull the bulb out of the socket 6 Insert a new bulb by inserting it into the socket and rotating it until it locks into place 7 Install the socket in the assembly by aligning the tabs on the socket with the slots in the assembly Push the socket into the assembly and turn the socket clockwise 8 Reinstall the light assembly to the body of the vehicle Inside light 1 Open the tailgate 2 Remove the ser...

Page 1511: ...ght does not operate we recom mend that the system be checked by a HYUNDAI authorised repairer Rear Fog Light if equipped 1 Remove the socket from the assembly by turning the socket counterclockwise until the tabs on the socket align with the slots on the assembly 2 Remove the bulb from the socket by pressing it in and rotating it counter clockwise until the tabs on the bulb align with the slots i...

Page 1512: ...ens by pressing the tabs 2 Remove the socket from the lens 3 Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out 4 Install a new bulb in the socket and install the socket to the lens 5 Reinstall the lens securely OLM079055 EL FL UK 7 QXP 8 5 2013 7 05 PM Page 68 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1513: ...ng notches and snap the lens into place WARNING Prior to working on the Interior Lights ensure that the OFF but ton is depressed to avoid burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock CAUTION Use care not to dirty or damage lens lens tab and plastic housings Map lamp Glove box lamp if equipped Luggage room lamp if equipped Sunvisor lamp Room lamp OLM079040 OXM079041 H OEL079042 OLM07904 4 OL...

Page 1514: ...ehicle s finish if not removed immediately Even prompt washing with plain water may not completely remove all these deposits A mild soap safe for use on painted sur faces may be used After washing rinse the vehicle thor oughly with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish WARNING Wet brakes After washing the vehicle test the brakes whilst driving slowly to see if they have bee...

Page 1515: ...ehicle is damaged and requires any metal repair or replacement be sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to the parts repaired or replaced CAUTION Wiping dust or dirt off the body with a dry cloth will scratch the finish Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result ...

Page 1516: ...s the fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though they have been treated with rust protection Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month after off road driving and at the end of each winter Pay special attention to these areas because it is difficult to see all the mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road...

Page 1517: ...by stones gravel abrasion or minor scrapes and dents which leave unpro tected metal exposed to corrosion High corrosion areas If you live in an area where your car is regularly exposed to corrosive materials corrosion protection is particularly impor tant Some of the common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts dust control chemicals ocean air and industrial pollution Moisture breeds corr...

Page 1518: ...corrosion Keep your garage dry Don t park your car in a damp poorly ventilated garage This creates a favor able environment for corrosion This is particularly true if you wash your car in the garage or drive it into the garage when it is still wet or covered with snow ice or mud Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated so moisture is dispersed Keep paint and tr...

Page 1519: ...web bing Clean the belt webbing with any mild soap solution recommended for cleaning upholstery or carpet Follow the instruc tions provided with the soap Do not bleach or re dye the webbing because this may weaken it Cleaning the interior window glass If the interior glass surfaces of the vehi cle become fogged that is covered with an oily greasy or waxy film they should be cleaned with glass clea...

Page 1520: ...ssing the ESP switch again 1 Crankcase emission control system The positive crankcase ventilation sys tem is employed to prevent air pollution caused by blow by gases being emitted from the crankcase This system supplies fresh filtered air to the crankcase through the air intake hose Inside the crankcase the fresh air mixes with blow by gases which then pass through the PCV valve into the inductio...

Page 1521: ...fumes of any kind inside your vehicle have it inspected and repaired immediately If you ever sus pect exhaust fumes are coming into your vehicle drive it only with all the windows fully open Have your vehicle checked and repaired immediately Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas such as garages any more than what is necessary to move the vehicle in or out of the area When the vehic...

Page 1522: ...zes and removes the accumulated soot according to the driving condition In other words the active burning by engine control system and high exhaust gas temperature caused by normal high driv ing condition burns and removes the accumulated soot However if the vehicle continues to be driven at low speed for long time the accumulated soot may not be automati cally removed because of low exhaust gas t...

Page 1523: ...ng time the DPF system can be damaged and fuel consumption can be worsen CAUTION Diesel Fuel if equipped with DPF It is recommended to use the regu lated automotive diesel fuel for diesel vehicle equipped with the DPF system If you use diesel fuel including high sulfur more than 50 ppm sulfur and unspecified additives it can cause the DPF system to be dam aged and white smoke can be emit ted EL FL...

Page 1524: ...me 8 5 Recommended lubricants and capacities 8 6 Available engine oil 8 7 Recommended sae viscosity number 8 8 Vehicle identification number VIN 8 9 Vehicle certification label 8 9 Tyre specification and pressure label 8 10 Engine number 8 10 Air conditioner compressor label 8 11 E mark label for europe 8 11 Declaration of conformity 8 11 8 EL FL UK 8 QXP 8 27 2013 4 54 PM Page 1 procarmanuals com...

Page 1525: ...18 ENGINE Item Petrol 1 6 Petrol 2 0 Diesel 1 7 Diesel R2 0 Displacement cu in cc 97 09 1 591 121 99 1 999 102 8 1 685 121 74 1 995 Bore x Stroke in mm 3 03X3 36 77X85 4 3 19X3 81 81X97 3 04X3 81 77 2X90 3 30X3 54 84X90 Firing order 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 1 3 4 2 No of cylinders 4 In line 4 In line 4 In line 4 In line Item Weight of volume Classification Refrigerant 550 25g R134a Compressor lubri...

Page 1526: ...ED Side repeater lights 5 Front fog lights 27 Rear fog light 21 Stop and tail lights Outside 21 5 LED Stop and tail lights Inside LED Rear turn signal lights Outside 21 Tail light Inside 5 Back up lights Inside 16 High mounted stop light LED License plate lights 5 Map lamps 10 Room lamps 10 Luggage lamp 5 Glove box lamp 5 Vanity mirror lamps 5 EL FL UK 8 QXP 8 27 2013 4 54 PM Page 3 procarmanuals ...

Page 1527: ... km h Full size tyre 215 70R16 6 5Jx16 100 800 H 210 225 60R17 6 5Jx17 99 775 H 210 225 55R18 6 5J 18 98 750 H 210 LOAD AND SPEED CAPACITY TYRES 1 For Europe 2 Except Europe Item Tyre size Wheel size Inflation pressure bar psi kPa Wheel lug nut torque kg m lb ft N m Normal load Maximum load Front Rear Front Rear Full size tyre 215 70R16 6 5Jx16 2 3 33 230 2 3 33 230 2 6 1 38 260 2 3 2 33 230 2 7 1...

Page 1528: ... 2WD 4WD 2WD 4WD 5 seater 4034 1 930 4365 1 980 4475 2 030 4607 2 090 4717 2 140 4276 1 940 lbs Kg ltem 5 Seater VDA MIN 16 4 cu ft 465 l MAX 50 7 cu ft 1436 l Min Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back Max Behind front seat to roof LUGGAGE VOLUME EL FL UK 8 QXP 8 27 2013 4 54 PM Page 5 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1529: ... ACEA A5 or above Diesel Engine 1 7L with DPF 3 5 3 l 4 66 Imp qts ACEA C3 without DPF 3 5 3 l 4 66 Imp qts ACEA B4 2 0L with DPF 3 8 0 l 7 03 Imp qts ACEA C3 without DPF 3 8 0 l 7 03 Imp qts ACEA B4 Engine Oil Consumption Normal driving condition MAX 1L 1500 Km Severe driving condition MAX 1L 1000 Km Manual transaxle fluid Petrol Engine 1 6L 1 8 1 9 l 1 58 1 67 Imp qts API GL 4 SAE 75W 85 2 0L MP...

Page 1530: ... Diesel Engine Available Engine oil Supplier Product Petrol Engine Diesel Engine Shell HELIX ULTRA AH E 5W 30 HELIX ULTRA AP 5W 30 HELIX ULTRA 5W 40 SK ZIC LD5W 30 ZIC LS 5W 30 Chevron KIXX G1 LL KIXX D1 5W 30 Total QUARTZ HKS G 310 QUARTZ INEO MC3 5W 30 QUARTZ INEO MC3 5W 30 Fuchs TITAN SUPERSYN LONG LIFE 5W 30 40 1 Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on 8 8 page 2 Engine oils labeled ...

Page 1531: ...elect the recommended oil viscosity from the chart CAUTION Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug drain plug or dipstick before checking or drain ing any lubricant This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpaved roads Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and other mechanisms that could...

Page 1532: ...plate attached to the top of the dashboard The number on the plate can easily be seen through the windscreen from outside The vehicle certification label attached on the driver s or front passenger s side centre pillar gives the vehicle identifica tion number VIN VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER VIN OLM089001 Frame number VEHICLE CERTIFICATION LABEL OLM089006N OLM089006N H VIN label Type A if equippe...

Page 1533: ...side centre pillar gives the tyre pressures rec ommended for your vehicle TYRE SPECIFICATION AND PRESSURE LABEL ENGINE NUMBER The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing OEL083008R Petrol engine 1 6L Petrol engine 2 0L Diesel engine 1 7L Diesel engine 2 0L OEL080003 OEL083010 OEL080004 OLM089004 EL FL UK 8 QXP 8 27 2013 4 55 PM Page 10 procarmanuals com ...

Page 1534: ...n tains the following information Country code Regulation number Regulation amendment number Approval number The radio frequency components of the vehicle comply with requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 1995 5 EC Further information including the manu facturer s declaration of conformity is available on HYUNDAI web site as fol lows http service hyundai motor com OEL089009 AIR C...

Search results

Summary of Contents for IX35 2014

Reviews:

Brands by name

Popular brands

Hyundai IX35 2014, Owner'S Manual

Search results

Summary of Contents for IX35 2014

Reviews:

Brands by name

Popular brands